You are on page 1of 376

Product Catalog

2004

Lifting Products and Services
www.certexusa.com

CERTEX Americas Locations

CERTEX is your trusted local source for lifting products and services. Around the world or close to home, wherever
people are at work building, producing and moving goods CERTEX means certainty.

ALABAMA Ft. Lauderdale New Orleans Tulsa
Bessemer CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
CERTEX 1-800-827-4366 1-504-734-5871 1-918-446-9805
1-800-225-2103 1-954-961-5533
1-205-425-1614 West Monroe Woodard
Jacksonville CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope
Decatur CERTEX 1-800-444-2612 1-580-254-5737
CERTEX 1-800-342-6616 1-318-325-3237
1-888-475-4647 1-904-786-7700
TENNESSEE
1-256-355-1102 MISSISSIPPI Chattanooga
Orlando Pearl CERTEX
Mobile CERTEX 1-800-467-0137 1-423-867-1590
CERTEX 1-800-900-0336 1-601-936-7204
1-800-231-2052 1-407-850-0398
TEXAS
1-251-432-5656 NEW MEXICO
Graham
West Palm Beach Hobbs
Stoehr Wire Rope
ARIZONA CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope 1-940-549-3757
Phoenix 1-800-927-4366 1-505-392-2077
CERTEX 1-561-833-0028
1-602-271-9048
Houston
NORTH CAROLINA
CERTEX
GEORGIA Charlotte
1-800-882-9118
Tucson Atlanta CERTEX
1-713-674-3000
CERTEX CERTEX 1-800-637-2339
1-520-884-5846 1-800-582-5438 1-704-334-5334
1-404-351-6141 Universal Lifting Products
CALIFORNIA Greensboro 1-800-258-5438
1-713-674-4500
Bakersfield Brunswick CERTEX
CERTEX CERTEX 1-800-591-0911
1-661-327-3016 1-800-782-9196 1-336-632-9949 Odessa
1-912-264-0301 Stoehr Wire Rope
Santa Fe Springs OKLAHOMA 1-800-594-5600
LOUISIANA Hennesey 1-432-333-6104
CERTEX
1-800-730-8898 Houma Stoehr Wire Rope
1-562-777-1007 CERTEX 1-800-259-6888 Pampa
1-985-872-2434 1-405-853-6888 Stoehr Wire Rope
Ventura 1-806-665-0229
CERTEX Lafayette Lindsay
1-805-643-2239 CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope CARIBBEAN
1-337-839-9916 1-405-756-8738 PUERTO RICO
FLORIDA San Juan
Clearwater Morgan City Oklahoma City CERTEX Caribbean
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX 1-787-760-0303
1-800-282-7902 1-985-384-1630 1-405-789-3065
1-727-540-0720

Visit our Web site at www.certex.com

C E R T E X • F O R C E R T A I N T Y

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products

Wire Rope 1

Wire Rope Slings 2

Wire Mesh Slings 3

Wire Rope Terminations 4

Wire Rope Accessories 5

Chain & Chain Fittings 6

Web Slings 7

Round Slings 8

Fiber Rope 9

Hardware 10

Hoists 11

Clamps 12

Blocks & Sheaves 13

Fall Protection & Miscellaneous 14

i

GENERAL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS

All products supplied and manufactured by CERTEX are Working Load Limits, or other stated limitations, the use of
sold with the express understanding that the purchaser is products for this purpose.
thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper use and appli-
cation of the product. The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency
Rating of each CERTEX-supplied product may be affected
Responsibility for the use and application of the products by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, inten-
rests with the user. tional alteration, and other use conditions. Regular inspec-
tion must be conducted to determine whether use can be
Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication, continued at the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or
abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could whether the product must be withdrawn from service.
allow the load to become out of control, resulting in
possible property damage, personal injury or death. CERTEX products generally are intended for tension or
pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts additional
There are numerous government and industry standards force or loading which the product is not designed to
that cover products sold by CERTEX.This catalog makes accommodate.
no attempt to reference all of them.We do reference the
standards that are most frequently asked about. Welding CERTEX-supplied load support parts or products
can be hazardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment,
Ratings Shown in CERTEX literature are applicable only to and welding procedures are necessary for proper welding.
new or “in as new” condition products. CERTEX should be consulted for information.
Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a prod- The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of CERTEX-supplied
uct can carry under usual environmental conditions. Shock products for the reeving of wire, manila, or synthetic ropes
loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken into is based upon design; the catalog ultimate strength for the
account when selecting products for use in a system. rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the assigned Ultimate
Load Rating.
In general, the products displayed in CERTEX literature
are used as parts of a system being employed to accom- The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the low-
plish a task.Therefore, we can only recommend within the est Working Load Limit of the components in the system.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that CERTEX’s war- the purchased product carries no warranty whatsoever.
ranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that the remedies
to CERTEX’s choice of repair, replacement or refund of the provided in this section are the purchaser’s exclusive
purchase price of any product or part thereof determined remedies in connection with the purchase or use of the
by CERTEX to be defective within the first 12 months fol- product. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that in no
lowing the transfer of title of the product from CERTEX to event shall CERTEX be liable for any incidental or conse-
the purchaser. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that quential damages in connection with the purchase or use
upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period, of the product.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER
HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR
OTHERWISE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE
OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WAR-
RANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, CERTEX HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WAR-
RANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.

Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and CERTEX is complete. All prior or contemporaneous dis-
cussions, representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements
between parties are superseded by this Warranty.

iii

GENERAL INFORMATION
Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope Design and Construction
Single Size Seale Filler Wire
1

The basic strand construction has wires of Large outer wires with the same number Small wires fill spaces between large wires
the same size wound around a center. of smaller inner wires around a core wire. to produce crush resistance and a good
Provides excellent abrasion resistance but balance of strength, flexibility and
less fatigue resistance.When used with an resistance to abrasion.
IWRC, it offers excellent crush resistance
over drums.

Warrington Seale Filler Wire Filler Wire Seale

Outer layer of alternately large and small Many commonly used wire ropes use Many commonly used wire ropes use
wires provides good flexibility and combinations of these basic constructions. combinations of these basic constructions.
strength but low abrasion and crush
resistance.

Warrington Seale Seale Warrington Seale Multiple Operation

Many commonly used wire ropes use Many commonly used wire ropes use One of the above strand designs may be
combinations of these basic constructions. combinations of these basic constructions. covered with one or more layers of uni-
form-sized wires.

Wire ropes are composed of independent parts—wires, wires will be more abrasion resistant and less fatigue
strands and cores—that continuously interact with each resistant than a large number of small wires.
other during service.
Wire rope engineers design those parts in differing steel Finish
grades, finishes and a variety of constructions to attain Bright finish is suitable for most applications. Galvanized
the best balance of strength, abrasion resistance, crush finish is available for corrosive environments. Plastic jack-
resistance, bending fatigue resistance and corrosion resis- eting and encapsulation is also available on some con-
tance for each application. structions.
To select the best wire rope for each application, one
must know the required performance characteristics for Wire Grades
the job and enough about wire rope design to select the
optimum combination of wire rope properties. The most common steel wire grades are: IPS (Improved
The following information is presented as a basic guide. Plow Steel), EIP (Extra Improved Plow Steel) and EEIP
Bridon American engineers and field service specialists (Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel). Stainless Steels and
are available to provide more specific recommendations. other special grades are provided for special applications.
Most wire ropes are made with round wires. Both trian-
Strand Constructions gular and shaped wires are also used for special construc-
tions.
Strands are designed with various combinations of wires Generally, the higher the strength of the wire, the lower
and wire sizes to produce the desired resistance to its ductility will be.
fatigue and abrasion. Generally, a small number of large

1-1

GENERAL INFORMATION
Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope Design and Construction

1 Core

IWRC (Independent Wire Rope Core) provides good crush Fiber Core provides excellent flexibility.
resistance and increased strength.

Regular Lay Lang Lay

Definition Definition
Most common lay in which the wires wind in one direction and Wires in strand and strands of rope wind the same direction.
the strands the opposite direction. (right lay shown) (right lay shown)
Characteristics Characteristics
Less likely to kink and untwist; easier to handle; more crush Increased resistance to abrasion; greater flexibility and fatigue
resistant than lang lay. resistance than regular lay; will kink and untwist.

Right Lay Left Lay

Definition Definition
Strands wound to the right around the core; (regular lay shown) Strands wound to the left around the core. (regular lay shown)
Characteristics Characteristics
The most common construction. Used in a few special situations—cable tool drilling line,
for example.

Alternate Lay

Definition
Alternate strands of right regular lay and right lang lay.
Characteristics
Combines the best features of regular and lang lay for boom hoist
or winch lines.

1-2

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Bridon American Corporation

The primary factor in wire rope performance is selecting
a wire rope with the best combination of properties for
A coil should be unwound by rolling along the floor like
a hoop. Coils should never be laid flat and the free end 1
the job.The service life of that rope can be greatly pulled out.
extended by following a planned program of installation,
operation, maintenance and inspection to avoid the most Winding on a Drum
common causes of wire rope failure:
KINKING will result in permanent rope deformation and
localized wear. It is generally caused by allowing a loop to
form in a slack line and then pulling the loop down to a
tight permanent set.
OVERLOADING results in accelerated wear, abrasion,
rope crushing and distortion on drums and sheaves, and
could result in complete rope failure.
DRAGGING wire rope over a bank or some other object
results in localized wear, which means shorter life.
IMPROPER SPOOLING results in crushed and distorted
ropes and comes from careless installation and operation
of the rope.
WHIPPING a line, which results in many squared off bro- Proper practices for transferring rope from reel to drum:
ken wires, comes from jerking or running the line loose. • The reel should be placed as far from the drum as pos-
The following recommendations are general guides for sible in order to avoid putting any turn into the rope.
getting the longest life from your wire rope. Bridon • Rope should be wound from top-to-top or bottom-to-
American engineers and field service specialists are avail- bottom to avoid reverse bends, which tend to make a
able to provide advice in specific situations. Our technol- rope harder to handle.
ogy and experience are as close as your telephone.
• Use enough tension to avoid kinking.
Unloading, Unreeling and Uncoiling There is usually only one way to install rope on a grooved
Suitable precautions should be taken to prevent dropping drum.
of reels or coils during unloading and moving. If the reel
should collapse, it may be impossible to remove the rope
without serious damage.

Special care should be taken in unreeling wire rope to
avoid kinking, which can result in permanent damage to
the rope.The reel should be mounted on jacks or a
turntable so that it will move freely. It should be unreeled On ungrooved drums, the “rule of thumb” guides installa-
straight and under enough tension to keep it from start- tion.The fist represents the drum; the index finger the
ing a loop. wire rope; and the thumb the direction of the proper
dead end location. Use the right hand for right lay ropes,
the left hand for left lay ropes. For overwinding, the palm
is down; for underwinding, the palm is up. Most drum
anchors are set for right lay rope since it is the most com-
mon specification.

1-3

A regular inspection program will identify points The diameter of a wire rope is the diameter of the smallest of wear and lead to wear-shift practices that will extend circle which will enclose all the strands. Important guides for field lubrication: cause excessive wear from rub. wear and fatigue are more severe degrees for a smooth-faced on one half of the rope than the other. It may be applied by pouring. Larger fleet angles may tection. lubricant from the valleys between the strands and the spaces between the outer wires. Measurements wire rope life. • Ropes should be inspected frequently to determine the bing against the flanges of the need for lubrication. hoist ropes. A 1 1/2 degree from repeated bending and vibration. shock loading and excessive vibration can cause premature rope failure. Changing a rope drum and 2 degrees for a end-for-end more evenly distributes wear and fatigue grooved drum. Careful inspection is required to identify fatigue points. steady applica- tion of power by the equipment operator can add signifi- cantly to wire rope service life. • The lubricant should be applied at a point where the rope is being bent in order to promote penetration Break In within the strands. should be made to the outer wires. Operation Skillful operation is important to wire rope performance. Periodic field lubrication may be in the rope piling up on the required to minimize friction and provide corrosion pro- drum. Rapid acceleration. On applications using a wedge socket. Shifting Wear Points Some sections of most wire ropes get more wear than others. it is also a good idea to cut off a short section of rope to allow twist to run out and to equalize the Measuring Wire Rope Diameter strands. In many common situations. Used motor oil is not recommended as a wire rope lubri- efficient operation. cant. INSTALLATION. scraper crushing and abrasion of the or compressed air to remove foreign material and old rope on the drum. sheave as well as excessive • Clean the rope thoroughly with a wire brush. of the sheave and the rope) should be not more than 1 1/2 On most installations. the maximum fleet angle • Hoist ropes will frequently fail from vibration fatigue at (angle between the center line sockets. 1-4 . Factory lubrication is not always sufficient to last the use- Smaller fleet angles may result ful life of wire rope. such as drag and BriLube® is recommended for relubing ropes. drum. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation 1 On installations where the rope passes over a sheave onto the • Crane ropes will fatigue at an equalizer sheave. clips and dead end points. cutting off short lengths of the rope will redistribute the points of maximum wear: • Rope on a drum with two or more layers will wear at the point where the rope starts each successive layer. A few trips through the working cycle at slow speed and light load will set the strands firmly in place for smooth. drip- ping or brushing. Smooth. fleet angle is equivalent to 38 feet of lead for each foot of Lubrication rope travel on either side of the center line of the sheave.

find the rope construction and over 1/4 -0 + 5% multiply the rope diameter by the value shown. number of cycles and condition of the sheaves and drums. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation Matching the Wire Rope with Sheaves and Drums The ratio of the diameter of the wire rope to the diame- ter of operating sheaves and drums (D/d ratio) is particu. 1-5 . 6 x 41 WS 21 Nominal Rope Diameter Tolerance Other values are permitted by various standards. A sheave or drum that is too small for the rope diameter will cause premature fail- ure due to bending stresses.This curve. over 3/16 to 1/4 -0 + 6% eter for any given rope. Sheave Diameter Factors Matching Grooves to the Wire Rope Suggested Minimum *D/d Ratios Grooves should be spaced so that one wrap of rope does *D-Sheave Tread Diameter d-Nominal Rope Diameter not rub against the next wrap during operation. 6 x 25 FW 26 Wire ropes are manufactured slightly larger than nominal 6 x 36 WS 23 size. Consult your local Branch for specific recommen- dations. Rope Construction Minimum Grooves in sheaves and drums should be slightly larger 6x7 42 than the wire rope to permit the rope to adjust itself to 19 x 7 34 the groove. Higher operating rates require larger sheaves. Maximum allowable oversize tolerances are shown 8 x 25 FW 21 in the following table.Tight grooves will cause excessive wear to 6 x 19 S 34 outer wires. (Ex. large grooves do not support the rope prop- 6 x 21 FW 30 erly. over 1/8 to 3/16 -0 + 7% To calculate the recommended or minimum sheave diam. For inches Under Over example ASME B 30. based on static test data only.75 = 38 1/4”) Rope speed also affects fatigue life. INSTALLATION. based on bending and tensile stresses only. Service life increases as the D/d ratio becomes larger. Reverse bends from one sheave to another should be avoided. illustrates the relative performance increase. Efficiency falls as the D/d ratio becomes smaller. 1 larly important to service life. illustrates the decline of bending efficiency for 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification ropes as the D/d ratio is reduced. Other factors that affect bending fatigue life are load.5 allows minimum hoist rope D/d up to 1/8 -0 + 8% ratio of 18 and boom hoist rope D/D ratio of 15. This curve.: Recommended sheave diameter for a 6 x 19 classification wire rope of 3/4” diameter would be 51 x .

0314 1 1/4" 0.0532 5/8" .038 1" .0476 3/4" . H-D A =  – Desired clearance.428 2 3/8" 0.191 2 3/4" 0.0597 9/16" . rope between 135 and 150 degrees.607 2 1/4" 0.0886 3/8" 1. INSTALLATION.925 2" 0. in inches.107 5/16" 2. L = (A + D) x A x B x K K = Constant obtained by dividing .127 3" 0.077 7/16" 1.0345 1 1/8" 0. All other dimensions are in inches.308 2 1/2" 0.741 2 1/8" 0.2618 by the square of the actual rope diameter. thus Calculating Drum Capacity accelerating rope wear. both become smaller.0287 1 3/8" 0.21 1 5/8" 0. D = Barrel Diameter in inches.29 1 1/2" 0.0264 1-6 . The length of rope that can be wound on a drum or reel may be calculated as follows.0675 1/2" .0421 7/8" . K 1/4" 3. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation 1 As a rope is run through a groove.When the field inspection guage fits perfectly. Values of K Rope Rope Dia. A compromise between rope life and machining frequency must be made.They should be L = Rope length in feet.152 2 7/8" 0. L = the length of rope in feet. the groove is at the minimum permissible contour. tapered to permit the rope to enter and leave the groove smoothly. A used groove can be too small for a new rope.19 1 7/8" 0. K Dia. Field inspection groove guages are made to the nominal diameter of the rope plus 1/2 of the allowable rope oversize tolerance.239 2 5/8" 0. Grooves should have an arc of contact with the wire H = Flange Diameter in inches. 2 B = Traverse in inches.58 1 3/4" 0.

authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a tain ropes such as: used rope. Ropes used on overhead and gantry cranes. distribution and type of visible broken wires. • Lubrication. as Periodic Inspection defined in ASME B-30. percentage of capacity lifts. which may be an immediate hazard: Special care should be taken when inspecting portions subjected to rapid deterioration such as the following: • Distortion of the rope such as kinking.These visual observations should be con. increased deterioration when working on equipment Conditions such as the following should be sufficient rea- with limited design parameters. • Portions of the rope at or near terminal ends where corroded or broken wires may protrude.This condition. equalizer sheaves. can be inspected to 12 and 4. For general application 6 and 3 are satis- factory. unstranding. six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay. bent. or improperly which can reasonably be expected to be in use during applied end connections. constitute a hazard: The following inspection procedure. crushing. son for questioning continued use of the rope or increas- • Boom hoist ropes because of the difficulties of inspec. or core protrusion. daily operations. A visual inspection consists of observation of all rope and end connections • Severely corroded. No precise rules can be given for determination of the Special care should be taken when inspecting portions exact time for replacement of rope. inspected once each working day. cracked. ing the frequency of inspection: tion and important nature of these ropes. frequency rates 1 Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to ascer.The continued normal operations. unstranding. core protrusion.The object of wire rope inspection is to allow Periodic inspections with a signed report should be per- for removal of the rope from service before the rope’s formed by an appointed or authorized person. and exposure to shock loads. the rope should either be in one lay. depends largely upon good judgment by an appointed or Special care should also be taken when inspecting cer. worn. (The number of wire breaks beyond which removed from service or given an inspection as detailed concern should be shown varies with rope usage and in the section below. other sheaves where rope travel is limited. All running ropes and slings in service should be visually • Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections. Continued use in this respect crossover points and repetitive pickup points on drums. Continued rope operation depends upon this because of their higher susceptibility to damage and remaining strength. serves as a model of typical inspection crushing. or requirements. individual wires in the strands of the rope should be visi- The individual making the inspection should be familiar ble to this person during the inspection. • Broken or cut strands. or wear of outside wires. of operation. factors are involved.Various safety codes. regulations. severity of environment. after allowance for deterioration disclosed by • Rotation-resistant ropes such as 19 x 7 and 8 x 19. birdcaging. • General corrosion. Any deteriora- with the product and the operation as his judgment is a tion resulting in appreciable loss of original strength. could pose a hazard to inspection should cover the entire length of rope. B-30 series. taken from the ASME • Distortion of the rope such as kinking. as a result of usage. or three broken wires in one strand When damage is discovered. main strand displacement or • Portions in contact with saddles. inspection. • Number. construction. Rope Replacement • Lubrication. should be noted and determina- publications give inspection requirements for specific tion made as to whether further use of the rope would applications. cerned with discovering gross damage such as listed below. • Reduction of rope diameter below normal diameter Frequent Inspection due to loss of core support. internal or external corro- sion. birdcaging. most critical factor. main strand displacement. tain the condition of wire rope at various stages of its useful life. and such as described below. INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND Bridon American Corporation Wire Rope particular installation or similar installations. 2-1983. • In running ropes. Rotation resistant ropes should be inspected to The inspection frequency should be determined by a 4 in 30 rope diameters and 2 in 6 rope diameters) qualified person and should be based on such factors as: expected rope life as determined by experience on the 1-7 . since many variable subjected to rapid deterioration such as flange points.

consult the sheave Inspection Records or equipment manufacturer. or any other damage from service so a relationship can be established between resulting in distortion of the rope structure. should be kept on file. or construction shall be specified by the equipment manufacturer. grade. 5/16" object of inspection is to allow for removal of the strand 1/32" over 5/16" thru 1/2" from service before its condition. • Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside indi. as a result of usage. 3/64" over 1/2" thru 3/4" could pose a hazard to continued normal operations. visual observation and actual condition of the internal • Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. CERTEX location. structure. more than two broken wires in one Conditions such as corrosion. NOTE: Special methods and techniques may be used by wire rope engi- neers or qualified persons to determine the possible existence of internal Ropes Not In Regular Use corrosion or broken wires in structural strand or similar conditions which All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or may exist out of sight in terminal connections. EXAMPLE: Wire breaks may sometimes occur just inside the nose of the more due to shutdown or storage of equipment on which socket making visual inspection difficult. original design engineer. birdcaging. • Valley breaks. • Reductions from nominal rope diameter of more than: Galvanized Structural Wire Strand Carefully conducted inspections performed and recorded Reduction of Nominal Rope Diameters on a regular basis are necessary to ascertain the condition of structural strand at various stages of its useful life. Judgments on wire integrity can it is installed should be given inspections as previously be made by tapping or “sounding” the wire by a person experienced in described before being placed in service. number. or the condition of the strand or fitting. crushing. evaluated and compared with previous inspection results. as his judgment is a most critical fac- 3/32" over 1-1/8" tor. Frequent Inspection—no records required.The 1/64" Up to & inc. 1/16" over 3/4" thru 1-1/8" The individual making the inspection should be familiar with the operation. and include records of examination of ropes removed • Kinking. Replacement rope shall have a strength rating at least as The actual condition of the strand and inspection history great as the original rope furnished by the equipment together can then be used to decide if continued use of manufacturer or as originally specified. A long range inspection program should be established vidual wires. contact your nearest formed by an appointed or authorized person. • One outer wire broken at the contact point with the Periodic Inspection: In order to establish data as a basis core of the rope which has worked its way out of the for judging the proper time for replacement a signed rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the report of rope condition at each periodic inspection rope structure. • In standing ropes. If synthetic sheaves are used. as these are generally the most critical areas. Special care should be taken at end terminations or at dampener devices. inspection. and diameter reduction should be one broken wire at an end connection.This inspection this inspection technique. 1-8 . INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND Bridon American Corporation 1 Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. type and distribu- lay in section beyond end connections or more than tion of broken wires. from the original size. If you have doubt about the method to use for should be for all types of deterioration and should be per. Any deviation the product is advisable. or a qualified person. For further information on wire rope inspection refer to the American Iron & Steel Institute’s Wire Rope Users Manual.This report should include points of deterioration previously described.

the rope must be examined by a qualified person and. GENERAL OPERATIONAL CATEGORIES E. • Be resistant to wash-off and emulsification These wide variations in working conditions call for fun- damentally different types of lubricant. which after evaporation leave a semi-dry waxy film preventative. to prevent corrosion during shipment and stor. dressing. Ropes working in industrial or outdoor environments interstrand spaces and penetrate as far into the rope as possible.They do not apply to certain specialized ropes for optimum life to be achieved. only.g. ures in such applications are initiated by corrosion. The lubricant should be re-applied at regular intervals. D. of usages and environmental conditions and Bridon will be ble with the manufacturing lubricant. meet specific engineering applications. sibility of moisture entrapment if an incorrect lubricant is Lubrication to combat corrosion and internal wear is used. recommendations. The loose products of corrosion should be brushed off before fresh lubricant is applied. Typical examples are: A. pleased to advise rope users on specific problems. environment and with foreign matter. Such service mainte. If the existing lubricant on the rope is heavily loaded the requirements of the application. The selection of the correct lubricant designed to meet C. D. which is reasonably thick (0. grit etc. Ropes working in industrial outdoor environments • MOBILE AND TOWER CRANES where corrosion is the predominant cause of deterio. Pressure cleaning and relubricating systems are the most effective methods. which can combine with an oil lubricant to pro- mote internal wear. but effective in-service lubrication actual site conditions and the periods indicated in and corrosion protection are fundamental parts of each section in this information sheet are for guidance planned maintenance. C. designed to achieve penetration and mois. as soon as the rope is put to work. internally and externally the major causes of failure. Extensive research has been It is important that the lubricant used are formulated carried out into lubrication of ropes under a wide variety specifically for wire rope maintenance and are compati.These ture displacement. sion. ronment and application must be considered in order to select the most appropriate type of lubricant. as it is usually difficult to dry the rope prior to necessary without risking the loss of frictional grip.There is the pos- B. Ropes working over sheaves but not subject to heavy It should be noted that many apparent fatigue type fail- surface abrasion or corrosion. or if there is ing and re-lubrication are available and Bridon will advise reason to believe that there is severe internal corro- on their suitability for any particular application. Bridon gives advice on the specific rope lubricants best suited to any application. SELECTION OF IN-SERVICE LUBRICANTS ple. Frequency of application depends on the upon many factors. In The best lubricant for such applications are solvent some cases. Specific proper. The lubricant and application should be such that a Most ropes have a lubricant incorporated during manu. triangular strand However. • Displace moisture from internal and external surfaces In this case corrosion and abrasive wear combine to form • Give good corrosion protection. In such applications there is always the possibility of Internal corrosion leading to fatigue initiation is the internal as well as external corrosion.) the rope rope design is vital if maximum benefit from in-service should be cleaned before fresh lubricant is applied. (dirt. modern multi-strand ropes require a lubricant with good penetration properties which will fill the small A. sand. such as locked coil ropes. • Not lead to build-up with repeated applications ties are needed to achieve optimum rope performance. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear. wires in the rope are heavily corroded. • CONTAINER CRANES ration. WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation INTRODUCTION GENERAL GUIDELINES ON LUBRICATING ROPES 1 Steel wire ropes are used in a wide variety of applications A. applicable to round. Ropes working on friction hoists. Of the two the for- major concern in these applications. discarded. Many ropes are of complex construction and designed to B. if necessary. semi-dry to minimize pick-up of abrasive particles e. the lubricant should be applied and environments. • Penetrate inside the rope—the most difficult part of E. ier protective coating can be used to achieve optimum they must be tenacious and the resulting film should be corrosion protection combined with good lubrication. where specific recommenda- nance is termed re-lubrication.The particular envi. If the external High pressure lubricators. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy the rope to inspect loading in marine or other corrosive environments. thin even adherent coat covers all the wires in the facture. wire ropes are like any other machine and and multi-strand ropes used in similar applications to those lubrication and corrosion protection must be maintained indicated.01 mm typically). a combination of a solvent based corrosion based. 1-9 . tions can be made on request. rope. sand. and to provide internal lubrication during the early It must be emphasized that these comments are general part of the rope’s working life. For maximum benefit. preferably before the rope shows signs of corrosion or The ultimate working life of a wire rope is dependent dryness. followed by the application of a heav. The lubricant must:— Here abrasion is the predominant cause of failure. which greatly assist both clean. lubricants must have specific anti-corrosion properties. For exam. age. lubrication is to be obtained. mer is more serious because it is hidden.

The lubricants are petroleum-gel based. stress. • Good anti-wear properties. those designed to provide corrosion protection and inter. Onshore: num disulphide and graphite are NOT recommended as • EXCAVATORS these compounds tend to dry out leading to surface film breakdown and consequent exposure of wire surfaces to • WINCHES the atmosphere. PERCUSSION AND DRILLING EQUIPMENT Onshore: • GUY ROPES Such ropes are subject to internal wear. minimum for this reason. Ropes working under conditions of low abrasive wear infrequent application. combined with good lubricity under shearing monthly intervals. Such compounds provide good lubrica- tant semi-dry film is the best solution. pressure lubricators. • CAPSTAN WINCHES • Resistance to removal by mechanical forces. Lubricants enable good adherence and continuity on the side of the should be applied by brush. with thixotropic A solvent based dressing which deposits a thin slip-resis. Offshore: mum lubrication internally and externally. Application should be by brush. that a spe. In some and anti-corrosion properties be selected. extended periods at rest. Further preferred properties are ease of application and a nal lubrication while minimizing loss of frictional grip or stable physical nature over a wide temperature range. • ELECTRIC OVERHEAD CRANES E. the ropes are Compounds containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybde. applications. • INDOOR CRANES • SMALL EXCAVATORS Typical examples are:— • PILING. such as offshore cranes. Unless a specific anti-slip dressing is used. Under these conditions ropes are subject to extended cific oil based rope lubricant with a tackiness additive periods of corrosive attack in standing situations. 1-10 . tion over a wide range of temperatures and do not crack In addition. are generally • CRANES AND DERRICKS accepted as the best. particularly in off- The only lubricants satisfactory for this application are shore conditions. actually increasing the coefficient of friction. Traditionally these ropes are lubricated very little in ser- vice due to the conflicting problems of lubrication and In addition the lubricant must be resistant to moisture. slip.Their thixotropic properties excessive lubricant build-up are important. at rope. • HAULAGE APPLICATIONS Dressings should be applied by drip feed. Such lubricants are designed for long working life and C. SAE 30. leading to fatigue failures of wires. usually at no more than monthly inter- vals. moisture displacement and the prevention of or craze in ultra-violet light. Lubricant applied during manufacture is kept to a emulsification and ultra-violet degradation. therefore. Ropes working on friction hoists Under these conditions the primary requirements for Typical examples are:— rope lubricants are:— • ELEVATORS • Good adhesion to the rope to prevent fling-off and loss • FRICTION HOISTS of coating.A lubricant that dries and cracks will scrape off or fall off in bend- These ropes are subject to corrosion and wear and yet ing. • TOWING CABLES Lubricants using a mineral oil base. It is recommended. loss of traction resulting in slip. spray or drip feed whenever the rope appears dry. However basic oils provide very lit- tle corrosion protection and are subject to excessive run. Offshore sure application. spray or pres. • PENDANT ROPES For these applications the best lubricants provide maxi. Some bitumous compounds can ‘cement’ broken application of conventional lubricants can lead to severe wires in place making inspection more difficult. WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation 1 Lubricants containing chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents such as trichlorethylene or carbon tetrachloride are NOT D. Typical examples are:— Lubricants containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybde. great care must A further feature of thixotropic lubricants is the ease be taken to ensure that slip is not generated by over with which they penetrate the rope through the use of application. spray or automatic feed. Good corrosion protection is essential. Relubricating should take place as and corrosion required depending upon the intensity of usage and the Typical examples are:— severity of the environment. vide no increase in fatigue life in wire ropes over and above that provided by mineral oils. • MOORING SYSTEMS • DREDGERS B. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy • WIRE ROPE HOISTS loading in corrosive environments. characteristics. • TRAWL WARPS off and fling-off. required to undertake heavy duty lifting work after num disulphide and graphite have been shown to pro. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear recommended.

In the field of lifting. fits to wire ropes. Some ranges. are available from authorized Bridon distributors. the name CERTEX represents quality. are multi-purpose products which can offer some bene- essary for long term protection. WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation The primary requirements for rope lubricants in such applications are:— Thixotropic gels are the most suitable lubricants as they provide excellent protection against the environment. straight forward by world-wide experience and expertise to hardware and custom-made assemblies. of these are specific to wire rope applications and others Resistance to cracking and ultra-violet degradation is nec. From simple. 1 • High corrosion protection good lubrication under dynamic operation and operation and return to a semi-solid coherent lubricant at rest. GENERAL GUIDELINES The New Standard In Lifting Products and Services. but with high corrosion protection characteristics. there is a BRILUBE product to meet most applications mentioned Traditional bituminous compounds are not recommended in this document. Such compounds are only effective as lubricants when applied during manufacture. companies are your trusted local source 1-11 . • Long term stability of the lubricant Re-lubrication of a used rope can often be improved by • Good adhesion to the rope. Based are recommended. CERTEX CERTEX means certainty. emulsification and mechanical tative lubricant which penetrates and displaces moisture removal in the rope. Lubricants with similar characteristics to those in section Bridon’s own brand of wire rope lubricants. backed certainty. Wherever people are at work building. to complete lifting management programs. range. safety. has been developed especially for wire rope. catalog and supplies of BRILUBE put to work after extended periods in a static situation. solve any lifting problem. and may not act as lubricants when a rope is Detailed technical data. even when wet an initial application of a solvent based corrosion preven- • Resistance to wash-off. producing and moving the world’s goods. due to hardening. the BRILUBE (d). usually heated and under pressure. service and expertise. as service lubricants because they can trap moisture in the core. CERTEX means for lifting products and services. upon extensive experience in wire rope usage. Only lubricants which provide high corrosion resistance should be used and the lubricants should remain stable LUBRICANTS AVAILABLE over extended periods of time over wide temperature There is a wide range of compounds on the market.

92 Dyform-18 and 6 x 25 FW 1. Generally Accepted Design Factors Type of Service Minimum Factor Guy Ropes 3.The relationship between abrasion resistance and The design factor is the ratio of the breaking strength of fatigue resistance is illustrated below.0 Recommended 7. Fatigue Resistance Smaller wires are the key to bending performance when wire ropes are subjected to repeated bending over Crush Resistance sheaves or drums.0 slopes over 3. sion.15 1000 FPM 11.0 Miscellaneous Hoisting Equipment 5. size and location of sheaves and drums • rope attachments • conditions causing corrosion and abrasion • danger to human life and property. Ropes having a large number of small wires. however.0 Rotation Resistant Ropes Minimum 5.000 feet 4. lang lay and smaller wires provide a more flex- ible wire rope.80 6 x 21 FW .0 Elevator Hoist and Counterweight Ropes (Passenger) 500 FPM 10.09 Dyform-6 and 6 x 36 WS 1.0 Hot Ladle Cranes 8. wires will provide best crush resistance.25 750 FPM 11. should not be used where overwrapping on a drum takes Flexibility place because they do not provide sufficient crush resis- tance.5 Overhead and Gantry Cranes 5. resistance of any wire rope.00 6 x 31 WS 1.To establish the proper design factor. Fiber core.39 6 x 49 SWS 1.5 Wire Rope Slings 5.55 Relative bending life factors of typical ropes Rope Construction Factor 6x7 . American’s Constructex rope provides the best crush structions are indicated in the following table.0 Small Electric and Air Hoists 5.The more outer wires for a given size An IWRC (Independent wire rope core) and large outer wire rope. the rope to the maximum working load.000 feet 5.67 6 x 19 S .31 8 x 25 FW 1.0 Jib and Pillar Cranes 5.0 Ski Lift Ropes slopes under 3.54 1-12 . WIRE ROPE SELECTION Bridon American Corporation 1 Strength Abrasion Resistance Wire rope must have the strength required to handle the Lang lay and large outer wires provide resistance to abra- maximum load plus a design factor. the better the resistance to bending fatigue.39 6 x 41 WS 1.5 Haulage Ropes 5. Bridon The relative bending life factors of typical wire rope con.0 Derricks 3.57 19 x 7 . several operating characteristics should be considered: • speed of operation • acceleration and deceleration • length of rope • number.

consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.8 3. Most importantly. No.90 0.strength deduct shown.57 2.8 1.10 0./Ft. inclined planes and tramways. Cat.5 0.1 CX01-0619 14.38 *Acceptance strength is not less *Acceptance than 2 1/2% below strength theis nominal strengths not less than listed.3 0. Cat. †Galvanizing: For class A galvanized wire rope For †Galvanizing: (EIPclass andAIPS grades only).50 1 1/8 CX01-0610 61.0 CX01-0627 94. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.53 0. 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed. IWRC No.34 1 3/8 CX01-0612 90. WARNING: Any warranties.7 CX01-0620 17.094 5/16 CX01-0601 5.16 0. ASME or ANSI Standards. Order Guide: 6 x 7 classification wire ropes may be ordered in diame- ters from 1/4” to 1 1/2”…bright or galvanized…EEIP.42 0.27 1.38 9/16 CX01-0605 16.23 0.27 CX01-0614 2.72 3. 10% from the nominal strength shown. no more than 9 of which are outside wires. Fiber core shown.15 3/8 CX01-0602 7. reg- ular or lang lay. Ref.72 0. unused wire rope.65 0.45 0.1 CX01-0621 25.12 2.4 CX01-0626 80.32 0.1 2.51 0. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.65 1.* Tons Approximate (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† Wt.3 0.92 0. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure.59 3/4 CX01-0607 28.4 3. Damage. Larger sheaves and drums (than those used for more flexible constructions) are required to avoid breakage from fatigue.0 CX01-0622 33. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 7 Classification 6 x 7 Rope 6 x 7 Classification Wire Ropes give long service in oper- ating conditions where ropes are dragged along the 1 ground or over rollers. 6 x 7 Classification Rope Nominal Strength.48 5/8 CX01-0606 19.0 0. 6 x 7 Classification Ropes contain 6 strands with 3 through 14 wires. expressed or implied. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. IWRC available Characteristics Excellent abrasion resistance. If synthetic sheaves are used.29 1/2 CX01-0604 12. EIP and IPS grades…fiber core or IWRC…right or left lay.4 CX01-0625 67. used and maintained.7 1. sand lines.80 CX01-0617 8. Ref.5 CX01-0624 54. Fiber Fiber in.8 2. before usage.. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. galvanized deduct wire rope 10% (EIP from and IPS the nominal grades only).8 CX01-0618 11. EIP CERTEX CERTEX Diameter. Core IWRC Core 1/4 CX01-0600 3. WARNING! 1-13 .15 1 CX01-0609 49.25 CX01-0616 6. less bending fatigue resistance Typical Applications Dragging and haulage in mines. lb. handled. Wire rope must be properly stored.07 CX01-0615 4.21 7/16 CX01-0603 9.09 1.1 CX01-0623 43.84 7/8 CX01-0608 38.84 1 1/2 CX01-0613 107.90 1 1/4 CX01-0611 75. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual.

0 CX01-0650 155.48 2 1/2 CX01-0631 302.0 CX01-0073 132.9 2.5 CX01-0070 79. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. logging and tub- Haulage rope.26 0.0 CX01-0652 197. choker rope. Fiber Fiber in. IWRC No.13 1 1/4 CX01-0037 87.35 0.0 CX01-0653 220.8 CX01-0049 38. rope .105 5/16 CX01-0060 5.09 0. etc.0 5.0 CX01-0053 93.0 CX01-0058 192. haul ropes. 6 x 19 Classification Rope Approximate Nominal Strength. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 19 Classification 1 6x19 Seale 6x21 Filler Wire 6x25 Filler Wire 6x26 Warrington Seale Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics Resistant to abrasion and Less abrasion resistance. Most widely used of all wire ing lines rotary drilling line fiber core shown.5 2 5/8 CX01-0632 331.59 0.16 3.4 CX01-0048 28.9 CX01-0063 13. deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown WARNING: Any warranties. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.44 1 3/4 CX01-0041 168. mooring lines.2 1.2 CX01-0064 16.6 CX01-0067 39. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.0 CX01-0071 96.5 CX01-0046 16. available available conveyors. Ref.18 0.5 CX01-0051 63.0 7.6 10.46 0.0 CX01-0651 176.6 CX01-0045 12. more Most flexible rope in classifi. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new.55 CX01-0636 6.0 4.164 3/8 CX01-0061 7. Ref. lb.They give excellent ser- vice with sheaves and drums of moderate size.04 0.4 1.6 2 3/4 CX01-0633 361.29 1 CX01-0035 57../Ft. IWRC shown.0 CX01-0069 65.69 0. fiber core IWRC available hoists.0 4. skip IWRC shown.0 2. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Wire rope must be properly stored. before usage.02 0.0 CX01-0057 169.90 CX01-0062 10.236 7/16 CX01-0029 11. draglines. Cat.27 CX01-0635 4.88 4.50 3. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. ASME or ANSI Standards. Ref. unused wire rope.8 11.0 CX01-0068 51.95 7/8 CX01-0034 43.0 CX01-0647 101.0 CX01-0065 20. handled.91 2 CX01-0043 218.0 CX01-0654 244. Typical Applications Boom hoists.0 12. Cat.78 1 5/8 CX01-0040 145. load lines.72 2 1/8 CX01-0628 221.6 CX01-0066 29.2 CX01-0637 9.0 6. best balance of abra. fiber core available 6 x 19 Classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance.0 CX01-0644 57.34 2.0 CX01-0056 149. Cat.53 5/8 CX01-0032 22. expressed or implied.7 CX01-0643 46. Ref.42 1.9 0. Core No.0 8.18 1 1/2 CX01-0039 125. No.89 2.8 0.0 1.00 CX01-0054 111.4 3.* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† Wt.50 5.0 9.0 CX01-0655 269.9 CX01-0645 71.0 CX01-0076 198. medium fatigue bending fatigue resistance cation.67 5. 6 x 19 Classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires per strand.68 1 1/8 CX01-0036 71.7 CX01-0047 20. no more than 12 of which are outside wires.0 CX01-0648 118. Most importantly.4 CX01-0641 26. Fiber Cat. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual.0 CX01-0074 153.39 6. fiber core IWRC shown.9 CX01-0052 77. used and maintained.40 CX01-0634 3.42 9/16 CX01-0031 18. fatigue resistance resistance Typical Applications sion and fatigue resistance Typical Applications Typical Applications Pull Ropes. Good balance of abrasion and crushing.0 CX01-0055 129.71 0.72 0.4 9.35 7.0 14.7 * Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed †Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only).0 11. WARNING! 1-14 .0 CX01-0646 85.8 CX01-0642 35.0 CX01-0072 114. If synthetic sheaves are used.32 1/2 CX01-0030 14. haulage.3 CX01-0638 11.cranes hoists.0 CX01-0649 136.3 0.85 1.36 8.15 1 7/8 CX01-0042 191.0 12.5 CX01-0050 50.51 2 3/8 CX01-0630 274. IWRC No. Core IWRC Core 1/4 CX01-0059 3. EEIP EIP CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX Diameter.0 CX01-0075 174.8 CX01-0639 14.63 1 3/8 CX01-0038 106.116 0. back.66 3/4 CX01-0033 32. Damage.0 10.6 CX01-0640 18.59 2 1/4 CX01-0629 247.2 CX01-0044 9.

Most importantly. expressed or implied. Best fatigue resistance fatigue and abrasion resistance for operat. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. 6 x 41 Warrington Seale and abrasion resistance in 6 x 37 classifi- ing ropes. ASME or ANSI Standards. shovel ropes. used and maintained. shovel and dragline hoist ropes and dragline hoist ropes IWRC shown. unused wire rope. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. Slightly more flexible than 6 x 25 rope with 14 outside wires. handled. fiber core available diameter towing lines IWRC shown. before usage. but less abrasion resis- the same abrasion resistance tance than 6 x 25 rope. WARNING: Any warranties. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. IWRC shown. More fatigue resistance. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. Wire rope must be properly stored. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. Each strand contains numerous small diameter wires. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. Typical Applications Typical Applications Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes. If synthetic sheaves are used. winch lines. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Damage. large IWRC shown. flexibility increases. no more than 18 of which are outside wires. WARNING! 1-15 . fiber core available 6 x 41 Warrington Seale 6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 49 Seale Warrington Seale 16 outside wires. fiber core available More flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. fiber core available IWRC shown. towing and anchor lines. Good combination of Same characteristics and applications as 16 outside wires. fiber core available cation Typical Applications Typical Applications Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist Mooring. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 27 through 49 wires. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 37 Classification 6 x 31 Warrington Seale 6 x 36 Warrington Seale 1 Characteristics Characteristics 12 outside wires.As the number of wires increases.

0 CX01-0660 57. No. before usage. Fiber Core IWRC Fiber Core 1/4 CX01-0113 3.0 15.35 7.29 1 CX01-0082 57.1 3 1/8 CX01-0139 458. No.34 2.4 CX01-0098 28.4 3.0 CX01-0109 215.0 CX01-0111 266.6 15.91 2 CX01-0090 218.0 14. Ref.0 8.51 2 3/8 CX01-0093 301.9 3 CX01-0138 425.67 5.0 4.5 4 3/4 CX01-0152 979.6 4 1/8 CX01-0147 761.4 4 3/8 CX01-0149 846.6 CX01-0656 18.0 CX01-0669 220.7 4 CX01-0146 720.4 CX01-0657 26.53 5/8 CX01-0079 22.16 3. Cat. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure.44 1 3/4 CX01-0088 168.236 7/16 CX01-0116 10.0 27.164 3/8 CX01-0115 7.59 2 1/4 CX01-0092 272.50 5.0 CX01-0662 85.0 CX01-0663 101.5 2 5/8 CX01-0135 331. WARNING! 1-16 .260 0.0 46.32 1/2 CX01-0077 14. unused wire rope. CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX in. Wire rope must be properly stored.4 1.0 CX01-0670 244.8 0.0 26.5 CX01-0096 16.0 35. deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown.0 33.4 4 1/4 CX01-0148 803.0 16. IWRC Cat. Ref.0 41. Damage. If synthetic sheaves are used.7 CX01-0659 46.89 2.0 37.63 1 3/8 CX01-0085 106. No.6 CX01-0095 12.0 CX01-0108 192.6 3 5/8 CX01-0143 602.0 CX01-0107 169. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves.3 0.40 CX01-0155 3.66 3/4 CX01-0080 32. handled.0 CX01-0122 51.0 CX01-0134 302.0 39.0 31. Fiber Core Cat.9 5 CX01-0154 1070.0 CX01-0112 293. WARNING: Any warranties.4 4 5/8 CX01-0151 934.105 5/16 CX01-0114 5.9 0.13 1 1/4 CX01-0084 87.15 1 7/8 CX01-0089 191.8 CX01-0160 14.7 20.0 12.0 7.8 11. †Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only}.0 4.0 CX01-0123 65.02 0. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual.1 3 1/2 CX01-0142 564.8 CX01-0099 38.42 9/16 CX01-0078 18.8 CX01-0658 35.9 2.0 9. expressed or implied.0 1.0 18.36 8.0 CX01-0104 111. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new.04 0.0 5.27 CX01-0156 4. ASME or ANSI Standards.9 CX01-0102 77.0 CX01-0131 221.6 2 3/4 CX01-0136 361.42 1.5 CX01-0100 50.72 0.4 9./Ft.71 0.88 4.7 2 7/8 CX01-0137 392.6 10.0 CX01-0664 118.50 3.3 3 3/4 CX01-0144 641.0 CX01-0105 129.0 CX01-0129 174.18 1 1/2 CX01-0086 125.0 CX01-0106 149.0 21.0 11.0 CX01-0128 153.68 1 1/8 CX01-0083 71.2 1.9 CX01-0117 13.0 3 7/8 CX01-0145 680.0 CX01-0103 93.6 CX01-0120 29.3 CX01-0159 11. Ref. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. used and maintained.0 CX01-0668 197.9 CX01-0661 71.0 6.0 CX01-0671 269.7 CX01-0097 20. Most importantly.0 CX01-0127 132.* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† Approximate Wt.0 22.5 CX01-0101 63.5 17.5 CX01-0124 79.0 12.0 CX01-0133 274.0 19. No.116 0. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 37 Classification 1 6 x 37 Classification Rope Nominal Strength.0 CX01-0126 114.55 CX01-0157 6.2 CX01-0158 9. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.0 24.35 0.0 43.78 1 5/8 CX01-0087 145.2 CX01-0118 16.0 CX01-0665 136.0 16.46 0. EEIP EIP Diameter.0 29.69 0.4 4 1/2 CX01-0150 889.3 13.180 0.0 19. IWRC Cat.0 CX01-0119 20.0 CX01-0110 240.0 CX01-0667 176.2 *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed. lb.0 CX01-0132 247. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.0 CX01-0125 96.0 10.0 CX01-0130 198.72 2 1/8 CX01-0091 243..59 0.39 6.7 4 7/8 CX01-0153 1024.48 2 1/2 CX01-0094 332.85 1. Ref.95 7/8 CX01-0081 43.0 2.0 CX01-0666 155.09 0.6 CX01-0121 39.7 3 3/8 CX01-0141 529.4 3 1/4 CX01-0140 492.

concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Pounds* CX01-0161 1/16" 7. Size per 1000 ft. 480 CX01-0162 3/32" 16 920 CX01-0163 1/8" 28 1. No. Pounds* CX01-0167 3/32" 17.000 CX01-0169 5/32" 45 lbs. No. Weight Breaking Strength Cat.4 lbs. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Galvanized "Aircraft" Cable 7 x 7 Galvanized Aircraft Cable 1 CERTEX Approx. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application.000 CX01-0168 1/8" 29 2.200 CX01-0171 7/32" 86 lbs. Ref. ASME or ANSI Standards. unused wire rope. handled. Damage. expressed or implied. before usage. 1.800 CX01-0174 3/8" 243 14. Ref.) Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.700 CX01-0166 1/4" 106 6. WARNING! 1-17 .600 CX01-0165 3/16" 62 3. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.700 7x7 CX01-0164 5/32" 43 2.800 7 x 19 CX01-0170 3/16" 65 4. WARNING: Any warranties.5 lbs.000 CX01-0173 5/16" 173 lbs. 5.100 7 x 19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable CERTEX Approx. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. used and maintained.400 NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE. Most importantly. Size per 1000 ft. Wire rope must be properly stored. If synthetic sheaves are used.600 CX01-0172 1/4" 110 7. Weight Breaking Strength Cat. 2. 9.

0 920 CX01-0177 1/8" 28. Actual operating loads may vary. **According to MIL-W-83420D. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. No. Pounds Pounds* CX01-0178 3/32"** 17 920 CX01-0179 1/8"** 29 1. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Stainless Steel "Aircraft" Cable 1 7 x 7 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable.875 7 x 19 CX01-0188 5/16" 173 8. Strength Cat.760 7x7 *Listed for comparison only. No.400 CX01-0183 5/16"** 173 9. No.5 480 CX01-0176 3/32"** 16.670 CX01-0186 3/16" 65 3. Weight Breaking CERTEX Size per 1000 ft. Actual operating loads may vary. Ref.565 CX01-0187 1/4" 110 5. Ref. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. Ref.0 1. but should never exceed 20% of catalog breaking strength. with exceptions. Type 316 Approx. Weight Breaking CERTEX Size per 1000 ft.400 7 x 19 CX01-0181 3/16"** 65 3.825 CX01-0189 3/8" 243 11. with exceptions. Weight Breaking CERTEX Size per 1000 ft.760 *Listed for comparison only. Strength Cat. 1-18 .000 CX01-0184 3/8"** 243 12. Pounds Pounds* CX01-0185 1/8" 29 1. **According to MIL-W-83420D. 7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable. Pounds Pounds* CX01-0175 1/16"** 7. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.760 CX01-0180 5/32"** 45 2.000 *Listed for comparison only. Strength Cat. NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE. Type 304 Approx.700 CX01-0182 1/4"** 110 6. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7x7 and 7x19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application. Actual operating loads may vary. 7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable. Type 304 Approx.) Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

35 16.75 CX01-0205 5/8 7x7x7 .72 35.500 CX01-0193 5/8 .58 14. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. No.400 *Listed for comparison only. Pounds Strength.600 CX01-0201 7/8 1. 6 x 36 Stainless Steel Wire Rope. Cable-Laid Wire Rope** Galvanized.7 *Listed for comparison only.300 CX01-0197 1/2 .88 21. No.42 66.500 6 x 36 WARRINGTON CX01-0199 5/8 .7 CX01-0210 1 1/4 7 x 7 x 19 2. 7 x 7 x 19 CABLE-LAID 1-19 .000 CX01-0196 7/16 . Actual operating loads may vary.39 53. tons* CX01-0203 3/8 7x7x7 .04 49.4 CX01-0208 1 7 x 7 x 19 1.59 28.37 9.72 35.000 6 x 19 (1 + 6 + 12) CX01-0194 3/4 1.21 5. preformed.000 SEALE WITH IWRC CX01-0200 3/4 1. Weight Breaking Cat. Type 304** 1 CERTEX Diameter Approx. Inches per Foot.2 CX01-0209 1 1/8 7 x 7 x 19 1. Ref.300 CX01-0191 1/2 .600 WITH IWRC *Listed for comparison only.35 16.59 28.24 12. No. Inches Construction per Foot. **Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.46 22. Pounds Strength.85 85. Inches per Foot. Ref.19 28. Actual operating loads may vary. Actual operating loads may vary.800 CX01-0192 9/16 . Pounds* CX01-0190 7/16 .800 CX01-0198 9/16 .4 CX01-0207 7/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.46 22. Type 304** CERTEX Diameter Approx.94 44.500 CX01-0202 1 1. Weight Breaking Cat. Ref. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. Weight Breaking Cat. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES 6 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope.6 7 x 7 x 7 CABLE-LAID CX01-0206 3/4 7 x 7 x 19 . CERTEX Diameter Approx.7 CX01-0204 1/2 7x7x7 .56 36. Pounds* CX01-0195 3/8 . Pounds Strength. **Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. **Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.04 49.

* Listed for comparison only. Ref.2 2. ** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D. Strength Cat. but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. Approx. Actual operating loads may vary.8 480 7x7 CX01-0212 3/32"** 1/8" 18.400 7 x 19 CX01-0222 5/16"** 3/8" 197.000 7 x 19 7 x 19 Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. 3 weeks delivery. No.8 920 7x7 CX01-0214 1/8" 3/16" 35.760 7 x 19 CX01-0220 3/16"** 1/4" 77. Weight Breaking CERTEX Coated per 1000 ft.800 7 x 19 Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Weight Breaking CERTEX Cable Coated per 1000 ft.) Strip plastic coating off cable where clips will be positioned for full holding power. Strength Cat. Cable Diameter to Pounds Pounds* Construction CX01-0219 1/8"** 3/16" 36. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application.000 7 x 19 CX01-0223 3/8"** 7/16" 270.5 3. NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.000 7 x 19 CX01-0216 3/16"** 1/4" 77. Type 304 Approx.000 7 x 19 CX01-0218 5/16"** 3/8" 197.) When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable.2 1.200 7 x 19 CX01-0217 1/4"** 5/16" 123. Ref.700 7x7 7x7 CX01-0215 1/8"** 3/16" 36. ** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D. 3 weeks delivery.0 6. GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable 1 Clear Vinyl Coated Galvanized Aircraft Cable Approx. with exceptions. Approx. Actual operating loads may vary. Diameter to Pounds Pounds* Construction CX01-0211 1/16"** 1/8" 11. No. * Listed for comparison only.2 1. Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.700 7 x 19 CX01-0221 1/4"** 5/16" 123. Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.0 7. 7 x 19 Clear Vinyl Coated Stainless Aircraft Cable. Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section. 1-20 . but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. with exceptions.0 9.0 12. match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16” cable coated to 1/4” takes 3/16” clip.5 4.5 920 7x7 CX01-0213 3/32"** 3/16" 25.0 9.

a wire rope consisting of an inner layer of strands laid in one direction covered by DIAGRAMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF ROTATION VARIOUS ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS 1 a layer of strands laid in the opposite direction. All these ropes have specific operating and performance characteristics and some have limitations. in order to more accurately describe the ropes and avoid confusion. B.This has the effect of counteracting torque by reducing the ten- dency of the finished rope to rotate. Multiple Part strand or tape. An overview of certain operating characteristics shows the following: SEIZING AND CUTTING 19 x 7 8 x 19 DYF-18 34LR Because Rotation Resistant Ropes can be difficult to properly identify by sight. partially preformed and non-preformed. Over the years. it does not tell the complete story about a commonly misunderstood and often misused product. D. General Yes Yes Yes Yes Reeving guidelines for seizing and welding are shown in the detail Swivels No No No Yes below. but the specific application and the Endurance Dyform® . 8 x 19 IWRC SPECIAL ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists Dyform-18 Endurance Dyform® . Each seizing should be at least one rope diameter in length. C. ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation The accepted definition of rotation resistant rope as stated in the Wire Rope Users Manual is: 1 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE . Endurance 35LS and Dyform-34LR should have Strength Low Low High Highest welded ends and not seized ends. It is important No Yes Yes Yes Reeving that all Rotation Resistant Ropes be prevented from Single Part unlaying when cut regardless of construction. A.18 • Tower Cranes and various hoisting applications Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS MULTIPLE STRAND ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in a variety of other applications. this type of rope has been known by various names such as Non-Rotating and Spin-Resistant. it is recommended that all 18 x 7 FC IWRC 35LS Rotation Resistant Ropes be tightly seized with wire. While this properly defines the ropes. Dyform-18.34LR operating requirements should be carefully reviewed by Endurance 35LS BAC Technical Services or a qualified person before a rec- ommendation can be made. Bridon American attaches a warning tag on all Rotation Resistant Ropes to indicate that they should always be properly seized when cut. Preformed Yes Yes Partially No Multiple Layer Yes Yes Yes Yes PREFORMED/NON-PREFORMED Winding Rotation Resistant Ropes are special ropes and are pro- Prevention of Block N/A Good Much Best duced with special manufacturing techniques to meet all Spinning Better of the required operating parameters of the ropes. or welded before cutting. Dyform-34LR. Bridon American produces and markets three different types of Rotation Resistant Ropes that can be grouped as follows STANDARD ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES 19 x 7 18 x 7 FC STANDARD APPLICATIONS 8 x 19 IWRC • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists 19 x 7. they were categorized as Rotation Resistant Ropes. Endurance 35LS 1-24 1-21 . E. 19 x 7. To prevent confusion as to which are preformed. NOTE:Two seizings are recommended for non-preformed rope and one seizing for preformed rope. 18 x 7 FC. Several years ago. 8 x 19 IWRC.

the The reason for this recom. odd part reeving system Excessive rotation will cause imbalance and reduction in can cause the traveling strength. HANDLING INSTALLATION SINGLE PART HOISTING Rotation Resistant Ropes must have properly seized. the rope can fail or rapidly develop broken diameters for all Rotation Resistant Ropes. In these cases. (see below). we are referring to the swivel attachment between the rope and the dead end attachment point. All are within the recommended design factors. can be used in multiple part reeving. and the ropes are frequently inspected by a qualified person. Loss of rope lay will change the operat. it can prevent application. eters can cause rope distortion. Dyform-18. 8 x 3. strand or tape. BAC recommends that 1 A welded rope end can facilitate the installation of a each application requiring the use of a swivel with Rotation Resistant Rope in a wedge socket. the ropes the sheaves of the traveling block during hoisting.This BAC does recognize that there are certain applications or misalignment will induce operating requirements where a swivel must be used twist into the rope during with Rotation Resistant Ropes. However. SWIVELS ODD PART REEVING BAC’s recommendation is Odd part reeving such as that 19 x 7. A wire rope wires and wear in the inner rope where it can be difficult clip may be attached to the dead end. strength of the rope is reduced. to detect. If the rotation is severe The dead end should be a minimum length of 20 rope enough. or welded to prevent loss of rope lay shock loaded or loaded beyond the recommended design at the dead end. MULTIPLE PART REEVING 19 x 7 and 18 x 7 FC ropes are not recommended for multiple part reeving. and Dyform-18 problems if the traveling should not be dead ended block is not properly into a swivel. and approved by a qualified person. it is manda. dead end at the traveling mendation is that the stan. As stated ing characteristics of the ropes and can cause high previously. rotation of the rope will be a problem. For the purpose of the previous dis- cussion. ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 1 WELDED ENDS are not shock loaded. the block to be suspended strength of these ropes can be reduced as much as 50%. If the rope is wire. The amount of rotation depends on many fac- WEDGE SOCKETS tors.A welded Standard or Special Rotation Resistant Ropes be reviewed rope end combined with a tail of less than 20 rope diam. 1-25 1-22 . the strands and rope distortion. block should be attached dard Rotation Resistant to the center of the block Ropes and the Special rather than at the side of Rotation Resistant Ropes the block. and they must must be understood. 5 or 7 part can cause 19 IWRC. operation by the rope climbing the flange or rolling into tory that the design factor be strictly followed. 18 x 7 FC. problems. If odd part reeving is necessary.An will rotate under load. Most swivels below the traveling block are not anti-fric- tion ball bearing swivels. the limitations of single part hoisting twist or turn. There has been some confusion about swivels attached between the rope and the dead end attachment point Capped welded end. They must not be kinked. the amount Rotation Resistant Ropes should be tightly seized with of rotation should not cause problems. If the proper tail length is used. op torque when a load is applied and rotation of the load can occur.The multiple aligned. The 8 x 19 IWRC ropes. Certain precautions must be taken. All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used with standard If the loads being handled under all operating conditions wedge sockets. Under a shock load or overload condition. They must be installed without inducing hoisting. and Endurance 35LS are more stable constructions and Tapered and welded end. These ropes do not perform well and tend to become imbalanced when used in this man- ner. Dyform-34LR. when Rotation Resistant Ropes rotate.While a greater strand Rotation Resistant number of parts reeved in Ropes such as Dyform-34LR an even number will and Endurance 35LS may be require slower hoisting used with a swivel in any speeds. Rotation Resistant Ropes will devel- have the proper tail length at the wedge socket. or All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in single part welded ends. and swivels below the traveling block (between the block and the load). and hang at an angle. factor. a welded end is acceptable.

there can be a problem with rope pileup and poor spooling unless a proper fleet angle is maintained. the cabling of the falls will most likely not occur. Ropes are typically used is 18:1. L/S = Length of fall per unit rope spacing Distortion of Rotation Resistant Ropes. 19 x 7 is shown in this band for information only Wire Rope Cabling Bands 19 x 7 is not recommended for multiple part reeving RETIREMENT CRITERIA Recommended retirement criteria for all Rotation Resistant Ropes are 2 broken wires in 6 rope diameters or 4 broken wires in 30 rope diameters. They are: 1. The fleet angle becomes even more important with the very low torque ropes such as Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. If synthetic sheaves are used. as shown above.When the operating conditions for a particu. Various constructions of rope shown on the graph indi- cate the limited conditions for torsional stability with the angular displacement of the hoist block to a maximum of RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SHEAVE AND DRUM 90 degrees. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. The following calculations and graphs can be used to determine when and if cabling will occur on multiple part reeved hoisting arrangements. before usage.e. The minimum design factor allowed by applicable codes and standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant Ropes are typically used is 5. Damage. If the operating conditions for any particular RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DESIGN FACTOR installation fall within the band. WARNING: Any warranties. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. DIAMETERS lar installation give a resultant above the appropriate The minimum D/d ratio allowed by applicable codes and band. then cabling of the falls will most likely occur. ASME or ANSI Standards. CABLING GRAPH Field research jointly conducted by the Wire Rope Technical Board and the Power Crane and Shovel Association has shown that cabling of the rope parts in a multiple part reeved hoisting arrangement is controlled by several factors. WARNING! 1-26 1-23 . used and maintained. expressed or implied. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 1 FLEET ANGLES 1 Because Rotation Resistant Ropes develop less torque under load than a standard 6 strand rope. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. (i. ticular band. 6 rope diam- eters for a 1” diameter rope = 6”). handled. 2. If standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant the operating conditions give a resultant below any par. A fleet angle of 1/2° to 1-1/2° is recommended for Rotation Resistant Ropes. Wire rope must be properly stored. The graph illustrates two dimensional ratios. induced torque and is the reason for immediate removal from service. Most importantly. unused wire rope. cabling is unpredictable. D/d = Average pitch diameter of traveling and crown can be caused by shock load/sudden load release and/or block sheave per unit rope diameter.

. NOTE: 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope Nominal Strength. WARNING: Any warranties.8 1.6 12.15 5./Ft.77 2. CX01-0315 1 1/8 57. Cat.3 1.3 2.57 1.. EIP IPS lb.064 3.58 be ordered in diameters from 3/16” to 1 5/8”…EIP or IPS CX01-0300 5/8 16. in. right regular lay wire rope.7 10. Inquire for details.0 30. Cat.97 7. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.80 0. CX01-0306 1 3/8 78. rotation tendency of one layer is bal- anced by the other. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.90 0.06 Inner and outer strands are laid in opposing directions to CX01-0313 7/8 35. Most importantly.5 1.8 9.44 counter rotation.24 *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed./Ft.8 84. handled. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed. CX01-0301 3/4 24. It may be ordered in diameters from 7/16” to 1 1/2”…EIP CX01-0303 1 42.3 4.2 0.02 CX01-0302 7/8 32.3 3. CERTEX Diam.113 and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope life. CX01-0296 5/16 4.88 ropes.82 or IPS.56 CX01-0318 1 1/2 100. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.73 Characteristics CX01-0312 3/4 25. Dyform 34LR and 35LS. Tons Wt.25 to be used under certain conditions at design factors of CX01-0294 3/16 1.1 48.94 CX01-0317 1 3/8 84.0 87. 8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Ropes 8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Rope Nominal Strength. 2. ASME or ANSI Standards. Ref.6 1.43 ular lay wire rope.8 15.59 0.2 38.* Approx. we recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1 CX01-0295 1/4 2.0 21.85 0. Can be used for multiple part lifting. grades and constructions: Characteristics Inner strands are left lang lay.8 0.7 12. before usage.. used and maintained. resistant ropes.6 1. strand core.177 CX01-0297 7/16 8. in.8 3.58 0.39 8 x 19 is a bright.45 19 x 7 is a bright.1 15.80 Dyform-18 is a bright. It may be ordered in diameters from CX01-0307 1 1/2 92. CX01-0308 7/16 8. *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking Dyform 34LR and 34LS are specially constructed wire strengths listed.2 2. WARNING! 1-27 1-24 . When in use.* Approx. It may CX01-0299 9/16 13. right regular wire rope.60 CX01-0311 5/8 18. Wire rope must be properly stored..5 29.5 61. special grade.08 3/8” to 1 1/4”. outer 1 • Standard constructions for single part and multipart strands are right regular lay. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.2 2.9 22. CX01-0304 1 1/8 53. the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.3 0. Tons Wt.71 grade. Ref.7 0. EIP IPS lb.30 3. When in use.35 Order Guide: CX01-0298 1/2 10. More easily damaged in service than other CX01-0314 1 45.42 0. No. life in particularly demanding applications—DYFORM- 18. Damage.5:1. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure.1 59.4 71. IWRC.30 CX01-0305 1 1/4 65.47 CX01-0310 9/16 14.4 0. right reg. expressed or implied. No.51 0.3 49. unused wire rope. Not recommended • Special wire rope constructions for increased service for multiple part lifting. IWRC.9 73. the natural lifting.33 7.5 1.8 2.Although B30 standards permit rotation resistant ropes CX01-0293 1/8 6. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope 1 Blue Strand Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full range of sizes. Swivels are not recommended for use with rotation CERTEX Diam. ropes.39 CX01-0316 1 1/4 70.5 39. If synthetic sheaves are used.4 4. 1.36 CX01-0309 1/2 11.

Dyform-18 has up testing of a smple from each production length. used and maintained. ® • Optional plastic Dyform -34LR coating of IWRC to further extend fatique life. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” in opposite directions for superior rotation resistance. Damage. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. • Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting from the overall compactness and robustness of the rope and the Dyform strands . to 35% greater strength than conventional 19 x 7 EIP • Good resistance to rotaions . Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Can be used for multiple part lifting. before usage. WARNING! 1-25 . • Superior bending fatigue life when compared with con- ventional multistrand ropes .recommended when multi-layer spooling is involved. handled. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. If synthetic sheaves are used. unused wire rope. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. unique “Twishcheck” type testing program.confirmed by Bridon’s wire rope. expressed or implied. Characteristics Other sizes available on request *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. improve structural stability and resistance to corrosion. the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.When in use. Wire rope must be properly stored. • Reduced elongation results from increased steel content and the Dyform process.confirmed by laboratory testing and extensive field experience. ASME or ANSI Standards. WARNING: Any warranties. Most importantly. HIGH PERFORMANCE LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-18 Rotation Resistant Ropes 1 Characteristics • High strength Rotation Resistant rope incorporating Compacted strands with outside and inside strands laid Dyform strands .

Ref. .0 CX01-0375 18. Damage.26 CX01-0353 17.53 CX01-0360 37 329. Most importantly.20 CX01-0372 79.recommended when 1 1/8 2.7 638.0 356. - 3/4 19 1.0 836.1 232.0 CX01-0688 82.0 CX01-0691 110.0 CX01-0382 35.0 CX01-0391 71.0 1085. CX01-0684 69.4 1472.0 - 13 0.7 620. . .57 0.5 618.5 814.0 • Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting 26 2.76 1.92 2.0 CX01-0376 18.2 696.09 78.65 0. .0 CX01-0380 28.39 1.9 684.6 735. .25 91.0 .30 CX01-0354 20.0 160.0 26 2.7 166.ft kg/ft Cat.37 CX01-0357 26.74 1. .0 569.0 multi-layer spooling is involved. . .2 980.0 1 1/8 2.9 319.0 CX01-0674 28. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual.0 .92 0. - 14 0.5 191. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.0 658.2 820. 1 1/4 32 3. improve structural stability and resistance to corrosion. LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-34LR and 34XL 1 34 x 7 • Strongest of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range .21 0.2 251. .49 CX01-0374 98.15 0.61 0. unused wire rope. • Optional plastic coating of IWRC to further extend fatigue life.confirmed by in mm lb.1 179.0 29 2.48 CX01-0359 33. Ref.8 185. expressed or implied. Ref.0 WARNING: Any warranties. .0 rope and the Dyform strands . handled.0 .0 CX01-0389 64.2 874. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. - 1 1/4 32 3. No conventional Rotation Resistant ropes .6 744.86 1. WARNING! 1-26 .25 89.1 0.30 CX01-0355 20. - 9/16 0.0 30 3. .54 0.7 201.confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of a sample from each production length. . Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves.0 CX01-0689 83.0 7/8 1.7 442.32 0.19 CX01-0371 76 676.4 448.0 1 2. Dyform®-34Max • Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range .36 CX01-0373 92.0 20 1.3 528. .6 397. No tons kN Cat.93 . - 5/8 16 0.0 CX01-0386 54.0 CX01-0384 44.0 CX01-0394 82.0 from the overall compactness and robustness of the 28 2.7 638.3 154. If synthetic sheaves are used.6 370.63 1.84 0. Dyform®-34LR Minimum breaking force Diameter Approx mass Rope Grade WSC 34LR 34XL CERTEX 1960 CERTEX 2160 CERTEX 2160 in mm lb.0 25 2.confirmed by Minimum breaking force Diameter Approx mass Bridon’s unique “Twistcheck” type testing program.0 CX01-0378 22. CX01-0692 165.68 0. .07 1.73 CX01-0364 50.2 251.99 76.73 1.6 744. .0 • Reduced elongation results from increased steel content and the Dyform process.0 .60 CX01-0361 41.0 658.0 .5 689.0 28 2.6 735.64 122. before usage.0 CX01-0683 64.4 555.28 1.8 487. . used and maintained. .2 829.0 CX01-0387 54.0 CX01-0395 83.17 .0 1 1/2 38 4.2 482. . Ref.94 1. Wire rope must be properly stored.26 0.0 356.95 CX01-0368 62.0 CX01-0377 21.2 482.5 298.0 CX01-0681 54.30 .0 CX01-0392 74.0 CX01-0677 40. ASME or ANSI Standards.73 CX01-0363 49.04 CX01-0369 69.0 CX01-0397 110. WSC Rope Grade CERTEX 34MAX • Superior bending fatigue life when compared with Cat.7 798.0 18 1. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.65 0.0 569. 1 2.0 24 1. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.0 CX01-0396 94.2 980.0 .8 487. - 22 1.87 CX01-0366 59.0 CX01-0686 74.24 CX01-0352 16. .0 CX01-0383 40.0 CX01-0685 71.ft kg/ft tons kN laboratory testing and extensive field experience.07 0.5 147. CX01-0690 93. . No tons kN 1/2 0.0 CX01-0680 54.37 1. No tons kN Cat. .

35LS WARNING: Any warranties. used for demanding applications whe e highest strength is not mandatory. LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-35LS 1 35 x 7 • Highest breaking force of all conventional Rotation Resistant ropes . Characteristics Same rotation resistance as Dyform-34LR.confirmed by Bridon’s unique “Twistcheck” type testing program. If synthetic sheaves are used. handled. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. WARNING! 1-27 . concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. • Most flexible construction in the Rotation Resistant product range. expressed or implied. used and maintained. Most importantly. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Damage.confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of a sample from each production length. before usage. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. unused wire rope. ASME or ANSI Standards. Wire rope must be properly stored. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. • Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range . wire rope must be regularly inspected during use.

All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon International Riser Tensioner Rope 11 mate dimensions and performance of the working rope are controlled.000 462. No. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. 2 1/8 442. If synthetic sheaves are used. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. used and maintained. Ref. MBL lbs. ASME or ANSI Standards. • Corrosion protection Of the independant Wire rope core • Reduced Internal Wire Stresses Due to the improved support to the strands and a cushion effect between strand and small core wires Round Strand Dyform Strand • Improved Fatigue life A Riser Tensioner rope needs to be of a suitable material Achieved by control and maintenance of a consisitent and construction to withstand the adverse working con.650 turing to accurately produce its final shape in the complet. extreme conditions of corrosion. So. Tonnes Tonnes Cat.000 502. strand gap ditions of this specific application. No. Available in 6 and 8 strand constructions Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines • Improved Process Techniques • Strict Quality Control The benefits this high strength rope offers are: a) by maintaining the Breaking Load Smaller Rope Diameter Reduced Piece Weights Increased Rope Lengths Down Size Handling Equipment or. wire breaks and reduced tensile strength.000 produced a rope which incorporates the unique Bristar 2 396. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. unused wire rope. b) by maintaining the rope diameter The strength to weight ratio of Diamond Blue is much Additional Breaking Loads higher than most other similar products on the market Lower Percentage Working Stresses and has been achieved through: Improved Working Life • Precise Material Specifications Minimum Breaking Loads Rope Diameter Weight Ungalvanised Galvanised Kg/100m CERTEX API Diamond CERTEX API Diamond mm inches Cat. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. fatique and internal wire pressures.000 ed rope. expressed or implied. Wire rope must be properly stored. before usage. Ref. Damage. the ulti.The core of the rope is fully impregnated with a high density polymer and is precisely shaped during manufac. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. MBL lbs. • Reduced Sheave Wear The common mode of failure of these ropes is from the Dyformed Strand with additional contact area internal corrosion of the small wires of the core and the subsequent lack of support to the strands resulting in Rope Diameter (ins. WARNING! 1-28 1-30 . handled. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual.000 Core. Most importantly. by accurately defining the core shape.) Round Strand Dyform Strand reduction in diameter. 2 1/4 494. Tonnes Tonnes 52 2 1100 CX01-0401 180 224 CX01-0414 162 224 58 2 1/4 1250 CX01-0402 224 274 CX01-0415 202 274 64 2 1/2 1660 CX01-0403 274 335 CX01-0416 247 335 71 2 3/4 1990 CX01-0404 333 405 CX01-0417 295 405 77 3 2340 CX01-0405 389 490 CX01-0418 347 490 83 3 1/4 2790 CX01-0406 420 520 CX01-0419 402 555 90 3 1/2 3210 CX01-0407 519 659 CX01-0420 460 659 96 3 3/4 3740 CX01-0408 585 710 CX01-0421 516 710 103 4 4340 CX01-0409 665 795 CX01-0422 582 795 109 4 1/4 4832 CX01-0410 728 840 CX01-0423 652 840 115 4 1/2 5624 CX01-0411 805 935 CX01-0424 725 935 122 4 3/4 6036 CX01-0412 896 1025 CX01-0425 801 1025 128 5 6879 CX01-0413 978 1135 CX01-0426 880 1135 WARNING: Any warranties.000 360. Bridon has designed and 1 3/4 306.000 584. To address this mode of failure. resulting in the following operating benefits.

The tional strength of Dyform-6 allows this product to meet Dyform process increases the steel surface area by 100%.31 8. tions as boom hoist ropes.This beneficial in those applications where the rope is subject. abusive. handled. STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE CERTEX DIAMETER* APPROX. especially in those ed to heavy use.3 CX01-0430 9/16 . applications which have multiple layers on the drum. ore bridges and winch lines.39 11.78 22. No.14 87.The excep. used and maintained. thus reducing rope and sheave wear. Rugged Dyform-6 pro. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure.8 CX01-0434 1 2. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. before usage. WEIGHT NOMINAL STRENGTH Cat. ASME or ANSI Standards. Ref.3 CX01-0433 7/8 1. improves the service life of the rope. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.9 CX01-0429 1/2 . wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. load hoist ropes. unused wire rope.13 32.9 CX01-0437 1 3/8 3. APPLICATIONS Improved Crush Resistance: Dyform-6 ropes should be used wherever increased The compact strand construction of Dyform-6 ropes pro- strength or longer service life is desired.54 43. Damage.0 CX01-0438 1 1/2 4.8 CX01-0428 7/16 . Superior Lubrication: vides performance superior to standard six-strand ropes Dyform-6 ropes are thoroughly lubricated at stranding in all applications. Each wire is completely coated at the time of CHARACTERISTICS manufacture to ensure that the friction between all wires is reduced to an absolute minimum. expressed or implied.0 *OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST WARNING: Any warranties.00 57. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. sures which gives longer rope life and less downtime. 11 Increased Flexibility: The manufacturing process of Dyform-6 ropes provides increased flexibility which makes rope installation much easier. HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon American Corporation Dyform . which provides excellent lubrication throughout the life of the rope. INCHES POUNDS PER FOOT TONS CX01-0427 3/8 . especially those which are extremely and closing with an exclusive Bridon American product.50 125.6 Wire Rope strength provides greater lifting capacity while prolong- ing rope life. Lower internal stresses of Dyform-6 ropes offer longer bending fatigue life than standard six-strand ropes. or exceed the strength requirements of the Extra Extra This increased surface area gives higher abrasion resis- Improved Plow Steel grade of wire rope.5 CX01-0435 1 1/8 2.80 106. Most importantly. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. Greater Strength: Longer Rope Life: The superior strength of Dyform-6 is a direct result of the Dyform process which increases the amount of steel and The smooth periphery of Dyform-6 reduces bearing pres- reduces the amount of voids in the strands. WARNING! 1-31 1-29 . Wire rope must be properly stored.5 CX01-0436 1 1/4 3.54 71.7 CX01-0432 3/4 1.3 CX01-0431 5/8 . clam shell ropes. If synthetic sheaves are used.49 15. It is especially vides for much higher resistance to crushing. It has proven superior in such applica.63 19.This increased tance.

6 79.0 *OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST WARNING: Any warranties. a rig using 1-3/8” Constructex will have a higher rope strength and achieve more ton-miles per foot than a rig using 1-1/2” 6x19s EIP IWRC RRL.0 CX01-0448 1 3/4 6.0 CX01-0447 1 5/8 5.86 25. expressed or implied.2 97. APPLICATIONS Increased Crush Resistance: Constructex is recommended as a tubing line where The unique design of Constructex with its reduction of longer service life is desired.0 CX01-0446 1 1/2 4. Constructex can be recommended with confidence Longer Rope Life: wherever abrasion and crush resistance are a major con. unused wire rope. before usage. No. Damage. Constructex can be recommended with con. long history of superior performance as a tubing line in the well servicing industry.5 CX01-0440 3/4 1. fidence wherever abusive applications exist.This allows users to lift heavier loads while maintaining the same rope diameter.6 CX01-0445 1 3/8 3. WARNING! 1-30 1-32 .5 48.This makes Constructex the ideal wire rope for use on scrap. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new. makes Constructex the ideal rope for abusive applica- yard cranes. Most importantly. Ref. The smooth outside surface of Constructex is a direct cern. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users Manual. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. For example.5 CX01-0443 1 1/8 2.8 118. this rope has result of the swaging process. WEIGHT NOMINAL CERTEX DIAMETER* POUNDS PER STRENGTH Cat. HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon American Corporation Constructex® Wire Rope 11 CHARACTERISTICS Greater Strength: The design of Constructex compacts more steel per diameter which provides for higher strength.6 139. Superior abrasion resistance internal voids makes it better to withstand crushing. In the conventional crane market.3 162.1 36. tions.5 CX01-0444 1 1/4 3. wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Constructex also has a age from abrasion.This smooth surface of increased life on scrap cranes. abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. If synthetic sheaves are used.5 CX01-0442 1 2. clam shell holding and greatly increased steel area enhances resistance to dam- closing lines and boom hoist lines. ASME or ANSI Standards.2 185.5 CX01-0441 7/8 1. Wire rope must be properly stored. INCH FOOT TONS CX01-0439 5/8 0.0 62. used and maintained. Most recently. Constructex has entered the rotary drill line industry and is outper- forming standard 6x19s EIP IRWC RRL lines with up to twice the ton-miles and increased strength. handled. STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE APPROX.

should be taken to determine the angle of choke as accu- rately as possible. designed to lift. Each value was cal- of a sling. Each type of splice has a different efficiency. WIRE ROPE SLINGS GENERAL INFORMATION TABLE 1 CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT RATED CAPACITY ANGLE OF CHOKE IWRC AND FC ROPE IN DEGREES PERCENT** 2 OVER 120 100 90-120 87 60. The difference is gener- (Figure 3).). Extreme care Figure 2. D/d ratio is the ratio of the diameter around which the sling is bent divided by the body diameter of the sling (Figure 4). capacity. If a load is ues and may differ by a small amount. in a basket hitch or for multi-legged bridle slings. SLING ANGLE is the angle measured between a horizon- tal line and the sling leg or body. This angle is very NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCY is the efficiency of the important and can have a dramatic effect on the rated sling splice. Figure 5 illustrates the percentage of decrease to be expected. Rated capacities contained in all the CHOKER HITCH configurations affect the rated capacity tables were calculated by computer. As illustrated (Figure 2).29 49 NOMINAL SLING STRENGTH is based upon the nomi. of slings. This represents hanging free. Figure 3. 30.89 74 Figure 1.59 62 0 . the strength of the rope is decreased. when this splicing an eye. Nominal splice efficiencies have been estab- lished after many hundreds of tests over years of testing. type of hitch (e. choker hitch. When the angle is less than 135 degrees an publications which differ by this small amount should adjustment in the sling rated capacity must be made not be construed to be in error. When D/d ratios smaller than those listed in the rated capacity tables are neces- sary. **Percent of sling rated capacity in a choker hitch. etc. 3 contact of the sling body with the end attachment or eye or 4 leg slings may not be even multiples of single leg val- causes a loss of sling strength at this point.. Due to computer is suspended by the other end attachment or eye. Any time wire rope is disturbed such as in capacity of the sling. The rounding of numeric values. 2-1 . the load on each leg increases. Sling angles of less than 30 degrees are not recommend. straight pull. number of parts of rope in the sling. the rated capacity of the sling must be decreased. This angle decreases. For wire RATED CAPACITY is the maximum static load a sling is rope slings in choker hitch when angle is less than 135°. diame- ter around which the body of the sling is bent (D/d) and the diameter of pin used in the eye of the sling (Figure 1). ally no more than one unit for any sling diameter. Tests have shown that whenever wire rope is bent around a diameter. This D/d ratio is applied to wire rope slings to assure that the strength in the body of the sling is at least equal to the splice efficiency. nal (catalog) rope strength of the wire rope used in the sling and other factors which affect the overall strength of the sling. through one end attachment or eye and strength and working up from there. As can be seen. Choker hitches at angles greater than 135 degrees are not recommended since they are unstable. Choker hitch rated capacity adjustment. the strength of the rope is reduced. the normal choke angle is approximately 135 the state-of-the-art technology and tables found in other degrees. rated capacity values for 2. Figure 4. This is because the sling leg or body is passed culated starting wth the nominal component rope around the load. These other factors include splicing efficien- cy. thus the difference in rated capacities for different types ed. The tables give rated capacities in tons of 2000 pounds.g. basket hitch. This reduction must be taken into account when determining principle applies whether one sling is used to pull at an the nominal sling strength and in calculating the rated angle. This ratio has an effect on the rated capacity of the sling only when the sling is used in a basket hitch. the decrease in rated capacity is dramatic.

This is because when making a hand tucked splice. MINIMUM SLING BODY LENGTH is the minimum length of wire rope between splices. Extra Improved Plow Steel grade 6x19 or 6x37 classifica- tion regular lay. Other spe- cialized thimbles are available. Figure 6. For multi-part slings the minimum body length between splices is equal to forty (40) times the component rope diameter. body diameters. This curve. All swaged socket or poured socket generally much closer. or matched PROOF LOAD is a specific load applied to a sling or slings are normally held to within one (1) body diameter. Rated capacities of slings using galvanized rope depend on the method of galvanizing. IWRC rope has a higher rated capacity than Fiber Core rope for mechanically spliced slings. Tolerances should always be speci- assemblies should be proof loaded. The sling manufacturer should be consulted regarding rated capacities for these types of slings. The proof load is fied to the sling manufacturer before the order is placed. The maximum proof load for hand tucked slings is 1. use the LENGTH TOLERANCE is generally plus or minus two (2) smallest horizontal angle for rated capacity calculations. The legs of bridle slings. EYE DIMENSIONS are generally eight (8) sling body diameters wide by sixteen (16) body diameters long.This curve is based on static loads only and generally accepted to be bright Improved Plow Steel or applies to 6x19 and 6x37 class ropes. WIRE ROPE SLINGS damaged during the proof load. whichever is greater. For bridle slings with legs of unequal length. Consult your sling manu- facturer for details. the core (IWRC) of the rope is cut in the splice area and doesn’t add to the overall strength of the sling. L = length of eye When a wire rope is bent around any sheave or other circular W = width of eye object there is a loss of strength due to this bending action. generally two (2) times the vertical rated capacity for This eliminates a lot of frustration and confusion later. Care should be taken to assure that sling eyes are not 2-2 .2 Where Figure 5. Generally the minimum body length is equal to ten (10) times the sling body diameter. mechanical splice slings. relates the efficiency of a rope to differ.25 times the vertical rated capaci- ty. but the same rated capacity for hand tucked slings. Table 2 contains only dimensions for thimbles used in standard single part slings. Tolerances on poured or swaged socket assemblies are ship of the sling. Eye dimensions for thimbles are 2 contained in table 2. sleeves or fittings.5% of the sling length. or plus or minus 0. For any sized eye and type of sling body. GRADE & CONSTRUCTION of wire rope for slings is ent D/d ratios. This allows approximately one and one half (1 1/2) rope lays between splices. the maximum allowable pin diameter may be calculated as follows: Maximum pin diameter = (2L + W) x 0. As the D/d ratio becomes smaller this loss of strength becomes The minimum pin diameter should never be smaller than greater and the rope becomes less efficient. Figure 7. derived the nominal sling diameter. from actual test data. assembly in a non-destructive test to verify the workman. Whenever possible thimbles are recommended to protect the rope in the sling eye. PIN DIAMETER should not be any greater than the nat- ural width of the sling eye.

80 2 3/8 . Factor 1/4 .89 1 3/8 .80 1/2 . splice to splice because of the many variable factors al full tuck.82 2 1/8 .86 1 3/4 .87 1 5/8 .85 1 7/8 .80 7/16 .80 1 1/8 .88 1 1/2 . A marlin spike is inserted in the same opening in sling will lift the load even in those rare instances when the body of the rope ahead of the tucked strand and is the splice efficiency falls slightly below the values given rotated about the axis of the rope back to the start of the in the tables. spliced area. involved in producing the splice. Eff. that of the test of time tuck. TABLE 3 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES HAND TUCKED SPLICE IPS AND EIPS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL AND EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL 6x19 & 6x37 CLASS ROPES Rope Nominal Rope Nominal Dia. or three adjacent servings are optional. Development of such and three full tucks around the same strand in the body of the rope. two. Such passing the strand under one. tions are accommodated. The design factor used in plished by pulling the strand end in under considerable establishing the rated capacities further assures that the force. The tucked strand is set or strength of spliced termination divided by actual break- locked tightly.84 2 . making such splices.80 2 1/4 . Each subsequent full turn of the dead end ing strength of rope). This efficiency will change from strand around the live end strand constitutes an addition. and use in over fifty years of actual field experience.80 5/8 . A “full tuck” is made by inserting a dead end strand under NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES are measured in and rotating it one full 360 degrees turn around a strand terms of efficiency (where efficiency = actual breaking in the body of the wire rope. Factor Dia.90 1 1/4 .80 9/16 . attain the efficiencies used in calculating the rated capaci- Normally. A “forming tuck” is made by prying two adjacent strands Serving or wrapping of wire rope sling splices does not apart.80 3/8 .80 7/8 .80 2-3 . inserting a dead end strand into the opening and affect the spicing efficiencies nor rated capacities. Rated capacities shown in this manual have splice or toward the previous tuck. although unserved splices are pre- strands in the body of the rope.80 3/4 . This helps set the met with the most exacting test. each dead end strand is given one forming tuck ty tables where the rope quality and number of tucks are equivalent to that outlined above. The dead end strand is ferred because they permit visual inspection of the set or locked tightly. Splices made by these special methods may also end (short end) into the live end (long end) of the rope. Splice efficiencies given in table 3 were established so that these normal varia- “Setting” or “locking” of a dead end strand is accom.80 2 1/2 . WIRE ROPE SLINGS HAND TUCKED SPLICE Certain end usages may indicate the desirability of special A HAND TUCKED splice is made by passing the wire rope splices such as the Navy Admiralty Splice or logging around a thimble or forming an eye and splicing the dead splice.80 5/16 .80 1 . Eff. efficiencies should be confirmed by the sling fabricators 2 ing more pliable wire ropes such as 6x37 classification. One additional full tuck is made when splic.

925 2 1/16 & larger .925 2 1/16 & larger . makes an economical sling and in most cases one that will give satisfactory service. The use of ed by pressing (swaging) one or more metal sleeves over a swivel on single leg lifts as well as free hanging loads the rope juncture. the splice could unlay and pull out. the entire eye will also fail.95 . The flemish eye splice is fabricated by opening or unlay- ing the rope body into two parts. The rope is unlayed far enough back to allow the loop or eye to be formed by looping one part in one direction and the other part in the other direction and laying the rope back together.90 STAINLESS STEEL. One being the Returned Loop and the other the Flemish TABLE 4 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES MECHANICAL SPLICED SLINGS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL: Diameter IWRC FIBER CORES 1/4 through 1" .90 2-4 .90 Not Established EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL: 1/4 through 1" . Splice efficiencies for other splicing methods should be con- MECHANICAL SPLICE firmed by the sling manufacturer. A metal sleeve is then slipped over the ends of the splice and pressed (swaged) to secure the ends to the body of the sling. which may rotate is not recommended. Should the metal sleeve(s) fail.90 2 1/16 & larger .925 1 1/16 through 2" . 302 & 304 GRADE: 1/4 through 1" . This the load to drop.925 . the splice is complet- about the same as for any other type of sling. splice efficiencies expressed in table 4 and in the rated capacity tables are based on this splicing method.95 1 1/16 through 2" . A drawback to this type of sling is that the lifting capacity of the sling depends 100% upon the integrity of the pressed or swaged joint.95 1 1/16 through 2" . Nominal Flemish eye splice. thus causing the short end of the loop eye and pressing these sleeves to secure the end of the rope to the sling body. MECHANICAL SPLICE slings come in two basic types. A tag line should The returned loop is fabricated by forming a loop at the always be used to prevent rotation of the sling body. WIRE ROPE SLINGS GENERAL PRECAUTIONS for hand tucked slings are Eye or farmers splice. The strands are rolled back around the rope body. sliding one or more metal sleeves over When the sling body of a hand tucked splice is allowed 2 to rotate. one having three strands and the other having the remaining three strands and the core. In either case. end of the rope.

variations to these methods will produce equal results. rated capacities. smaller wire ropes.This is particularly evi. This construction makes for a pliable rope and rated capacities adjustment table 1 for choker hitches sling. or plus or minus 1. 10. Tolerances and minimum sling lengths are also figured ZINC OR RESIN POURED SOCKET using the cable-laid fabric diameter. 8 & 9 parts are the more common. These are truly the heavy weights of the and constructions of rope. is recommended to be 40 times the component rope al in nature and have withstood the test of time. are generally hand fabricated slings which are “braided” ditionally been the method for determining the rope’s from 2. they are generally includ. Rated capacity for a basket hitch is based on a D/d ratio of dent in salt water or brackish conditions. TYPE TERMINATIONS BRAIDED MULTI-PART SLINGS While some people may debate whether zinc or resin poured sockets are truly slings. actual breaking strength. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Notice that the splice efficiency factor plays no role in The two procedures. differ significantly. Loads in excess of 4000 tons ets as with the other more general types of slings. the weakest part of the sling is in the body of proofloaded.They can tions have been compared to poured sockets.0.5% of the sling length whichever minus 1/8” is not out of the ordinary for this type of is greater. Since the rope is made up of many required because the Nominal Splice Efficiency is higher. matched slings shall be within 3 component rope diame- cate assemblies without first getting expert training.All other types of end termina. For larger Rope assemblies with poured attachments are generally component rope slings. 6. The following socketing methods are gener. ence accelerated deterioration due to an electro chemical reaction between the two metals. and resist kinking and setting. slings except care should be taken not to deform or dam- age the sleeve. This type of termination has tra. the tolerance is plus or application should also be supplied to the manufacturer minus 6 component rope diameters. Cable-Laid Slings are fabricated from a machine made 2 Rated capacities for single part. In such cases the minimum Because of the multi-rope component construction. such slings are used in a choker hitch. D/d ratio of 25.70 for component ropes 3/32” through 2” diameters. Slight diameter of the braided body. Legs of rienced in the socketing process should not try to fabri. 3. The cable-laid es are calculated exactly the same as for hand tucked body is typically 7x7x7. of the sling length whichever is the greater.0 should be used to in a choker hitch therefore the nominal splice efficiency calculate the rated capacity. the slings can bend around smaller diameters without taking a permanent set or a kink. 7x7x19. where “d” is the diameter of the cable-laid fabric. the rated capacity adjustment table 1 applies. be in a choke. sockets or sleeves the experts. When have been lifted with multi-part slings. consult the sling manufacturer used as a straight tension member where the rope body for splice efficiencies. Specifications such as type of fitting. or plus or minus 1% when ordering these types of assemblies. far better to leave fabrication of this type of assembly to Minimum Sling Length between loops. For component tation. Rated Capacity for a basket hitch is based on a minimum Length tolerances for poured attachments can be some. Tolerance as small as plus or ters. Note the difference in Stainless Steel slings which have sleeves made of a differ. 4 and up to as many as 48 pieces or parts of rope. 2-5 . Multi-part braided slings or Multi-Parts as they are known. The adjustment Table 1 slings used in basket hitches are the same as mechanical applies to multi-part slings also. They snug up tightly to the load in a choker hitch Choker hitches are not used as much with poured sock. If the assembly is used part slings react differently than standard wire rope slings as a sling then a design factor of 5. The legs of matched slings shall be within 5 assembly. the efficiency factor for calculating vertical choker hitch ent grade or type metal than the rope body may experi. what more stringent than other types of slings. The GENERAL PRECAUTIONS are no different from other many small wires are susceptible to abrasion. Thus the splice being high- er in efficiency. ed in the sling category. rope comprised of seven small wire ropes. has no effect on the rated capacity. These slings are used where flexibility and resis- also applies for mechanical splice slings. choker and basket hitch. Minimum D/d tance to kinking and setting are more important than ratio for basket hitches is 25. It is ters of each other. where “d” = component rope diameter. Rated capacities for these is present in the equation. while achieving the same end the calculation of the Choker Hitch rated capacity. This larger D/d ratio is resistance to abrasion. This result. Nominal Splice Efficiency for multi-part slings is 0. the sling at the choke point. spliced slings and use the same D/d ratio factors. lifting industry. The man. whether zinc or resin is to be used and type of rope diameters 7/16” and larger. This book covers only the round type slings. Generally 4. CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE SLINGS because the efficiency factors are not additive. Their effi. component rope diameters of each other. Length tolerances for component ropes of 3/8” diameter ufacturer should be contacted and agreement reached and smaller are plus or minus 10 component rope diame- before the order is placed. pin orien. The rated capacity adjustment Table 1 for choker hitches applies to cable-laid slings as well. multi- recommended design factor is 3. be either flat or round and offer the ultimate in flexibility ciency is therefore established to be 100% for all grades and versatility. does not contact the load and is otherwise kept free from distortion or physical abuse. Those inexpe. The IWRC. or 7x6x19 Classification slings except for the nominal splice efficiencies. It is highly recommended that is because as the rope passes through the eye of the sling all poured sockets whether they be zinc or resin.

705 7/8 . Grommets work well in basket and choker hitches and general applications smaller circumferences. will find them used in this manner. The contact with the load is the splice area. grommet.700 1 . such as strand laid diameter. STRAND LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET ommended.755 3 . being bent around a hook or pin five times the body ing legs.78 2 1/8 . The sling manu. Eff. grommets and endless slings was based on the require- TABLE 6 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES STRAND LAID TUCKED GROMMETS Rope Nominal Rope Nominal Dia. The requirement for a mini. this hand tucked. Consult the sling manufacturer for 2 tucked and cable laid mechanical. Normally the lifting pins will be the smallest mets with paint to help the user more easily identify the diameter in the system other than the diameter of the splice area. Factor Dia. strand laid mechanical. the tuck of a hand spliced endless grommet prior to plete circle and automatically double the number of lift. They form a com.775 2 1/2 .710 3/4 .695 1 1/8 . D/d ratio must be applied to the lifting pins as well as to facturer will usually mark the area of hand tucked grom.685 2-6 .78 1 1/2 .78 2 .78 1 7/8 . A minimum circumference of 96 body diameters is rec. the the wear points. The only area that should not come into D/d ratio becomes a very important consideration.765 2 3/4 .78 2 1/4 . No sleeves are used to make mum circumference of 96 times the body diameter for the joint.715 5/8 . cable laid hand requirement was adopted for mechanically spliced end- less grommets as well. Several types are available.725 1/2 . the load. Eff. Factor 1/4 . A Strand Laid Hand Tucked Grommet is made from one cumferential measurement. it should be may be rotated or moved around the sling to even out noted that since a grommet is a continuous circle.745 5/16 .78 1 3/8 .78 1 3/4 .720 9/16 . To eliminate the possibility of confusion. This measurement is normally an inside cir.690 1 1/4 . WIRE ROPE SLINGS GROMMETS ment to have at least three free rope lays on either side of Grommets are a unique type of sling. Another unique The same general precautions apply to grommets as advantage to grommets is that the load contact points apply to all other types of slings. This results in a very smooth circular sling.735 3/8 . If they must.730 7/16 . However.78 2 3/8 . No loads should be handled on D/d smaller Tolerances for grommets are generally plus or minus 1% than 5 times the sling body diameter. consult of the circumferential length or 6 body diameters the sling manufacturer. section are based on a D/d ratio of 5. continuous length of strand. Rated capacities covered in this whichever is greater.78 1 5/8 .

Eff. makes for a flexible smooth sling.This (See Rated Capacity Tables Section) type of grommet is not as smooth as the hand tucked. Factor 3/8 . You have to meet deadlines.78 2 1/4 .755 Dependability In Lifting- Everywhere. You’re in a tough lifting situa. Valuable equipment and the make your most complex lifting lives of your workers are on the challenge like just another day at line. companies who know your needs ees and valuable equipment in and are close at hand to serve harm’s way. grommet slings CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET react differently than standard wire rope slings in a chok. the office. TABLE 7 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMETS Rope Nominal Rope Nominal Dia. An advantage is Cable Laid Mechanical Splice Grommets are fabricated that the swaged sleeves give clear indication of the splice from one continuous length of cable laid wire rope fabric area. turn to CER- TEX. Rated capacity except one continuous length of wire rope is used. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Because of the sling body construction.750 9/16 .765 3 3/8 . 2 Strand Laid Mechanical Splice grommets are made from one continuous length of wire rope joined by pressing or CABLE LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE swaging one or more sleeves over the rope juncture. but offers economy and ease of manufacture. the lifting experts.715 1 1/8 .705 1 1/2 . but offer greater flexibility.78 1 11/16 .775 2 5/8 . Cable Laid Hand Tucked Grommets are fabricated in the er type hitch therefore the presence of the nominal same manner as strand laid hand tucked grommets splice efficiency factor in the equation. with the ends joined by one or more mechanical sleeves. The slightest network into the hands of local overlooked detail can put employ. Every Time. experience and resources to tion. have every detail covered? When you’re taking on the weight of the world. They are similar to strand laid mechanical splice grom- mets.78 1 7/8 .770 3 . Are you sure you you. The body diameters STRAND LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE GROMMET are somewhat odd sized because the grommet body is built up from a standard diameter component rope. Factor Dia.725 15/16 . This adjustment Table 1 applies. observe regulations and stay CERTEX puts its world-wide within a budget.735 3/4 . for the Lifting Products and Services 2-7 .745 5/8 . Eff.

When was it last inspected? If in doubt about capacity. Check the hook and reeving. The Load—The weight must be known. 2. The proper choice will provide: 1. Type of Hitch Determines Choice of Sling Before you select a sling for a specific lift. 3. Each lift may be divided into three parts. Will it lift high enough? Choose a sling body type which will best support the 3. 5. and for evi- dence of point loading or bending to one side of 15% or more. Prevailing work rules and government regulations place full respon- sibility for proper performance upon the rigger. 2. and then answer sling body that will best do the job. providing a con- venient plan for proceeding: 1. and its condition. check the placard. Is the lifting device adequate? The type of hitch you select may determine the type of Check the placard on the crane or hoist. One basic rule always applies: Always know…never guess. Lifting height. Proper D/d Ratio. so it is 2 his duty to be familiar with the condition and capability of all tools and equipment used. Is capacity adequate for this lift? length of sling. Minimal damage to the sling. determine the most effective hitch to do the job. 1. Are sheaves properly rigged? If multi-part reeving. The Hitch—Here is where the rigger can exercise ingenuity…but it’s also the easiest place to make a mistake. 2-8 . WIRE ROPE SLINGS GUIDELINES FOR THE RIGGER Some Useful Guidelines For the Rigger On the following pages are some useful tips to help the rigger do his job more efficiently and safely. overhead clear- ance and hook travel will affect choice of hitch and 1. Check for cracks in bowl of the hook. But you must also protect the load from possible damage by the slings…and protect the slings from damage by the load. 4. Lifting capacity needed. The Lifting Device—Know its capability and limita- tions. Is horizontal reach adequate? load while providing adequate rated capacity. 2. as well as the length three questions: of sling that will be needed. as well as techniques employed. One of three basic hitches will usually do the job. and protect the sling. protect the load. Minimal damage to the load. Is the hook the right size so sling eye won’t be distort- ed when put over the hook? 3. Handling characteristics needed for rigging. 3. will it support the load? 2.

a choke is more effective than a basket hitch to prevent unbalance and slipping of the load in the sling. and must be added to total weight on the sling. loose at sharp corners or where the sling body would be bent bundles and fragile items from scuffing and bending. be sure load can withstand side pressure as tension is applied to sling. Remember that blocking becomes part of the lift. always pull on line with the bolt axis. A sliding hook choker is superior to a shackle or unpro- tected eye. rather than against the sling body—since sliding movement of sling body could rotate pin. to prevent slippage during the lift. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Protect the sling during the lift with blocking or padding Use blocking or padding to protect hollow vessels. severely. 2-9 . for 360° gripping of the load. When attaching a sling to eye bolts. a side pull may break the bolts. Always put shack- le pin through sling eye. 2 Use a spreader bar between legs of a sling to prevent excessive side pressure on the load by the sling during the lift. When lifting crates or wooden boxes with a basket hitch. since it provides a greater bending radius for the sling body. Use a shackle in the sling eye during a choke to protect sling body against excessive distortion. causing it to come loose. Some riggers will use a double wrap around the load. Use spreader bars and corner protectors to prevent damage to contents. When lifting a bundled load with a single sling near the center of gravity.When hitching to bolts screwed into or attached to a load.

Be sure that slings can- loading individual legs and unbalancing the load during not slide toward one another along the load when the lift the lift. 2 When rigging two or more straight slings as a bridle. By adjusting the hook point and using a come- along or chain block to support the heavy end. vide better balance for long loads. Rotation can cause the splice to unlay and pull out. use a tagline to also increases the angle between the two legs to improve prevent load rotation. Proper Use of Cribbing Incorrect 2-10 . rotate when rigged in a straight. WIRE ROPE SLINGS You can reduce the angle of a choke with a wooden Anytime a load is lifted beyond arm’s reach with a single- block. the strands may unlay and the rope’s capacity will be reduced. rotate. resulting in dropping of the load. Normal Two basket hitches can be rigged with two slings to pro- stretch must be the same for paired slings to avoid over. select identical sling constructions of identical length— with identical previous loading experience. If a wire rope is permitted to sling efficiency. WARNING Hand-spliced slings should not be used in lifts where the sling may rotate and cause the wire rope to unlay. the load Single-part hand-spliced slings must not be permitted to can be kept level during the lift. or blocks. between the hitch and the load This part load line or straight eye-and-eye sling. Use an equalizing bar with double basket hitches to reduce tendency of slings to slide together. vertical hitch. and to keep loads level. is made.

then sling and the load. as right. through both and irregular shapes sometimes will require blocking for eyes and over lifting hook. Two-hook turning is employed when it is desired to turn the load freely in the air. detach sling at (B) before lowering load completely. pointing opposite direction of turn. Length can be adjusted before weight applies. or two cranes can be used. attach auxiliary at (B) and lift to desired position. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Proper Use of Cribbing To turn from side (A) to (B) in 1 & 2 above. in the direction of the weight always applied against a tight sling body and no turn to prevent sliding of the pivot edge of the load just movement between sling and load. When a rectangular object has weight concentrated at one end. the lifting hook must be rigged directly above the Center of Gravity. It may be necessary to lift eyes on top of load. the load clear to reposition it after the turn is completed. then lift both hoists equally until load is suspended. To turn from side (B) to (C) in 3 & 4 above. attach the sling directly to the load ABOVE the Center of Gravity. Body of sling is then passed under load. with must be able to move. since the load will slide in the hitch. but once the load comes onto the sling. 2-11 . either one or two lifting devices may be employed. under load to protect sling and facilitate removal. Center of Gravity of a rectangular object with homoge- nious characteristics will usually be below the junction of lines drawn diagonally from opposite corners. or travel. 2 Correct To turn or reposition a load. Lifting unbalanced loads when exact length slings are not available can be accomplished by rigging a choke on the heavy end. place both as the load leaves the ground. Never attempt to turn a load with a basket. The lifting hook Turning with double choker gives good control. Blocking should be used support during and after the turn. Lower both hooks simultaneously until side (C) is in desired position. To rig. Main and auxiliary hoists of a crane can often be used. Always use a choker hitch or a single-leg direct attachment. and possibly a dropped load. Lower auxiliary until turn is complet- ed. Center of Gravity will be situated toward that end—away from the intersection of diagonal lines. One Hook Load Turning To turn a load with one hook. the hitch is locked in position for the lift. lift balanced against the sling body—resulting in damage to both the load at (D) directly above the Center of Gravity. To avoid an unbalanced lift. attach on side (B) above the Center of Gravity and on side (D) at the Center of Gravity.

using one lift. 3. Use a tagline. sling and load protection and all safety devices are in place. so has adequate strength for the load the body can carry. take a light strain on the rigging. 7. then return it to the sling storage rack for safekeeping until next usage. Don’t Jerk!—Lift slowly and with a steady application of power. then attach it to the hook. grip. visualize it enclosed by a rectangle. 4. since strands can still adjust. 6. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Kink Eye Deformation 2 Dogleg Doglegs. or tether. as well as attach- ment hardware such as clevises. Inspect the Sling—Make a good visual check of the sling you select to determine if it is in good condition and capable of making the lift. or be attached to. check the sling for any damage (If it’s damaged. Put It Away!—After you’ve completed the job. to con- trol any movement. the load. 2. Overturning a heavy object onto cribbing. checking to see that block- ing. 5. A dogleg is a “set” which occurs when a wire rope sling is pulled down snug against a load. 8. Not Down—Always attach the sling to the load first. and usefulness of the sling restored. Determine the Hitch—Decide how the load is to be ing hook and chainblock. To upend the object. chain. Sets and Kinks To locate the approximate Center of Gravity of an irregu. 9.). connected to the lifting hook and how the sling will block “A” and the sling “B” should exchange positions. When a loop is “pulled through. and reduces rope strength. 2-12 . Eye deformation is ordinarily not deterimental to sling strength as long as there are no broken wires or gross distortion of the lay of strands. Select the Sling—In addition to adequate Rated Capacity for the angles and hitch involved. Rigger’s Check List 1. adjusting. Rig Up. the sling body should be of the type and style best suited to handling this specific load. Select a sling with proper end attachments or eye protection. red tag it immediately or advise the sling inspector. Refer to prevailing OSHA and ANSI regulations for inspection criteria. A dogleg usually can be “rolled back” or turned inside out. Stand Clear and Lift—Let the lifting device and rigging do the job—don’t use brute strength to prevent swinging or movement. Check Everything—Before attempting a lift.” it forms a kink which larly shaped article. permanently deforms a wire rope by freezing or locking Where diagonals from opposite corners intersect will wires and strands.An eye has two legs. Keep all hands and toes out from under the load when it is suspended. This prevents them from sliding and usually provide a lift point near the Center of Gravity. Analyze and Measure—Determine the total weight to be moved as well as exactly how far it is to move and how high it must be lifted. A sling should be retired when distortion locks the strands or flattens the rope in the eye so strands cannot move and adjust.

One Boom). forefinger pointing up. Both fists in front of body Booms).With arm extended. of body with thumbs ward. down. Arm extended. thumb pointing hand. One Hand Signal. hand open and slightly with finger in direction of pointing toward each raised. pointing upward. making a Boom). in direction of travel. rotated travel. flex fin. Arm extend. One Hand Signal. the Load.Tap fist on Use Whipline (Auxiliary Raise Boom. Tap elbow with one ed. then use regular signals. pointing outward and heel of lar motion of other fist. One raised fist. load movement is desired.With arm extended. Both fists in front Travel.Travel opposite track circular motion about each fist in front of chest with fist in front of chest. Raise the Boom and Lower Lower the Boom and Raise Hoist. Use both Extend Boom (Telescoping Retract Boom (Telescoping track on side indicated by fists in front of body. Lower Boom. move hand in small gers in and out as long as load fingers in and out as long as horizontal circles. Lower.With arm extended the Load. forefinger pointing thumb pointing up. thumb in direction indicated by circu. point with thumbs pointing outward. Hoist). 2-13 . move downward.With forearm vertical. make pushing motion swing of boom. Lock the Travel (Both Tracks). vertically in front of body. (One Track). Travel. other. fingers closed.) crawler cranes only). flex hand in small horizontal circle. thumb pointing down. downward. movement is desired. Arm extended. indicating direction of thumb tapping chest. Extend Boom (Telescoping Retract Boom (Telescoping Booms). thumb fingers closed. other. forward or backward. head. Swing. fist tapping chest. then use regular signals. WIRE ROPE SLINGS USA Standard Crane Hand Signals 2 Use Main Hoist. Arm extended for. (For (For crawler cranes only.

Effects of Temperature All wire rope should be protected from extremes of tem- perature. the same type lubricant Slings should never be left beneath loads or lying around applied during manufacture should be used. move raised. Arm forward. give any motion signal and hands in front of body. make pushing motion in direction of motion. or corrosive fumes. extreme applied during the service life to prevent rusting or cor- heat. hand open and slightly closed. Hold up one Magnet is Disconnected. liquids. Use of a rack minimizes acci. no additional lubrication is required. However. lubricant to be used and best method of application. A rack will also save time by allowing larger slings to be picked up and returned by crane. and sprays. Use one hand to Dog Everything. palm down. Regular signals follow. extended. Lubrication. hold position rigidly. palm Emergency Stop. Normally. If relubrication is indicated. Palm up.The accepted rules are: Fiber core slings should never be exposed to temperature in excess of 200°F. for sling use under Following are guidelines which experience has shown ordinary conditions. or below minus 60°F. ed at time of manufacture.Your sling where they may be damaged. thereby reducing manhandling. Care of Slings Lubrication The amount of care and proper maintenance a sling Like any other machine. fingers Stop. finger for block marked “1” and Crane Operator spreads both place other hand motionless two fingers for block marked hands apart palms up. dental damage and allows easier monitoring of condition 2-14 . if a sling is stored outside or in an environment Storage: Proper storage requires that slings be kept in an which would cause corrosion. wire rope is thoroughly lubricat- receives will go a long way in determining its service life. the sling manufacturer should be con- Proper Storage sulted. motion signal. thumb pointing in down. Arm extended. it should be taken out of service immediately. manufacturer can provide information on the type of should be kept on a rack. Arm extended Trolley Travel. helpful. It is not always easy to detect when wire rope has been damaged by heat. when not in use. (Hoist slowly shown as example. of being run roding. hand rapidly right and left. in front of hand giving the “2”. horizontally.The most common visual signs are loss of lubrication and discoloration of wires. All slings. Clasp Multiple Trolleys. Steel cored slings should never be used at temperatures above 400°F. lubrication should be area where they will not be exposed to water.) between regular inspections. jerk hand direction of travel. If it is absolutely necessary to use slings outside of the above Temperature. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes 2 Bridge Travel. The best practice to follow is that if there is the slightest suspicion that a sling was subjected to high tempera- tures. Move Slowly. over or kinked. Moisture Are Factors In temperature range.

(1) frequency of sling use. will help assure that an employee will not mistakenly use a mine if it is suitable for continued use. It is required that these additional inspections be carried that is. Distortion: Kinking. Light rusting usu. (2) severity of uted broken wires in one rope lay. it should be tagged immediately DO NOT USE. measured at the narrowest point. show serious damage may be sufficient cause to reject a this area should then be carefully checked against the sling. which results from pulling through a loop while using a (7) Keep records of inspections that include dates and cor- sling.This unbalances the (8) Dispose immediately of slings that are rejected. 7.When it is deter. kinks. adequate inspections is not wires or strands are still relatively in their original posi. tucked strands have moved. But because wire rope is a rather complex machine. 8. 10 randomly distrib.This twisting of more than 10 degrees is permissable.9 Regulations.This wire rope sling should be replaced.Therefore. Both ANSI Standard B30. birdcaging or other damage hazard. and (4) prior experi- one strand of one rope lay. severe corrosion. or and grease so wires and fittings are easily seen. inspection is usually performed by the person using the ables. the same work practices which apply to Government regulations are also specific on WHEN to all “working” wire ropes apply to wire rope which has been inspect. this inspection. and the responsibility for perfor. OSHA criteria. Unbalance: A very common cause of damage is the kink (6) Label or identify slings that are inspected. There are many vari. Bent Hooks: No more than 15 percent over the normal (2) Next. For multi-part slings these ence based on service life of slings used in similar circum- same criteria apply to each of the component ropes. or pressed sleeves (5) When the worst section of a sling has been located. out of the weather. 6. Disposition of Retired Slings: the best inspection program A knowledgeable inspector will also insist on proper stor- available is of no value if slings which are worn out and have age for out-of-use slings—to make his job easier if not for been retired are not disposed of properly. paying par- ally does not affect strength of a sling. examination throughout its entire length. intervals based on. Specific inspection intervals and procedures are required It should also be obvious that a good inspection program will not only provide safer lifting conditions.9 and OSHA require that wire rope edge of wire rope design and construction will be not only slings receive two types of inspections: a DAILY visual useful but essential in conducting a wire rope sling inspec. a broken wire shall only be counted once. detailed by OSHA—yet it is in the HOW of inspection that tions would not be considered serious damage. and areas of the sling adjacent to these fit- tings. Inspections are much easier—and mined by the inspector that a sling is worn out or damaged probably more thorough—when slings are available for beyond use. This strength in a sling which has been used previously to deter. etc. Bad End Attachments: Cracked. The sling should be laid out so tings caused by abuse. pushed out of their original position. wear or accident. OSHA specifies that a wire rope sling shall be removed such as broken wires. which distorts the rope structure. and additional inspections where service condi- tion. each break should have two ends. but will also by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and by ANSI B30. ticular attention to sections showing the most wear. crushing. or five broken wires in service conditions. bent or broken end fit. every part is accessible. Pulled Eye Splices: Any evidence that eye splices have slipped. sling which has been retired from service. An accurate WRITTEN and dated record diameter of outside individual wires. sling. In addition to these seven conditions specified by OSHA. (3) nature of lifts. 4. Heat Damage: Any metallic discoloration or loss of inter. crushing. He should look for obvious things. (4) Special attention should also be paid to fittings and end the following are also important: attachments. fabricated into a sling. (1) First. But good the big difference between a good inspection and some- judgment is indicated. tion made on whether further use would constitute a safety 3. 2 mance of inspections is placed squarely upon the sling user Federal Work Rules Require Specific Inspection by Federal Legislation. thing less become apparent. Any deteriora- to determine on slings and experience should be gained tion of the sling which could result in appreciable loss of by the inspector by taking apart old slings and actually original strength should be carefully noted. Slight bends in a rope where Precisely how to make proper. Inspection should follow a systematic procedure: nal lubricant caused by exposure to heat. Metal Corrosion: Severe corrosion of the rope or end attachments which has caused pitting or binding of wires (3) The sling should then be given a thorough.The main thing to look How to Inspect for is wires or strands that are pushed out of their origi- nal positions in the rope. and determina- measuring wire diameters. out by a designated person who must have good knowl- 2. 9. readily visible. from service immediately if ANY of the following condi. WIRE ROPE SLINGS WIRE ROPE SLING INSPECTION & REMOVAL CRITERIA Basic Inspection Criteria For Wire Rope Slings This sling should then be destroyed as soon as possible by The goal of a sling inspection is to evaluate remaining cutting the eye and fittings from the rope with a torch. extend the life of slings and thereby reduce lifting costs. For stances. it is necessary that all parts of the sling are 5. however. the sling should be sufficiently cleaned of dirt throat openings. inspection. tions warrant. reducing its strength. Broken Wires: For single-part slings. and all must be considered. 2-15 . tions are present: Additional inspections should be performed at regular 1. Intervals As a starting point.This is quite difficult of all conditions observed should be kept. thus causing wires and strands to be deformed and responding conditions of slings. can usually be accomplished with a wire brush or rags. away from heat and dirt. no Daily visual inspections are intended to detect serious dam- precise rules can be given to determine exactly when a age or deterioration which would weaken the sling. Metal Loss:Wear or scraping of one-third the original edge of wire rope. sling in a day-to-day job. the good of the slings. a good working knowl. broken attachments. inspection in an orderly arrangement. systematic should be cause for replacing the sling.

WIRE ROPE SLINGS Sling Leg Options Standard End Fitting Combinations To order sling legs. follow the criteria listed in pages 2-1 to 2-15. 2 Eye & Eye Eye and Screw Pin Anchor Shackle Eye & Thimble Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble Eye & Hook Eye & Thimble with Eye and Open Swage Socket Sliding Choker Hook Eye & Crescent Thimble Eye and Closed Swage Socket Eye & Slip-Thru Thimble Slip-Thru Thimble & Hook Eye & Eye with Thimble & Thimble Sliding Choker Hook Slip-Thru Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble Thimble & Hook 2-16 . Determine the length needed and specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations shown below. Choose the correct size from the tables on the following pages.

4 1.6 7. 2-17 .6 15 7.1 2.65 0.8 14 17 CX02-0011 1 1/8 12 9.RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 .9 2. WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE Single Leg Slings 2 EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS ROPE BASKET AT DEGREES CERTEX DIAMETER VERTICAL 30 45 60 Cat.9 1.2 4.91 1. No.5 CX02-0007 5/8 3.48 1.1 CX02-0002 5/16 1.4 CX02-0005 1/2 2.9 1.6 5.4 3.0 1.5 5.5 6.7 3.2 2.65 0.6 11 13 CX02-0010 1 9.6 4.9 9.4 CX02-0006 9/16 3.0 1.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 .4 6.4 3.9 1.7 CX02-0003 3/8 1.1 2. (INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE CX02-0001 1/4 0.9 7.5 1.4 1.0 0.8 CX02-0008 3/4 5.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER .8 7.3 0.4 2.7 CX02-0009 7/8 7.9 5.1 11 5.0 2.1 24 12 17 21 CX02-0012 1 1/4 15 11 30 15 21 26 CX02-0013 1 3/8 18 13 36 18 25 31 CX02-0014 1 1/2 21 16 42 21 30 37 CX02-0015 1 5/8 24 18 49 24 35 42 CX02-0016 1 3/4 28 21 57 28 40 49 CX02-0017 1 7/8 32 24 64 32 46 56 CX02-0018 2 37 28 73 37 52 63 CX02-0019 2 1/8 40 31 80 40 56 69 CX02-0020 2 1/4 44 35 89 44 63 77 CX02-0021 2 3/8 49 38 99 49 70 85 CX02-0022 2 1/2 54 42 109 54 77 94 CX02-0023 2 5/8 60 46 119 60 84 103 CX02-0024 2 3/4 65 51 130 65 92 113 CX02-0025 2 7/8 71 55 141 71 100 122 CX02-0026 3 77 60 153 77 108 132 CX02-0027 3 1/8 82 64 165 82 117 143 CX02-0028 3 1/4 89 69 177 89 125 153 CX02-0029 3 3/8 95 74 190 95 135 165 CX02-0030 3 1/2 102 79 203 102 144 176 CX02-0031 4 130 101 260 130 183 224 CX02-0032 4 1/2 160 124 320 160 225 276 .5 3.9 5.9 2.8 3.HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED .Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.6 4.2 20 9.5 CX02-0004 7/16 1. Ref.74 2.

5 CX02-0036 7/16 3.8 14 17 CX02-0043 1 1/8 24 12 17 21 CX02-0044 1 1/4 30 15 21 26 CX02-0045 1 3/8 36 18 25 31 CX02-0046 1 1/2 42 21 30 37 CX02-0047 1 5/8 49 24 35 42 CX02-0048 1 3/4 57 28 40 49 CX02-0049 1 7/8 64 32 46 56 CX02-0050 2 73 37 52 63 RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.65 0. 2-18 .5 CX02-0039 5/8 7.6 7.8 3.0 1.6 4.7 CX02-0035 3/8 2.3 0.9 5.9 1.91 1.4 1.9 2.4 3.1 2.1 CX02-0034 5/16 2.7 CX02-0041 7/8 15 7.5 5. WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 2-Leg Bridle Slings EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS 2 LE NG TH Standard Style ROPE 2 LEG BRIDLE CERTEX DIAMETER 30 45 60 Cat. (INCHES) VERTICAL DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE CX02-0033 1/4 1.5 6.0 1.7 3. No.4 CX02-0037 1/2 5.9 1.8 CX02-0040 3/4 11 5.2 4.4 2.0 2.6 11 13 CX02-0042 1 20 9. Ref.9 9.4 CX02-0038 9/16 6.5 3.

2-19 .6 CX02-0056 9/16 9. No.9 8.8 8.7 CX02-0052 5/16 3.8 6.0 1.2 3.97 1.8 5.3 2.4 6.3 10 CX02-0058 3/4 17 8.0 3.4 1.5 2.6 3. Ref.9 0.8 2.6 CX02-0053 3/8 4.4 12 15 CX02-0059 7/8 23 11 16 20 CX02-0060 1 29 15 21 26 CX02-0061 1 1/8 36 18 26 31 CX02-0062 1 1/4 44 22 31 38 CX02-0063 1 3/8 53 27 38 46 CX02-0064 1 1/2 63 32 45 55 CX02-0065 1 5/8 73 37 52 63 CX02-0066 1 3/4 85 42 60 74 CX02-0067 1 7/8 97 48 68 84 CX02-0068 2 110 55 78 95 CX02-0600 2 1/8 119 60 84 103 CX02-0601 2 1/4 133 67 94 116 CX02-0602 2 3/8 148 74 105 128 CX02-0603 2 1/2 163 82 115 141 CX02-0604 2 5/8 179 89 126 155 CX02-0605 2 3/4 195 97 138 169 CX02-0606 2 7/8 212 106 150 183 CX02-0607 3 230 115 162 199 CX02-0608 3 1/8 247 124 175 214 CX02-0609 3 1/4 266 133 188 230 CX02-0610 3 3/8 286 143 202 247 CX02-0611 3 1/2 305 152 215 264 RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.7 CX02-0054 7/16 5.1 2. WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 3-Leg Bridle Slings EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS 2 LE NG TH Standard Style ROPE 3 LEG BRIDLE CERTEX DIAMETER Cat.1 5.9 4.0 CX02-0055 1/2 7.3 CX02-0057 5/8 12 5.6 4. (INCHES) VERTICAL 30˚ 45˚ 60˚ CX02-0051 1/4 1.

8 2.0 CX02-0072 7/16 7. Ref.7 CX02-0073 1/2 10 5.8 CX02-0074 9/16 13 6.0 11 CX02-0075 5/8 16 7.5 6.4 9. (INCHES) VERTICAL 30˚ 45˚ 60˚ CX02-0069 1/4 2.8 3.9 5.0 2.8 11 14 CX02-0076 3/4 22 11 16 19 CX02-0077 7/8 30 15 21 26 CX02-0078 1 39 20 28 34 CX02-0079 1 1/8 48 24 34 42 CX02-0080 1 1/4 59 30 42 51 CX02-0081 1 3/8 71 36 50 62 CX02-0082 1 1/2 84 42 60 73 CX02-0083 1 5/8 98 49 69 85 CX02-0084 1 3/4 113 57 80 98 CX02-0085 1 7/8 129 64 91 112 CX02-0086 2 147 73 104 127 CX02-0850 2 1/8 159 80 112 138 CX02-0851 2 1/4 178 89 126 154 CX02-0852 2 3/8 197 99 139 171 CX02-0853 2 1/2 217 109 154 188 CX02-0854 2 5/8 238 119 168 206 CX02-0855 2 3/4 260 130 184 225 CX02-0856 2 7/8 282 141 200 244 CX02-0857 3 306 153 216 265 CX02-0858 3 1/8 330 165 233 286 CX02-0859 3 1/4 354 177 250 307 CX02-0860 3 3/8 381 190 269 330 CX02-0861 3 1/2 406 203 287 352 RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.8 3. 2-20 .5 CX02-0071 3/8 5. WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 4-Leg Bridle Slings LE NG EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC TH RATED CAPACITY IN TONS 2 Standard Style ROPE 4 LEG BRIDLE CERTEX DIAMETER Cat.3 1.1 5.7 2.0 2.1 7.1 8.9 4.2 CX02-0070 5/16 4. No.6 1.

5 1.86 0.6 CX02-0089 CX02-0109 3/8 1. 2-21 .3 4.6 4. WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE Single Leg Slings 2 Stainless Steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC Rated Capacity in Tons Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only tp 6X19 and 6X36 Classification Wire Rope CERTEX CERTEX ROPE Cat.4 CX02-0093 CX02-0113 5/8 3.2 1.1 3.38 1.1 6. DIAMETER VERTICAL Type 302 Type 304 (INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET CX02-0087 CX02-0107 1/4 0.7 3.3 CX02-0092 CX02-0112 9/16 2.4 20 CX02-0098 CX02-0118 1 1/4 12 9.0 CX02-0088 CX02-0108 5/16 0.1 CX02-0091 CX02-0111 1/2 2.2 CX02-0090 CX02-0110 7/16 1. No.7 2.1 0.7 13 CX02-0096 CX02-0116 1 8.1 24 CX02-0099 CX02-0119 1 3/8 14 11 28 CX02-0100 CX02-0120 1 1/2 17 13 33 CX02-0101 CX02-0121 1 5/8 20 15 40 CX02-0102 CX02-0122 1 3/4 22 17 45 CX02-0103 CX02-0123 1 7/8 25 19 51 CX02-0104 CX02-0124 2 28 21 57 CX02-0105 CX02-0125 2 1/8 32 23 63 CX02-0106 CX02-0126 2 1/4 35 25 69 RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification wire rope. Cat.3 2.61 0. No.7 CX02-0094 CX02-0114 3/4 4.58 1.4 CX02-0095 CX02-0115 7/8 6. Ref.5 6.0 16 CX02-0097 CX02-0117 1 1/8 10 7. Ref.5 9.0 5.82 2.

7 3.1 8.2 CX02-0158 — 1.74 2. Ref.9 4.50 0.0 20 CX02-0170 — 9.6 3. Ref.1 2.0 CX02-0162 — 5.4 9.0 3.34 1.1 5.4 10.0 3/4 CX02-0136 — 4.9 9.8 3/4 CX02-0131 — 3.8 17 CX02-0169 — 8.3 3.7 22 CX02-0176 CX02-0184 11 15 19 1 1/2 CX02-0147 CX02-0155 13 9.50 0.6 7.8 CX02-0165 — 2. No. Cat.4 15 CX02-0174 CX02-0182 7.1 11 1 1/8 CX02-0144 CX02-0152 7. Ref.7 14 CX02-0168 — 6.6 9.8 5.1 1.6 7/8 CX02-0142 CX02-0150 5.6 7/8 CX02-0132 — 5.3 3.8 2.6 CX02-0171 CX02-0179 3.3 5/8 CX02-0135 — 2.4 13 CX02-0173 CX02-0181 6.6 7.8 2.9 1.4 4.8 3. No.0 26 CX02-0177 CX02-0185 13 18 22 1 5/8 CX02-0148 CX02-0156 15 10 30 CX02-0178 CX02-0186 15 21 26 RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d OF 10 OR GREATER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER.9 1. Ref.4 10 CX02-0172 CX02-0180 5.3 6.7 11 13 1 1/4 CX02-0145 CX02-0153 9.9 5.0 7.9 14 17 7 x 6 x 19 OR 7 x 6 x 37 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 6 x 19 OR 7 x 6 x 37 CONSTRUCTION 3/4 CX02-0141 CX02-0149 3.4 4.8 7.9 2.8 5.9 4.3 5.7 11 CX02-0167 — 5.9 2.2 5/8 CX02-0130 — 2.1 8.4 9.5 19 CX02-0175 CX02-0183 9.9 7.7 12 1 1/8 CX02-0139 — 8. 30˚ 45˚ 60˚ (INCHES) No.0 5.7 1 CX02-0143 CX02-0151 6.4 13 CX02-0163 — 6.71 0.8 CX02-0164 — 1.87 3/8 CX02-0128 — 1.1 CX02-0166 — 4.1 5.4 6.7 5.0 7. WIRE ROPE SLINGS CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 2 MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS SLING BODY CERTEX CERTEX SINGLE PART SLING CERTEX CERTEX TWO LEG BRIDLE OR BASKET DIAMETER Cat. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET No.7 CX02-0159 — 1.8 1.0 3.6 CX02-0161 — 3. VERTICAL Cat.5 1. DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE 7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION 1/4 CX02-0127 — 0.0 7/8 CX02-0137 — 5.1 0.5 CX02-0160 — 2.3 12 14 1 1/4 CX02-0140 — 9.8 8.3 13 16 1 3/8 CX02-0146 CX02-0154 11 7.7 1 CX02-0133 — 6. RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED 2-22 .9 4.4 6.4 3.9 2.4 7.0 CX02-0157 — 0.1 11 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION 1/2 CX02-0134 — 1. Cat.4 1 CX02-0138 — 6.9 1/2 CX02-0129 — 1.

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
4-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

2
Length Length Length
of of of
Sling Sling Sling
(SL) (SL) (SL)

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-23

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
6-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

Length Length
2

Length

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

ROPE SINGLE LEG
DIAMETER CERTEX VERTICAL
(INCHES) Cat. Ref. No. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET
3/16 CX02-0206 1.6 1.4 3.2
1/4 CX02-0207 2.9 2.5 5.7
5/16 CX02-0208 4.4 3.9 8.8
3/8 CX02-0209 6.3 5.5 13
7/16 CX02-0210 8.6 7.5 17
1/2 CX02-0211 11 9.8 22
9/16 CX02-0212 14 12 28
5/8 CX02-0213 17 15 35
3/4 CX02-0214 25 22 49
7/8 CX02-0215 33 29 67
1 CX02-0216 43 38 87
1 1/8 CX02-0217 55 48 109
1 1/4 CX02-0218 67 59 134
1 3/8 CX02-0219 81 71 161
1 1/2 CX02-0220 96 84 191
1 5/8 CX02-0221 111 97 222
1 3/4 CX02-0222 128 112 257
1 7/8 CX02-0223 146 128 292
2 CX02-0224 166 145 332
RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-24

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
8-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

2
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown for 1/8" through 3/8" apply only to 7x19 galvanized wire rope.
Rated Capacities shown for 3/8" apply only to 6x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-25

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1-PART SLINGS/POURED SOCKETS
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

2

Open-Open Closed-Closed Open-Closed
ROPE EXTRA IMPROVED
DIAMETER CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX PLOW STEEL IWRC
(INCHES) Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. VERTICAL
1/4 CX02-0392 CX02-0422 CX02-0392 0.68
5/16 CX02-0393 CX02-0423 CX02-0393 1.1
3/8 CX02-0394 CX02-0424 CX02-0394 1.5
7/16 CX02-0395 CX02-0425 CX02-0395 2.0
1/2 CX02-0396 CX02-0426 CX02-0396 2.7
9/16 CX02-0397 CX02-0427 CX02-0397 3.4
5/8 CX02-0398 CX02-0428 CX02-0398 4.1
3/4 CX02-0399 CX02-0429 CX02-0399 5.9
7/8 CX02-0400 CX02-0430 CX02-0400 8.0
1 CX02-0401 CX02-0431 CX02-0401 10
1 1/8 CX02-0402 CX02-0432 CX02-0402 13
1 1/4 CX02-0403 CX02-0433 CX02-0403 16
1 3/8 CX02-0404 CX02-0434 CX02-0404 19
1 1/2 CX02-0405 CX02-0435 CX02-0405 23
1 5/8 CX02-0406 CX02-0436 CX02-0406 26
1 3/4 CX02-0407 CX02-0437 CX02-0407 31
1 7/8 CX02-0408 CX02-0438 CX02-0408 35
2 CX02-0409 CX02-0439 CX02-0409 40
2 1/8 CX02-0410 CX02-0440 CX02-0410 44
2 1/4 CX02-0411 CX02-0441 CX02-0411 49
2 3/8 CX02-0412 CX02-0442 CX02-0412 55
2 1/2 CX02-0413 CX02-0443 CX02-0413 60
2 5/8 CX02-0414 CX02-0444 CX02-0414 66
2 3/4 CX02-0415 CX02-0445 CX02-0415 72
2 7/8 CX02-0416 CX02-0446 CX02-0416 78
3 CX02-0417 CX02-0447 CX02-0417 85
3 1/4 CX02-0418 CX02-0448 CX02-0418 98
3 1/2 CX02-0419 CX02-0449 CX02-0419 113
3 3/4 CX02-0420 CX02-0450 CX02-0420 128
4 CX02-0421 CX02-0451 CX02-0421 144
RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR
LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-26

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1-PART SLINGS/SWAGE SOCKETS
Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed

2
SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND OPEN SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND CLOSED
SWAGED SOCKETS OPEN/CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS SWAGED SOCKETS
BOOM PENDENTS WITH SWAGED
FITTINGS

Length of Pendant is measured
as indicated on sketches.
Note:When ordering, customer
should specify parallel or right
angle (90°) socket pins.

Rated Capacity in Tons of 2,000 lbs
Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only To 6x19 and 6x36 Classification Wire Rope

Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed
FIBER CORE IWRC
VERTICAL VERTICAL
ROPE DIA. CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
(IN) Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. EIPS Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. EIPS EEIPS
1/4 CX02-0452 CX02-0496 CX02-0540 0.60 CX02-0474 CX02-0518 CX02-0562 0.68 0.74
5/16 CX02-0453 CX02-0497 CX02-0541 0.94 CX02-0475 CX02-0519 CX02-0563 1.1 1.2
3/8 CX02-0454 CX02-0498 CX02-0542 1.3 CX02-0476 CX02-0520 CX02-0564 1.5 1.7
7/16 CX02-0455 CX02-0499 CX02-0543 1.8 CX02-0477 CX02-0521 CX02-0565 2.0 2.2
1/2 CX02-0456 CX02-0500 CX02-0544 2.4 CX02-0478 CX02-0522 CX02-0566 2.7 2.9
9/16 CX02-0457 CX02-0501 CX02-0545 3.0 CX02-0479 CX02-0523 CX02-0567 3.4 3.7
5/8 CX02-0458 CX02-0502 CX02-0546 3.7 CX02-0480 CX02-0524 CX02-0568 4.1 4.5
3/4 CX02-0459 CX02-0503 CX02-0547 5.2 CX02-0481 CX02-0525 CX02-0569 5.9 6.5
7/8 CX02-0460 CX02-0504 CX02-0548 7.1 CX02-0482 CX02-0526 CX02-0570 8.0 8.8
1 CX02-0461 CX02-0505 CX02-0549 9.2 CX02-0483 CX02-0527 CX02-0571 10 11
1 1/8 CX02-0462 CX02-0506 CX02-0550 12 CX02-0484 CX02-0528 CX02-0572 13 14
1 1/4 CX02-0463 CX02-0507 CX02-0551 14 CX02-0485 CX02-0529 CX02-0573 16 18
1 3/8 CX02-0464 CX02-0508 CX02-0552 17 CX02-0486 CX02-0530 CX02-0574 19 21
1 1/2 CX02-0465 CX02-0509 CX02-0553 20 CX02-0487 CX02-0531 CX02-0575 23 25
1 5/8 CX02-0466 CX02-0510 CX02-0554 24 CX02-0488 CX02-0532 CX02-0576 26 29
1 3/4 CX02-0467 CX02-0511 CX02-0555 27 CX02-0489 CX02-0533 CX02-0577 31 34
1 7/8 CX02-0468 CX02-0512 CX02-0556 31 CX02-0490 CX02-0534 CX02-0578 35 38
2 CX02-0469 CX02-0513 CX02-0557 35 CX02-0491 CX02-0535 CX02-0579 40 43
2 1/8 CX02-0470 CX02-0514 CX02-0558 39 CX02-0492 CX02-0536 CX02-0580 44 49
2 1/4 CX02-0471 CX02-0515 CX02-0559 44 CX02-0493 CX02-0537 CX02-0581 49 54
2 3/8 CX02-0472 CX02-0516 CX02-0560 49 CX02-0494 CX02-0538 CX02-0582 55 60
2 1/2 CX02-0473 CX02-0517 CX02-0561 54 CX02-0495 CX02-0539 CX02-0583 60 66

* Values given apply when pendants are used as slings or sling assemblies.When used in a Boom suspension system, other values
apply; consult rope manufacturer.

2-27

WIRE MESH SLINGS
Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Length Selection

3

To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches.
Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 10212⁄ ". (734⁄ +
1034⁄ + 84")
To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add circumference of load in inches to determine minimum overall sling
length.
Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86". (1" + 1"
+ 84")

INCHES
FABRIC LBS./FT.
A OF LENGTH
CERTEX WIDTH HOOK WT. 36" 10 12 14
Cat. Ref. No. (NOM.) B C D E F G H DD SIZE SLING GA. GA. GA.
CX03-0001 2 4 6 2 1/2 2 3/4 1 3/4 4 3 3/4 5 TON 5 1 1/4 1 1/8 3/4
CX03-0002 3 5 1/4 7 1/2 3 3/4 3 1/2 2 1/2 5 1/4 5 10 TON 8 1 7/8 1 3/4 1 1/8
CX03-0003 4 5 1/2 7 3/4 4 3/4 3 1/2 2 1/2 6 1/4 5 10 TON 10 2 1/2 2 1/4 1 1/2
CX03-0004 6 6 1/2 9 6 1 4 2 3/4 8 1/2 6 15 TON 15 3 7/8 3 3/8 2 1/4
CX03-0005 8 8 3/4 12 8 1 1/4 5 1/2 4 11 1/4 8 1/2 25 TON 20 5 1/8 4 1/2 3
CX03-0006 10 7 3/4 10 3/4 10 1/4 1 5 3 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/2 25 TON 26 6 3/8 5 5/8 3 3/4
CX03-0007 12 8 11 1/4 12 1/4 1 5 3 1/2 14 3/4 7 1/2 30 TON 33 7 5/8 6 3/4 4 1/2
CX03-0008 14 8 1/4 12 14 1/4 1 1/4 5 3 1/2 17 7 3/4 30 TON 37 8 7/8 7 7/8 5 1/4
CX03-0009 16 8 1/4 12 1/2 16 1/4 1 1/4 5 3 1/2 19 7 3/4 30 TON 44 10 1/8 9 6
CX03-0010 18 8 1/2 13 1/4 18 2 5 4 21 1/4 11 30 TON 51 11 3/8 10 1/8 6 3/4
CX03-0011 20 8 1/2 14 20 2 5 4 23 1/4 11 1/4 30 TON 58 12 3/4 11 1/4 7 1/2
*Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size
**Standard Tolerance ± 1/2"
Ref. No. 4667

3-1

WIRE MESH SLINGS
Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Width Selection
How to select sling width according to Capacity, Hitch and Specification:
First, determine the hitch you will use for the gauge selected.Then read down the column under the selected hitch
and gauge to the load weight you wish to lift.Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width required.
Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 pounds. Sling width required is 8".

NOMINAL EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED
3 WIDTH OF CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
CERTEX SLING VERTICAL
60¡ 45¡ 30¡
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) CHOKER BASKET
CX03-0012 2 1,600 3,200 2,700 2,000 1,600
CX03-0013 3 3,000 6,000 5,100 3,800 2,800
CX03-0014 4 4,400 8,800 7,480 5,600 4,400
CX03-0015 6 6,600 13,200 11,225 8,400 6,600
G-35 CX03-0016 8 8,800 17,600 15,000 11,250 8,800
HEAVY CX03-0017 10 11,000 22,000 18,700 14,000 11,000
DUTY CX03-0018 12 13,200 26,400 22,440 16,800 13,200
CX03-0019 14 15,400 30,800 26,180 19,600 15,400
CX03-0020 16 17,600 35,200 29,920 22,400 17,600
CX03-0021 18 19,800 39,600 33,660 25,200 19,800
CX03-0022 20 22,000 44,000 37,400 28,000 22,000
CX03-0023 2 1,450 2,900 2,320 1,740 1,450
CX03-0024 3 2,175 4,350 3,700 2,700 2,175
CX03-0025 4 2,900 5,800 4,900 3,670 2,900
CX03-0026 6 4,800 9,600 8,150 6,100 4,800
G-48 CX03-0027 8 6,400 12,800 10,880 8,100 6,400
MEDIUM CX03-0028 10 8,000 16,000 13,600 10,200 8,000
DUTY CX03-0029 12 9,600 19,200 16,300 12,000 9,600
CX03-0030 14 11,200 22,400 19,000 14,000 11,200
CX03-0031 16 12,800 25,600 21,700 16,200 12,800
CX03-0032 18 13,500 27,000 22,900 17,000 13,500
CX03-0033 20 15,000 30,000 25,500 19,000 15,000
CX03-0034 2 900 1,800 1,600 1,300 900
CX03-0035 3 1,400 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,400
CX03-0036 4 2,000 4,000 3,500 2,800 2,000
CX03-0037 6 3,000 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000
G-59 CX03-0038 8 4,000 8,000 6,900 5,700 4,000
LIGHT CX03-0039 10 5,000 10,000 8,600 7,100 5,000
DUTY CX03-0040 12 6,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000
CX03-0041 14 7,000 14,000 12,100 9,900 7,000
CX03-0042 16 8,000 16,000 13,900 11,300 8,000
CX03-0043 18 9,000 18,000 15,600 12,700 9,000
CX03-0044 20 10,000 20,000 17,300 14,100 10,000

CAUTION!
Do not exceed rated capacities.

3-2

used. this page). Figure 5). apply the second clip as near the loop or 9/16 9/16 3 12 95 thimble as possible. add one additional clip. check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above. 2-1/2 2-1/2 9 84 750 ing recommended torque. Turn back specified amount of rope Table 1 from thimble or loop. 4-1 . • Read and understand these instructions before using clips. IPS or XIP. in place of a thimble *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean. check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1. 2-3/4 2-3/4 10 100 750 3 3 10 106 1200 3-1/2 3-1/2 12 149 1200 Figure 4 If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope. using 1-1/2˝ and smaller. and Figure 5 for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%. When more 3/4 3/4 4 18 130 than two clips are required. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. See Figure 4. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES: add one additional clip. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of Clip Rope Minimum Amount of * Torque Size Size No.251. personnel hoist. • Apply first load to test the assembly. apply the second clip as 7/8 7/8 4 19 225 near the loop or thimble as possible. 8 x 19 Class. 3/16 3/16 2 3-3/4 7. • Failure to read. but do not tighten. Lbs. sizes 1-3/4 inch and smaller. Apply first load to test the assembly. of lubrication. the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately.5 the other until reaching the recommended torque. abuse. and to rotation-resistant RRL wire the recommended number of clips on each eye (See rope. Next.The effi- ciency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%. Refer to Table 1 in following Figure 1 periodically for wear. not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations. overlapping by twice the ensure the desired efficiency rating. XIP. refer to ANSI A17. The minimum number of clips should be installed on For elevator. of Rope to Turn in wire rope—live end rests in saddle (Never saddle a dead (Inches) (Inches) Clips Back in Inches Ft. • Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed.1 and ANSI A10. these instructions. In accordance with good rigging and maintenance prac- tices. Clip spacing should be as WARNING shown. If a pulley (sheave) is If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table. space additional clips equally between first 2 2 8 71 750 two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on each U-Bolt 2-1/4 2-1/4 8 73 750 evenly. alternate from one nut to 1/8 1/8 2 3-1/4 4. IMPORTANT is the obligation of the user. understand. If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope. The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together resistant RRL wire rope.4. turnback amount shown in the application instructions. Spacing. the wire rope end termination should be inspected 1. dry. installation torque. see OSHA 1926. XIP. WIRE ROPE CLIPS Warnings and Application Instructions For U-Bolt Clips Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. • Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope. The style wire rope termination used for any application 6. This load should For OSHA (Construction) applications. FC or IWRC. turn nuts on sec. horse!). 1-1/8 1-1/8 6 34 225 1-1/4 1-1/4 7 44 360 1-3/8 1-3/8 7 44 360 1-1/2 1-1/2 8 54 360 Figure 3 1-5/8 1-5/8 8 58 430 3. and general adequacy. When two clips are Figure 2 7/16 7/16 2 7 65 1/2 1/2 3 11-1/2 65 required. 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class.5 1/4 1/4 2 4-3/4 15 5/16 5/16 2 5-1/4 30 3/8 3/8 2 6-1/2 45 2. and scaffold applications. The number of clips shown also applies to rotation. and free add one additional clip. 1 1 5 26 225 ond clip firmly. An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips 4 we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the as used for a turnback termination. • Do not use with plastic coated wire rope. 5. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be Figure 6 used for sizes 1˝ and larger. These standards do and other instructions still apply. be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. 19 x 7 Class. IPS. add one additional clip. and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury. The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon using RRL or RLL wire rope. When three or more clips 1-3/4 1-3/4 8 61 590 are required. sizes is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles. alternating 5/8 5/8 3 12 95 until reaching the recommended torque. 4. IPS. each dead end (See Figure 6). Next. The rope ends are address or telephone number on the back cover to placed parallel to each other. Tighten nuts evenly. Proceed to Step 3. Apply first clip one base width from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly. alternating from one nut to the other until reach.

06 2.81 5.31 2.94 2. • Entire Clip—Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action.59 1-1/4 CX04-0014 1010275 .00 2.00 1.69 2.75 3.59 .22 .25 2.88 2-1/4 CX04-0020 1010391 1.44 3.75 3.44 1-5/8 CX04-0017 1010337 1.56 2.31 2.63 3.66 1.88 1.91 2.06 2.44 3.66 .38 2-1/2 CX04-0021 1010417 1.62 1.63 4. 4 G-450 Dimensions Rope Crosby (in.03 . except for those provisions required of the contractor.44 5/16 CX04-0004 1010079 .78 1.44 1. Galv.88 .19 1-1/2 CX04-0016 1010319 .38 5.63 2-3/4 CX04-0022 1010435 1.50 3/4 CX04-0010 1010195 .31 1.06 2. WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group.88 7.00 5.13 4.50 5/8 CX04-0009 1010177 .19 1.69 1.56 2.31 1.50 1.81 1.50 .81 3.25 7.69 3/8 CX04-0005 1010097 . CROSBY® Clips • Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability.94 7/16 CX04-0006 1010113 .00 5.25 2.44 4.28 2.19 3.94 *3/16 CX04-0002 1010033 . • All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information.28 9/16 CX04-0008 1010159 .25 6.44 .91 1. all sizes 1/4˝ and larger.56 1.88 1.00 1. • Clip sizes up through 1-1/2˝ have rolled threads.25 1.75 4.88 2.47 .59 1.63 2.88 4.25 8. A B C D E F G H *1/8 CX04-0001 1010015 .31 3.44 1. (in) Cat.05 6.72 .75 1.31 1.81 .38 4.25 2.75 1.88 3 CX04-0023 1010453 1.94 1.31 1.75 4.88 1.22 . Crosby Clips.88 4.06 2.28 2 CX04-0019 1010373 1.75 3.19 1.00 4.50 9.88 1. meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1.16 1/4 CX04-0003 1010051 .63 1.88 1.88 3.38 2.75 1.00 1.” and a size forged into it.25 7.31 1.50 5.50 1.75 1-3/4 CX04-0018 1010355 1.13 3.25 2.94 1.44 5.44 3.91 .13 .28 1/2 CX04-0007 1010131 .25 .69 3.94 2.50 1.38 1.97 .19 8.75 .56 4.75 2.00 3.44 3.38 1.13 1-3/8 CX04-0015 1010293 .62 2.62 2.19 2.38 6.38 .25 1.38 2.50 1.38 3.88 2.13 4.38 *Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts † 2-3/4˝ and 3-1/2˝ base is made of cast steel SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION In the beginning of the chapter 4-2 .13 3.50 .84 7/8 CX04-0011 1010211 .00 4.25 2.75 .81 2.94 2.88 4.75 3.38 .88 4. • Sizes 1/8˝ through 2-1/2˝ have forged bases.41 .50 10.81 3.63 3-1/2 CX04-0024 1010426 1.41 1.19 3.41 4.50 6. No.00 4.31 2.47 1-1/8 CX04-0013 1010257 .34 .72 .44 .75 2.13 5.00 6.16 1 CX04-0012 1010239 .50 .12 1.) Size CERTEX Stock No.50 6. Inc. Ref.59 2.69 2.03 .19 1.25 1.00 2. the name CROSBY or “CG.13 2.44 1.19 1.63 3.75 1.00 .44 3.56 .

rope terminations and the CERTEX expertise in lifting is other tailor-made assemblies that applied in our own rigging shops: allow our customers to tackle the result is customized lifting their lifting challenges with confi.50 .13 . Lifting Products and Services 4-3 . WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group.38 .63 1. to applying hooks and shackles With experienced people to making the most demanding and machinery to produce the sling.25 1. carries out the same assur. • Entire clip is made from 316 Stainless Steel to resist corrosive and rusting action. CERTEX com- Safety is built into our products panies everywhere are commit- at every stage of our fabricating ted to the complete reliability process.72 . • All components are Electro-Polished.06 2. slings.91 2. No.28 5/8 CX04-0030 1011327 .34 . No.” and a size forged into it.66 .50 Putting Certainty Into Everything We Make.19 1.44 .75 .50 1.16 1/4 CX04-0027 1011272 . the name CROSBY or “CG.44 3/8 CX04-0028 1011283 .47 . Ref. At CERTEX.) Size CERTEX Stock (in. lifting equipment that our cus- ance of safety. of every product that we make. uct can be trusted because it starts with components that meet the highest possible stan- dards of safety and reliability.38 1.03 .56 .41 .91 . every cus.88 1.22 .59 . Inc. The SS-450 “316” Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips • Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability. SS-450 4 Dimensions Rope Crosby (in.19 1.75 1. tomers specify.56 1. • Available in sizes 1/8˝ through 5/8˝.50 .94 3/16 CX04-0026 1011261 .94 1.50 .94 2.44 . A CERTEX-made prod. All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information. A B C D E F G H 1/8 CX04-0025 1011250 .88 1.31 1.75 1.00 .94 1/2 CX04-0029 1011305 .56 2.31 1.44 1.97 .00 1. CERTEX provides the rope Using these quality components. most critical applications where tom operation from cutting rope lives and property depend on it.81 .25 .) Cat. equipment that will perform in the dence.

*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean. turnback amount shown in the application instructions. using the recommended number of clips on each eye 4 For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above. and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope. • Read and understand these instructions before using clips. XIP. placed parallel to each other. installation torque. IMPORTANT 1. as shown. For OSHA (Construction) applications. The rope ends are ensure the desired efficiency rating. add one additional Fist Grip. 1-1/8 1-1/8 5 41 360 Figure 4 1-1/4 1-1/4 6 55 360 1-3/8 1-3/8 6 62 500 1-1/2 1-1/2 7 78 500 If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope. tion is the obligation of the user. sizes 1-1/2˝ and smaller. The minimum number of clips should be installed on each dead end (See Figure 6). Table 1 Figure 2 Clip Rope Minimum Amount of Rope *Torque 2. Tighten nuts evenly. The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon using RRL or RLL wire rope.The effi- ciency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%. If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope. turn nuts on second clip 3/8 3/8 2 5-1/4 45 firmly. • Do not use with plastic coated wire rope. FC or IWRC. overlapping by twice the The style of wire rope termination used for any applica. the wire rope end termination should be inspected ed torque. dry. understand. required. 5. IPS. If a greater number of clips are used than show in the table. space additional clips equally between first two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on all clips. abuse. 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class. Proceed to Step 3. When two clips are Size (Inches) Size (Inches) No. this page). WIRE ROPE CLIPS Warnings and Application Instructions For Fistgrip Clips Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. Turn back specified amount of rope of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.251. Spacing. in place of a thimble cause death or serious injury. tices. sizes 1-1/2˝ and The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes togeth- smaller. apply the second clip as near the loop or thim- 3/16 3/16 2 4 30 ble as possible. When more than 1/4 1/4 2 4 30 two clips are required. add one additional clip. IPS. check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1. and Figure 5 for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES: tant RRL wire rope. XIP. • Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed. add one additional clip. periodically for wear. Class. Fist Grip spacing should be • Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope.This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. (See Figure 5). of Clips to Turn Back in Inches in Ft. 6. 19 x 7 er is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles. but do not tighten. from dead end of rope. from thimble or loop. we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips address or telephone number on the back cover to as used for a turnback termination. If a pulley (sheave) is WARNING • Failure to read. and general adequacy. IPS or XIP. Tighten nuts evenly. 4. Next. alternating In accordance with good rigging and maintenance prac- from one nut to the other until reaching the recommend. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be used for sizes 1˝ and larger. and free of lubrication. 1926. see OSHA and other instructions still apply. When three or more clips Figure 3 3/4 3/4 3 16 225 are required. 8 x 19 Class. This load should be these instructions. and follow these instructions may used. the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately. See Figure 4. check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. Lbs. Apply first clip one base width Next. alternating until reaching the recommended torque. Refer to Table 1 in following Figure 1 Apply first load to test the assembly. apply the second clip as near the 5/16 5/16 2 5 30 loop or thimble as possible. 7/8 7/8 4 26 225 nating from one nut to the other until reaching 1 1 5 37 225 recommended torque. Figure 6 add one additional clip. 4-4 . 7/16 7/16 2 6-1/2 65 1/2 1/2 3 11 65 9/16 9/16 3 12-3/4 130 5/8 5/8 3 13-1/2 130 3. alter. • Apply first load to test the assembly. The number of clips shown also applies to rotation-resis.

38 1.03 1-3/8 — 1-1/2 CX04-0041 1010676 1.13 1.69 3.88 1. • All sizes have forged steel saddles.69 .63 1.) Size Crosby (in.94 .06 .00 1.34 2.28 .25 3.25 3.44 4.19 2. except for those provisions required of the contractor.13 3. Nuts can be installed in such a way as to enable the operator to swing the wrench in a full arc for fast installation.28 1.44 1.25 .81 . • All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information.50 4.72 4.88 .44 1.06 2.44 1.25 1.69 1.88 2. Approx Cat.63 3/4 CX04-0036 1010578 .25 5.56 7.00 5.25 3. • Entire clip is Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action.25 1.50 .25 3. Fist Grip wire clips meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-C-450 Type III.88 2.13 1.97 2.50 2.31 1.56 1.69 1.38 1.06 1.50 1.63 .97 .66 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION on previous page 4-5 .75 3.44 3.00 3.50 1.88 7/16 —˚1/2 CX04-0034 1010532 . A B C D E G L M N 3 /16 — 1/4 CX04-0031 1010471 .56 1.88 4.75 3.63 4. Class 1.25 .75 . Ref.63 2.25 1.50 .47 1. Fist Grip® Clips G-429 • Bolts are an integral part of the saddle.75 2.38 .94 .14 1 CX04-0038 1010612 1.19 9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0035 1010550 . Inc. 4 G-429 Dimensions Rope (in.50 1. Galv.38 1.75 1.91 1 1/4 CX04-0040 1010658 1.13 .56 3.88 4.06 7/8 CX04-0037 1010596 .75 2.56 3/8 CX04-0033 1010514 .69 1.94 3.38 .53 1 1/8 CX04-0039 1010630 1.06 .28 2.81 2. WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group.34 .47 5/16 CX04-0032 1010499 . • Assembled with standard heavy hex nuts. No.63 2.34 .75 1.00 1.19 5.19 2.59 .) CERTEX Stock No.25 .31 4.

brazed or seized lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly. Rope. • Do not use part showing cracks. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge mended. (See Figure 1) Read and Follow • DO NOT ATTACH DEAD END TO LIVE END. Inc. wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands) • Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by ensure that the dead end is welded. other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking). • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. • Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge Socket. length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 • Inspect permanent assemblies annually. (See Figure 1) WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed. minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6. The tail length of the dead end should be a Socket is 80%. do not strike the dead end section with any • Align live end of rope. with center line of pin. Do not to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. but not less than 6. or more often rope diameters but not less than 6˝ (See Figure 1). Warnings and Application Instructions Right Wrong Wrong Figure 1 Figure 2 4 * Tail Length Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope A minimum of 6 rope diameters. This load should be of equal or greater ignated size. but not less than 6. Do not before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket reduce original dimension more than 10%. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.˝ (i. • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special • Do not use modified or substitute parts. • Do not side load the Wedge Socket. WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group. use next larger weight than loads expected in use. size socket. • Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load. • A falling load can seriously injure or kill.˝ (i. The tail repair by welding.e.—For 1˝ rope: Tail Length = 1˝x 6 = 6˝) Rotation Resistant Wire Rope A minimum of 20 rope diameters. based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recom. For intermediate size rope.˝ • During use.e. wedge and pin before using. in severe operating conditions. 4-6 .—For 1˝ rope: Tail Length = 1˝ x 20 = 20˝) Important Safety Information — • Secure dead end section of rope. in the socket. Inspection/Maintenance Safety (See Figure 2) • Always inspect socket. Operating Safety Assembly Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope • Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of des.

Rope Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 Clip Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 *Torque Ft. • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. wedge and pin before using. FIGURE 2 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION on previous page 4-7 . For intermediate size rope. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. • Inspect permanent assemblies annually. • Do not use part showing cracks. length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 The wire rope shall pass thru rope diameters. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6. (See Figure 1) • Secure dead end section of rope. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recom- mended. • Align live end of rope.̋ (See NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets Figure 1) can be retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge. TABLE 1 • During use. Assembly Safety • Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of des- ignated size. with center line of pin.The proper size wire before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket rope is determined when the to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay.̋ (See Figure 1) the “Go” hole in the wedge. (Table 1) • Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge backwards./Lbs. wedge and clip (See Table 1) pass thru the “No-Go” hole in the wedge. to wire rope size. brazed or seized wedge. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly. WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group. Important Safety Information — Read and Follow Inspection/Maintenance Safety • Always inspect socket. dry and free of lubrication. 2. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%. Inc. The tail following criteria are met: 1. (See Figure 1) • Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. • Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special 4 New QUIC CHECK™ “Go” wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands) and “No-Go” features cast into ensure that the dead end is welded.The wire rope shall NOT • Properly match socket. Do not repair by welding. or more often in severe operating conditions. 45 65 95 130 225 225 225 *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean. • Do not use modified or substitute parts. Operating Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. but not less than 6. do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking). use next larger size socket. (See Figure 2) • Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load.

94 2.13 .00 1.28 14.25 1.81 16. • Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the wedge. Weight Dia.12 5. except those provisions required of the contractor.50 4.18 CX04-0050 1035555 .15 CX04-0051 1035564 1.38 1. are met: et to be used in conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets.40 2.64 1.00 3.12 4.00 7.17 1.88 2.56 . wedge.60 9. • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket.03 2.88 5/8 CX04-0044 1035018 9.S. 1.76 17. • Eliminates the need for an extra piece of rope.50 2. WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group.56 7/8 CX04-0046 1035036 21.86 2. Assembly* (lbs.12 7.22 2.81 1.88 1.22 1.66 3.25 1.00 1. • Standard S-421 wedge sockets can be retrofitted with • The tail.00 5.) Rope Stock No. The wire rope should NOT pass through the “No- wedge.The proper size rope is determined when the following criteria • Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and sock. and “No-Go” feature cast into the wedge. Wedge.77 .75 1.12 .25 4.44 2.65 1.16 4.69 2. Ref.02 15.75 1.06 1.44 .34 1. • Available with Bolt.51 2. which is secured by the base of the clip and the new style TERMINATOR ™ wedge.75 1.30 CX04-0056 1035609 7.19 . and pin.62 3.50 2.360 and foreign equivalents • Basket is cast steel.75 5.03 2.88 4.55 1.75 4.36 1.50 2. No.) Cat.25 3.56 N/A N/A 3.56 7. 4-8 .25 . • Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge Socket. No.) Cat.70 2.78 2.13 3. WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed.28 1-1/8 CX04-0048 1035054 45.37 12. †† Weight of socket. thus eliminates loss or “Punch out” of the 2.75 1.75 CX04-0055 1035600 5. ‡ For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket. • Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the • The TERMINATOR ™ wedge eliminates the potential catalog breaking strength of wire rope.84 14.50 CX04-0057 1040607 6. • A falling load can seriously injure or kill. patent 5.85 8.70 CX04-0052 1035573 1.08 2.34 2.19 2. Inc.16 4. the wedge.53 1.00 2.88 3.69 6.38 3.05 6.553. The wire rope should pass through the “Go” hole in the wedge.63 2.71 2.50 CX04-0053 1035582 2.19 3.58 10.56 **1-1/4 CX04-0049 1040448 57.50 3.00 2.25 2.00 2.94 .38 2.19 3/4 CX04-0045 1035027 14.44 1.81 .50 1. Dimensions Wire Crosby S-421T Crosby S-421T (In.63 .50 5.39 2.81 3.63 2. and Wire Rope Clip. Pin. Ref.81 1. Weight Stock No. Only (lbs.37 12.21 1.31 7.63 1.62 .38 3. and Cotter Pin. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.69 2.60 .) A B C D G H J K L P R S T U V 3/8 CX04-0042 1035000 3. easily installed. ** 1-1/4 not available inTERMINATOR™ style.50 CX04-0054 1035591 4. CERTEX Complete Each CERTEX Wedge Each* (In.25 1.78 4.02 11. • Do not side load the Wedge Socket. • Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ “Go” • Individually magnetic particle inspected.94 1 CX04-0047 1035045 30.75 .38 1.31 3.81 * Terminator Assembly includes Socket.66 3. and is • Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt® wire rope clip.38 5. Go” hole in the wedge. Wedge socket meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D Type C.56 3.00 2. breaking off of the tail due to fatigue. is left undeformed and available for reuse. Nut.79 8.81 1.13 .38 1/2 CX04-0043 1035009 6. † Nominal. THE TERMINATOR ™ Crosby’s “New & Improved”Wedge Socket 4 S-421T U.44 5.

9 & 10) broomed-out ends should be rinsed in a solution of bicar- 3. Unlay the it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in are dry. Broom Out Strand Wires bonate of soda so as to neutralize any acid that may re- main on the rope. A fiber core should be cut out and removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. the best of approximately 60 degrees. If acid is used. 9) Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope or on the serving band since it will run down the wires 4. 8) Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent. SPELTER SOCKETS General Guidelines 4 Figure 8. 1-1-1 Trichlorethane. Perchloroethane. the same manner. at the point where the broom up the serving band (Fig. allowing wires and strands under the serving band. the (Figs. 1. this is particularly important spread them evenly so that they form an included angle if the rope has a fiber core. 11). ZINC-POURED SPELTER SOCKETING CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Figure 9. for a length of two rope diameters. and Perchloroethylene. then brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making 2. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends when the rope is turned upright. Be sure to follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions. Unlay the wires of each and preferred cleaning method for rope ends prior to individual strand for the full length of the rope end— socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. Where it is feasible. These are known under the names Chlorothane VG. After this cleaning step. being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the place the broomed-out end pointing downward. Additionally. and care- The rope end should be of sufficient length so that the fully observe all instructions printed on the label. ends of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top of the socket basket. (Fig. Care should be exercised to prevent Unlay and Straighten the individual rope strands and acid from entering the core. A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl Chloroform or equivalent solvent. Apply Serving at Base of Socket certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the Apply a tight wire serving band. 4-9 . tion of muriatic acid may also be used. a solu- socket base will be.

tion. placed in service (Fig. 15). Pour the Zinc as the wires have dried thoroughly (Fig. Premature wire breaks at the socket can occur if the rope is not balanced Apply wire rope lubricant to the rope at the base of the at pouring. Use a concentration of 1 lb. Pour the zinc at a temperature of 950 easily over the wires (Fig. Dip the Broomed-Out Rope Ends in Flux Seal the socket base with fire clay or putty but make cer- Prepare a hot solution of zinc-ammonium chloride flux tain the material does not penetrate into the socket base. Remove all dross prevent the zinc from freezing or cooling prematurely. This vertical 9. comparable to Zaclon K. there should be no “capping” of the socket. After the socket is on the rope. Pour the A word of caution: Never heat a socket after it is placed zinc in one continuous stream until it reaches the top on the rope. SPELTER SOCKETS General Guidelines 4 Figure 10. of Should this occur. 13). Before placing the socket degrees to 1000 degrees F (Fig. then point the rope end downward until such time 7. the wires should be dis- tributed evenly in the socket basket so the zinc can sur. The zinc temperature may be measured with a the socket will dispel any residual moisture and will also portable pyrometer or a Tempilstik. and Use clean seizing wire to compress the broomed-end into Federal Specification QQ-Z-351-a Amendment 1. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket tion B6-49 Grade (1) Prime Western or better. socket equal to about 30 rope diameters. 12). Figure 14. Remove Serving round each wire. 8. Figure 13. A word of caution: on the rope. from the top of the zinc pool before pouring. it could prevent the zinc from pene- zinc-ammonium chloride to 1 gallon of water. and in making certain there band from the socket base and check to make certain is a minimum vertical length of rope extending from the that the zinc has penetrated to the socket base (Fig. To do so may cause damage to the rope. Figure 12. Lubricate the Rope length is necessary for rope balance. The zinc used should meet ASTM Specification designa- 6. Heating ties. maintain trating the full length of the socket basket thereby creat- the solution at a temperature of 180 degrees to 200 ing a void that would collect moisture after the socket is degrees F. of the basket and all wire ends are covered. 4-10 . 14). Swish the broomed-out end in the flux solu. Use extreme care in aligning the socket After the zinc and socket have cooled remove the serving with the rope’s centerline. 16). Figure 11. socket and on any rope section where the original lubri- cant may have been removed. make certain the socket is clean and no Overheating of the zinc may affect its bonding proper- moisture is present inside the bowl of the socket. interim a tight bundle which will permit the socket to be slipped Amendment 2. 5.

check the resin manufacturer’s instructions care. Apply Serving at Base of Socket Place rope in a vertical position with the broom end up. 1-1-1 Trichlorethane. Also. for a length of two rope diameters. and care. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope The rope end should be of sufficient length so the ends or on the serving band since it will run down the wires of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top when the rope is turned upright. Unlay the mal sealing materials. 8) 5. the use of flux on the system depends upon chemical reaction. Lubrication After Socket Attachment CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful. It is also known under Mix and pour the resin in strict accordance with the the names Chlorothane VG. Broom Out Strand Wires as required. Unlay the wires of each rope and the fitting are aligned. After the resin has cured. fully observe all instructions printed on the label. and the axis of the of approximately 60 degrees. The use of acid which must be followed in the order specified for the sys. and Perchloroethylene. 7. removing any temporary banding or seizing 3. Be sure to base of the socket to replace any lubricant that may have follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions. Since any thermo-set resin and not recommended. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket 2. A fiber core should be cut out and this purpose. (Fig. re-lubricate the wire rope at the it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Perchlorothane. In addition to nor- wires and strands under the serving band. Make certain the broomed wires are uni- Unlay and straighten the individual rope strands and formly spaced in the basket. The fol. Give particular attention to adversely affects resin bonding to the steel wires. brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making cedure. Each resin system has specific procedures and steps broom up to the serving band (Fig. then Before proceeding with a thermo-set resin socketing pro. with the wire ends slightly spread them evenly so that they form an included angle below the top edge of the basket. certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the fully. downward allowing it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires are dry. been removed during the cleaning operation. at the point where the Close and compact the broom to permit insertion of the socket base will be. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends 6. they should not be used as a substitute for this cleaning step. 4-11 . broomed end into the base of the socketing. After socketing. SPELTER SOCKETS General Guidelines 4 Figure 15. to etch the wires before resin socketing is unnecessary tem to give the desired results. Slip the (Figs. Where selecting sockets designed for resin socketing. of the socket basket. 4. 1. Thermo-Set Resin Socketing Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent. Apply a tight wire serving band. Seal the annular space individual strand for the full length of the rope end— between the base of the socket and the rope to prevent being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the leakage of the resin from the basket. (Fig. place the broomed-out end pointing detailed instructions supplied by the resin manufacturer. 11). 9) base of the socket so the resin will be able to fill the complete depth of the socket basket. non-hardening butyl rubber-base wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in sealant or latex glazing compounds are satisfactory for the same manner. Figure 16. Make sure the sealant does not enter the removed as close to the serving band as possible. resin manufacturer’s instructions. 9 & 10) socket on. it is feasible. Pouring the Resin A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl Chloroform or equivalent solvent. the best and preferred cleaning method for lowing steps give a general outline to follow for resin rope ends prior to socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. the procedure wires before pouring resin should be avoided since this becomes critically important.

Since resin sock. After thoroughly mixing the two components The desired hardness of the cured resin system is in together. After testing. Resin socketed assemblies may be moved after the resin 40. 4-12 . Properties of the Cured Resin no data as to how his resin system preforms with wire rope socketing. Resin and catalyst are normally supplied in two separate 4) Hardness containers. The resin shall exhibit sufficient bonding to the sol- When properly formulated. No open flame or molten metal hazards exist blies in tension. care must tered in normal field usage. liquid resins and catalysts should have the following properties: C. 2) Compressive Strength ed procedures. It is extremely important to harden within 30 minutes. and have the capability to with- with the catalyst if ambient temperatures are too low. Both resin and catalyst should have a minimum flash One final note: resin technology is changing almost daily. when op the breaking strength of all types. the liquid can be poured into the socket basket. Heating the blend in the refer to the individual resin manufacturer’s instructions socket should be permissible to obtain the cure. point of 100 degrees F.Acceptable Resin Types 4) Pot Life and Cure Time Properties of commerically available resins vary consider. The resin manufacturer Unmixed resin and catalyst should have a maximum should supply specific data as to fitness of their system shelf life specified by the resin manufacturer. It is next to impossible to establish general rules to pourable for approximately eight minutes and should cover all available resins. If the resin manufacturer has B. the resin-catalyst blend should be ably. For ease of handling. for wire rope socketing. form a pourable material which will harden at grades of wire rope. tests should be conducted before the 1) Socket Performance system is used for field applications.000 CPS at 75 degrees F immediately after mixing. The minimum allowable compressive strength for fully Tests have demonstrated that satisfactory wire rope sock. cured resin is 12000 psi. To control The resin shall be a liquid thermoset material that will shrinkage. These formulations. Performance of Resin Socketed Assemblies 1) Viscosity of the resin-catalyst mixture should be 30. eting performance can be obtained with resins having 3) Shrinkage characteristics and properties as follows: Maximum allowable shrinkage is 2%. requires a relatively low temperature (250-300 degrees F) The resin/wire bond within the cone or basket must be 4 obtainable by electric resistance heating. (Hardener) filler material should always be formulated into the resin system by the resin manufacturer. some “seating” with resin socketing since heat-curing when necessary. without the resin cone cracking or breaking. capable of withstanding tensile-shock loading encoun- eting is so much simpler than zinc socketing. permissible when testing resin socketed rope assem- ate heat. or upon the application of moder. If the resin manufacturer’s directions are The viscosity will increase at lower ambient tempera. of the resin cone may be apparent and is acceptable. Characteristics of these products vary significantly and 3) Shelf Life each must be handled differently. This catalyst or curing agent. however. not field A. Properties of Liquid (Uncured) Material mixed by the user. SPELTER SOCKETS General Guidelines 8. an inert filler may be used in the resin pro- harden after being mixed with the correct proportion of vided that the viscosity requirements are met. constructions and mixed. stand shock loading to a degree sufficient to break 2) Flash Point the rope. before using any one type. has hardened. resin sockets should develop the breaking ture and the resin may require warming prior to mixing strength of the rope. After mixing. the range of Barcol 40-55. most thermoset resins are vent-washed wires in a wire rope end socket to devel- acceptable for socketing. followed. be taken not to become lax in following the recommend. No slippage of individual wires is ambient temperature.

75 3.12 12.50 5.56 3/4 9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0062 1039691 CX04-0082 1039708 5.00 11.50 2.00 7.00 33. CERTEX Stock No.) A C D F G H J L M N 1/4 CX04-0058 1039619 CX04-0078 1039628 1.75 7.25 2. S.) (in.50 2.50 3.25 9.00 8. EEIP.00 6.81 .88 10. 6 x 19.75 3.00 23.50 4. S-416 Each (in.13 6.25 1.25 4.50 3. SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group.00 18.75 1.50 1.50 4.50 3.75 2.75 1.56 1.50 9.31 1-3/4 — 1-7/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 CX04-0069 1039833 CX04-0089 1039842 82.88 .00 12.19 . Inc.75 3.81 1. Dimensions (in.56 .12 5.88 2.00 3-1/4 — 3-3/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 CX04-0075 1041697 CX04-0095 1041704 434.00 11.00 3.60 6.00 1.50 4-13 .00 30.81 2.75 6.00 13.12 3-1/2 — 3-5/8 3 — 3-1/8 CX04-0076 1041713 CX04-0096 1041722 563.63 .62 3.75 10. Ref.69 2.00 1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 CX04-0066 1039771 CX04-0086 1039780 31.83 7.50 1.00 36.25 2.69 1.25 5.25 2.25 3.00 2.19 1-5/8 1-5/16 — 1-3/8 CX04-0068 1039815 CX04-0088 1039824 55.00 7. Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D.25 2.81 .62 7/8 11/16 — 3/4 CX04-0063 1039717 CX04-0083 1039726 9.50 4.25 13.13 1-1/2 1-13/16 — 1-1/4 CX04-0067 1039799 CX04-0087 1039806 47.00 5. 5/8˝ and larger use 3 grooves.00 3.) No. Ref.75 11.13 .25 3. RRL.75 1.50 10.88 4.13 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 CX04-0072 1041633 CX04-0092 1041642 252.50 7.) Structural Crosby Crosby Strand CERTEX Stock No.38 7.30 4.12 4.75 8.38 5.50 . based on the catalog strength of wire rope.00 4.69 1.50 3.00 2.00 3.25 9.̋ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝ thru 4. or IWRC wire rope.00 3.50 3.88 6. FC.25 7.88 1-1/8 15/16 — 1 CX04-0065 1039753 CX04-0085 1039762 21.75 .62 .00 5.50 2.75 10.00 10.44 7/16 —˚1/2 CX04-0060 1039655 CX04-0080 1039664 2.25 5.25 3.75 5.10 4.25 3-3/4 — 4 CX04-0077 1041731 CX04-0097 1041740 783.38 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 CX04-0073 1041651 CX04-0093 1041660 315.50 10.88 3 — 3-1/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 CX04-0074 1041679 CX04-0094 1041688 380.50 3.00 13.50 11.25 7. G-416 Cat.56 1. No.94 1.75 1.00 25.00 .62 5.81 1.75 2.19 2.31 .56 2.12 3.75 2.12 1.88 13.38 1. Grooved Open Spelter Sockets G-416 • Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2.50 5.00 27.00 21.56 2 — 2-1/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 CX04-0070 1039851 CX04-0090 1039860 129.75 1.75 5. except for those provisions required of the contractor.25 11.00 2.25 1.50 7. (lbs.62 4. or 6 x 37. Dia.56 2.75 4.00 4. Cat.00 3.25 .00 2.00 9.00 4.00 3.56 .˝ • Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 4 of 100%.81 2-1/4 — 2-3/8 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 CX04-0071 1039879 CX04-0091 1039888 167.50 .00 4.25 9.38 14.25 4.50 9.00 1.25 1.00 1.00 29.25 1. Weight Rope Dia.50 2.94 1.84 .63 2.50 2.50 9/16 — 5/8 1/2 CX04-0061 1039673 CX04-0081 1039682 3.25 5.69 .94 1. Galv.00 3.00 3.13 2.88 6.75 1.80 1 13/16 — 7/8 CX04-0064 1039735 CX04-0084 1039744 15. Sizes 1- Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7.65 9.13 1.50 12.00 5.50 3.50 6.75 .50 6.62 15.00 16.38 8.25 3.75 5.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Type A.C.50 2.00 2.31 5/16 —˚3/8 CX04-0059 1039637 CX04-0079 1039646 1.50 1.38 .25 6.25 6.00 11.50 4. 1/4˝ thru 3/4.25 3.00 4.25 15.50 12.00 6.00 1.50 4.50 5.50 11.38 .00 1.25 5.25 1. IPS or EIP.

94 5.88 6.69 2.00 19.50 5.25 13. Galv.00 1-1/2 1-3/16 — 1-1/4 CX04-0107 1040073 CX04-0127 1040082 29.75 4. RRL.25 3 — 3-1/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 CX04-0114 1041795 CX04-0134 1041802 276.00 5. Ratings are based on the recommended use with 6 x 7.50 4.75 7.00 8.62 1.25 4.50 9.63 2.25 6.88 2.25 11.81 1.50 12. Inc.00 29. No. Cat.63 9.75 3.00 14.56 1.00 4.69 2.25 8.12 9.50 4.75 3.00 10.00 2.25 14.75 3.19 1.13 2.00 4.56 2.50 1 13/16 — 7/8 CX04-0104 1040019 CX04-0124 1040028 10.75 3.12 10. Each (in.50 5. (in.00 2.19 6.) No.88 1.13 5. FC or 4 IWRC wire rope.) A B C D F G H J K L 1/4 CX04-0098 1039897 CX04-0118 1039904 .50 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 CX04-0112 1041759 CX04-0132 1041768 140.75 12.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 1/4˝ thru 3/4.56 2-1/4 — 2-3/8 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 CX04-0111 1040153 CX04-0131 1040162 105.38 4. (lbs.25 9.62 5.50 5.50 4.25 11.94 1.75 6.56 2 — 2-1/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 CX04-0110 1040135 CX04-0130 1040144 79.00 1.25 13.30 2.00 27.50 6.75 6.88 .00 7.50 1.50 2.50 6.31 .97 .50 2.63 5.00 15.38 3.25 8.˝ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝ thru 4.00 5.44 1.75 4.25 7.50 4.25 11.88 2.88 .Type B.25 9.13 5.C.50 6.94 1.50 .00 3.25 8.50 .25 3.00 7.25 7.00 31.13 2.75 3.00 7/8 11/16 — 3/4 CX04-0103 1039995 CX04-0123 1040000 7.25 17.00 33.69 1.66 .25 9/16 — 5/8 1/2 CX04-0101 1039959 CX04-0121 1039968 2.75 4. except for those provisions required of the contractor. Ref.38 3.00 1.50 9.50 3.00 6.38 .25 4.50 1.50 13.63 1.00 1-5/8 1-5/16 — 1-3/8 CX04-0108 1040091 CX04-0128 1040108 36.38 5.69 1. Cat.50 1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 CX04-0106 1040055 CX04-0126 1040064 19.00 7.44 7.30 1.50 2.33 3.00 23.00 12.00 3-3/4 — 4 CX04-0117 1041857 CX04-0137 1041866 542.25 2.25 2.56 1.00 3.12 1. IPS or EIP.50 3.00 4.81 1.25 2.88 4.75 5.00 21.50 2.12 4. Stock No.00 5.69 2.13 6.00 2.88 .44 .50 3.13 2. Dia.25 3.38 2.75 12. 6 x 19 or 6 x 37.56 1.63 4.00 3.25 3-1/2 — 3-5/8 3 — 3-1/8 CX04-0116 1041839 CX04-0136 1041848 400.) (in.75 2.69 .25 4.81 2.75 3-1/4 — 3-3/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 CX04-0115 1041811 CX04-0135 1041820 313.25 3.25 .25 1.88 10.12 2.75 5.75 12.25 14.00 4.00 2. Crosby Crosby Dimensions Structural Stock No.38 7.25 11.50 3.50 3/4 9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0102 1039977 CX04-0122 1039986 4. and larger use 3 grooves.38 8.00 1.00 13.56 .63 1.81 1.00 25.25 3.62 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 CX04-0113 1041777 CX04-0133 1041786 220.50 2.75 1. Ref. Grooved Closed Spelter Sockets G-417 • Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2.63 8.20 13.25 5.25 7.00 14.25 .75 4.25 4.00 1-1/8 15/16 — 1 CX04-0105 1040037 CX04-0125 1040046 14.75 3.50 .50 3. EEIP.00 7/16 — 1/2 CX04-0100 1039931 CX04-0120 1039940 1.00 1.13 1.˝ • Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%.41 .50 . S.00 4-14 .06 3.25 15.) Rope Strand CERTEX G-417 CERTEX S-417 Weight Dia.00 1.94 1. SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group. Sizes 1-5/8˝ Closed grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D. based on the catalog strength of wire rope.75 5/16 — 3/8 CX04-0099 1039913 CX04-0119 1039922 .50 6.19 11.50 1-3/4 — 1-7/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 CX04-0109 1040117 CX04-0129 1040126 57.25 3.88 11.75 3.16 .50 2.

The methods and materials used for cleaning should 4. For full information. Section 611. • Do not use any other wire (copper. STEP 1 – SOCKET SELECTION Strand Wire Rope 1. 3. etc. your Wire et basket to develop full efficiency. Sockets used with WIRELOCK® shall comply with and/ or coating on the wire. comply with the “Clean Air Act of 1990. • Read. WIRE ROPE USER MANUAL by AISI and WIRE ROPE MANUFACTURERS CATA- LOGS. and follow these instructions and those on prod- uct containers before using WIRELOCK®.417 Spelter Sockets.e • Sockets with large grooves need to have those grooves filled before use with WIRELOCK®. • Use only soft annealed iron wire for seizing. Unlay the strands of the wire rope and IWRC as far as the seizing. ing will occur. Federal or International (CEN. 2. Cut out any fiber core. completely. For use with sockets other than Crosby 416 . STEP 4 – CLEANING sult the socket manufacturer or Crosby Engineering. or property damage. • Never use an assembly until the WIRELOCK® has gelled and cured. RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group. Consult the Wire Rope Technical Board. down to the seizing. Inc. brass. Remove any plastic material from broomed area.) for seizing.” Seize the wire rope or strand as shown using soft annealed iron wire. 3. WIRELOCK® is recommended for use with Crosby 416 . The following simplified. 1. understand. 4-15 . depends comply with the current EPA regulations. 4. as with all socketing media. including the IWRC. WIRELOCK®. upon the wedging action of the cone within the sock. Seating is required to develop the 4 The currently recommended Trichlorethane does not wedging action. WARNING • Incorrect use of WIRELOCK® can result in an unsafe termination which may lead to serious injury. ommended materials and methods. Unlay the individual wires from each strand. The method of cleaning will depend on the lubricant 3.417 con. consult our document WIRELOCK® TECH- NICAL DATA MANUAL. ISO) Standards. death. Strand Wire Rope * = 5D or 50d (d= Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS 4 GREATER. • Remove any non-metallic coating from the broomed area. • Do not use WIRELOCK® with stainless steel rope in salt water envi- ronment applications. stainless. step-by-step instructions should be used only as a guide for experienced users. Warnings and Application Instructions Wirelock® STEP 3 – BROOMING 1. 2. A rough finish Rope supplier or the Wire Rope Manufacturer for rec- inside the socket may increase the load at which seat. STEP 2 – SEIZING Ozone Depletion Substances. 2.

2. Re-lubricate wire rope as required. Never heat sockets to accelerate gel or curing. The socket must remain in the vertical position for an additional ten (10) minutes after gel is complete. Each kit has a shelf life clearly marked on each con. Pour all the resin into a container containing all the of their axes. WIRELOCK® kits are pre-measured and consist of two (2) containers – one (1) with resin and one (1) with STEP 10 – RE-LUBRICATION granular compound. 4 Wire Rope Strand STEP 9 – CURING * = 5D or 50d (d = Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS GREATER.9. Mix and pour WIRELOCK® within the temperature LEVEL with the top of the socket basket or to a mini. in accordance with ASME OF DATE KITS. to 75 degrees F. • Never use out-of-date material. Immediately after mixing. WIRELOCK® will gel in approximately 15 minutes. Warnings and Application Instructions Wirelock® STEP 5 – POSITIONING OF SOCKET STEP 8 – MIXING AND POURING 1. 3. STEP 6 – SEAL SOCKET 2. • Always wear gloves to protect hands. range of 48 degrees to 110 degrees F. Inc. NEVER USE OUT All slings with poured sockets. Booster kits are mum embedded length as shown. 4. • Chemicals used in this product can give off toxic fumes and can burn eyes and skin. tainer and this must be observed. CAUTION: DO NOT USE OVERSIZED SOCKETS minutes with a flat paddle. • Use only in well-ventilated work areas. 3 The socket will be ready for service 60 minutes after gelling. FOR WIRE ROPE. Whenever possible. available for reduced temperatures. in a temperature range 65 degrees F. 1. • Avoid direct contact with skin anywhere. • Never breathe fumes directly or for extended time. 2. granular compound and mix thoroughly for two (2) 3. STEP 11 – PROOF LOADING 3. • Always wear safety glasses to protect eyes. Position socket over the broom until the wires are 1. is flammable. in liquid state. Seal the base of the socket with putty or plasticine to prevent leakage of the WIRELOCK®. the assembly should be proof loaded. slowly pour the mixture down one side of the socket until the socket basket is full. 4-16 . Use the complete kit – NEVER MIX LESS THAN THE TOTAL CONTENTS OF BOTH CONTAINERS. shall be Proof Loaded. STEP 7 – WIRELOCK® KITS 1. Clamp rope and socket vertically ensuring alignment 2. B30. CAUTION • WIRELOCK® resin. RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group.

No.) No. (ABS) Note: For use on 416 & 417 spelter sockets only. 1000cc 8030-21-902-1826 • Refer to Wirelock® Technical Manual for more Witnessed and tested by American Bureau of Shipping information.) (cc) 100 cc 20 CX04-0138 1039602 .54 1039607 3/8 17 2 1265 1000 cc 12 CX04-0141 1039608 4. Approximate U.25 1039605 5/16 17 1-7/8 700 500 cc 12 CX04-0140 1039606 2. • Lloyds Register of Shipping • Temperature operating range is -65° F to +240° F. Ref. (lbs. NATO Numbers: • One booster pack if pouring temperature is 35° F 100cc 8030-21-902-1823 to 48° F.62 1039603 1/4 9 1-3/4 700 250 cc 12 CX04-0139 1039604 1. Measurements: 250cc’s Kit 1 Cup 500cc’s Kit 1 Pint 1000cc’s Kit 1 Quart W416-7 Kits Booster Guide to amount of WIRELOCK® Required Pack Crosby Weight Wire Rope WIRELOCK® Wire Rope WIRELOCK® Kit Kits CERTEX Stock Each Stock Size Required Size Required Size Per Case Cat. • Gemanischer Lloyd • Pouring temperature without booster pack is 48° F to 110° F. • Registro Italiano Navale • Improved fatigue life. • United States Coast Guard 4 • No hazardous molten metal. No.S. • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) • Ideal for on site applications.00 1039611 7/16 35 2-1/8 1265 1/2 35 2-1/4 1410 9/16 52 2-3/8 1410 5/8 52 2-1/2 1830 3/4 86 2-5/8 1830 7/8 125 2-3/4 2250 1 160 3 3160 1-1/8 210 3-1/4 3795 1-1/4 350 3-1/2 4920 1-3/8 350 3-3/4 5980 1-1/2 420 4 7730 1-5/8 495 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 4-17 . RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group. WIRELOCK® W416-7 Socket Compound Approvals • 100% termination efficiency.59 1039609 2000 cc 6 CX04-0142 1039610 9. 250cc 8030-21-902-1824 • Two booster packs if pouring temperature is 27° F 500cc 8030-21-902-1825 to 35° F. (in. Inc.) (cc) (in.

dimension.50 23.70 3.27 2. Patent 5. it does not eliminate the need to perform standard production inspections which include gauging NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37.31 1. IPS or XIP (EIP).152.00 .00 3.11 17.25 1.38 1.69 .00 .38 .75 1.13 .00 1.69 2.50 1.75 2.61 5.98 2.47 1.06 CX04-0158 1042767 2 146.19 9.06 2.69 3. this provides for an obvious • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.56 2.00 26.41 1.50 10.00 .66 2. (in.46 CX04-0144 1039049 5/16 1.50 2.12 6.58 12.75 2.50 1.69 .38 .25 2.77 1.00 .25 1.56 2.25 4.56 * Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.08 7.00 1.81 .56 6.00 13.) (lbs. SWAGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group. Before swaging.94 2.25 .94 8. suitable the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage for cold forming.47 1.62 .05 CX04-0154 1039245 1-1/4 35.56 19.50 .25 .50 1.71 CX04-0146 1039085 7/16 2.08 7.69 4.80 15.98 3.75 3.42 CX04-0151 1039183 7/8 11.50 1.) CX04-0143 1039021 1/4 .88 3. • Stamp for identification after swaging without Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has concern for fractures (as per directions in National been through the swaging operation and assist in field Swaging Brochure).25 2.31 .13 1.80 CX04-0153 1039227 1-1/8 25. XXIP (EEIP).56 1.19 5.86 14.75 .25 1. inspections.13 5.13 .25 2.62 .08 5.38 .67 9.25 15. S-501 Open Swage Socket 4 Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of • Forged from special bar quality carbon steel.16 CX04-0149 1039147 5/8 4.41 3.30 6.13 . 4-18 . No.630 and foreign equivalents.50 18.00 .00 1.75 1.06 2.38 1.48 4. all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be U.88 1.00 19.06 8.53 4.80 6.S.63 2.25 1.00 4. Ref.33 10. RRL.19 .66 2.62 .* S-501 Open Socket Specifications Before Swage Dimensions Max.9 CX04-0148 1039129 9/16 4.56 8.81 .75 3.77 1.52 4.47 1.44 1.25 2.69 2.44 3.00 1.25 1.00 3.94 7.98 2.34 3.00 6.75 1.19 .52 13.39 6. visual difference in the shank diameter.81 .31 2.81 .55 4.00 1.88 3.25 8.50 1.75 .25 1.75 20.80 5.) A B C D E F H L M N (in.68 2.50 1.50 2.88 3.38 1. FC or IWRC wire rope.50 16.56 CX04-0156 1039281 1-1/2 58.81 5. CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.50 22.50 2.63 3. for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading.00 6.16 CX04-0150 1039165 3/4 7.25 17.56 2.51 9.19 . proof loaded.31 .63 .9.55 2.67 5.71 CX04-0145 1039067 3/8 1.50 1. Stock Size Each Dim. In accordance with ANSI B30.31 1.00 4.91 CX04-0147 1039101 1/2 2.55 CX04-0152 1039209 1 17.81 CX04-0157 1039307 1-3/4 88.75 1.75 26. After CERTEX Crosby Rope Weight Swage Cat. After swaging.75 3.00 .30 CX04-0155 1039263 1-3/8 43.75 2.25 8. No.97 11.69 . • Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.75 1.45 11.81 5.81 .13 1. Inc.19 .00 2.38 1.75 11.13 4.25 31.

Patent 5.08 5.94 7.61 5.00 3.25 3.12 . S-502 Closed Swage Socket Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage • Forged from special bar quality carbon steel.25 14.50 1. suitable dimension.66 1.00 20. Inc.44 .00 3.58 12.31 1.69 2.06 20.98 2.91 CX04-0188 1039405 1/2 1.25 2.75 .25 .81 2.88 .86 5.62 .44 1.00 12. a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.94 2.06 .00 3.31 . No.50 3.86 14.63 2. No. RRL.70 3.) A B C D E F H L (in.56 1.63 2. After CERTEX Crosby Rope Weight Swage Cat.50 2. Ref.91 CX04-0189 1039423 9/16 2. 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.34 3. IPS or XIP (EIP).19 9.00 2. NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37.63 2. SWAGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group.86 5.11 17.82 15.) CX04-0184 1039325 1/4 .75 11.25 23.31 1.42 6.50 10.56 * Maximun Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.62 .00 10.00 1.50 .88 .56 CX04-0197 1039584 1-1/2 38.71 CX04-0186 1039361 3/8 .75 2.94 1.80 5.91 .50 2.33 4.25 1.38 2.06 8.75 5.48 4.25 .53 4. Stock Size Each Dim.30 CX04-0196 1039566 1-3/8 28.31 1.81 CX04-0198 1039600 1-3/4 51.62 3. all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.S.25 3.16 CX04-0191 1039469 3/4 5.25 1.54 18. Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has • Stamp for identification after swaging without concern been through the swaging operation and assist in field for fractures (as per directions in National Swaging inspections.13 7.98 2.00 2.71 CX04-0187 1039389 7/16 1. In accordance with ANSI B30.38 1.56 1.25 .* S-502 Closed Socket Specifications Before Swage Dimensions Max.50 1.88 3.44 .80 CX04-0194 1039520 1-1/8 14. After swaging. FC or IWRC wire rope.38 1. this provides for an obvious for cold forming.13 7. (in.25 2.25 .03 2. Before swaging. 4-19 .46 CX04-0185 1039343 5/16 .06 1.81 1.56 2.55 CX04-0193 1039502 1 10.41 3.77 1. it does not eliminate the need to perform Brochure).42 CX04-0192 1039487 7/8 6.630 and foreign equivalents.50 1.88 1.27 2.75 .25 4.00 1.) (lbs.50 .00 2.57 16.13 1.80 6.40 13.50 17.9.12 1.67 4.55 2.75 2.42 6. U. XXIP (EEIP).44 .66 1.00 23.25 15.72 5.75 .56 3.05 CX04-0195 1039548 1-1/4 21.38 1.33 10.19 .56 1.77 1.16 CX04-0190 1039441 5/8 2.75 2.67 4.38 .63 1.25 27. standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading. 4 • Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.50 .39 6.06 CX04-0199 1042589 2 89.28 1.45 11.19 .55 4.85 8.06 .67 5. visual difference in the shank diameter.94 7.92 8.80 11.98 3.91 .12 3.69 .31 8.152.56 1.

How- Electroline terminations are NOT marked with a safe ever. will tion may be used. Inc. The combination of these three units literally locks the rope into a strong. machined fittings and 2. The covering socket. SLEEVE SLEEVE PLUG Plug driven in and strands closed to apply socket. The sleeve. 3. They are certified by the “Underwriters Electroline terminations are designed to have a break- Laboratory.These fittings are remarkably compact assemblies of three basic units: 1. (see inset photo) which is inserted to separate and hold the rope strands in the sleeve. the rope is the weakest component of the assem- working load (SWL) as the termination is a component bly. Inspection Hole SLEEVE PLUG SOCKET CUTAWAY ASSEMBLY Working loads many different types of ropes with which our termina- Electroline terminations. the corresponding size. when properly assembled. which slips over the end of the rope. solid assembly. Wire rope passed through sleeve and strands fanned out for inspection of fluted plug. The plug. wire rope. Inc. General Information TYPICAL ASSEMBLY Electroline fittings are the first real advance in connect- ing practices since the development of wire rope. 4 Strand passed through sleeve. Our safety factor is 1.3 for the Fittings are designed for linear loads only. 2. Socket applied showing twisted strands and completed assembly. Due to the mine the SWL of the assembly. 799) to hold no ing strength greater than 6x19 IPS IWRC wire rope of less than 85% of the rated breaking strength of the rope.” (Safety Appliance No. the safe working load is dependent hold the “normal” or “rated” breaking strength of the IPS upon the type of rope and the usage.0 for the forged types. 4-20 . and these safety factors cannot be used to deter- of an assembly which includes the wire rope. FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS Esmet.

No. Larger sizes available.FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS Esmet. Plated Steel Stainless Steel Bronze Dimensions (inches) CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX Rope Cat. Ref. A B C D E F 1/4 CX04-0480 GD-125-N CX04-0492 GD-125-X 11/16 1-1/4 4-1/2 1-23/32 17/32 1/2 5/16 CX04-0481 GD-131-N CX04-0493 GD-131-X 13/16 1-1/2 5-3/8 2-1/32 11/16 9/16 3/8 CX04-0482 GD-137-N CX04-0494 GD-137-X 13/16 1-1/2 5-1/2 2-5/32 11/16 5/8 7/16 CX04-0483 GD-143-N CX04-0495 GD-143-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-29/32 1 3/4 1/2 CX04-0484 GD-150-N CX04-0496 GD-150-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-31/32 1 7/8 9/16 CX04-0485 GD-156-N CX04-0497 GD-156-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-7/16 1-1/4 1 5/8 CX04-0486 GD-162-N CX04-0498 GD-162-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-7/16 1-1/4 1 3/4 CX04-0487 GD-175-N CX04-0499 GD-175-X 1-7/16 3 10-3/16 4 1-1/2 1-1/8 7/8 CX04-0488 GD-187-N CX04-0500 GD-187-X 1-5/8 2-5/8 11 4-3/8 1-9/16 1-1/4 4 1 CX04-0489 GD-199-N CX04-0501 GD-199-X 1-15/16 2-7/8 12-11/16 4-7/8 1-7/8 1-1/2 1-1/8 CX04-0490 GD-1112-N CX04-0502 GD-1112-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 16-1/4 5-1/2 1-15/16 1-3/4 1-1/4 CX04-0491 GD-1125-N CX04-0503 GD-1125-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 17 5-5/8 1-15/16 1-13/16 Machined Series: Clevis Socket Assembly Self-Colored Steel Cad. Cat. A B C D E F 7/16 CX04-0572 PD-143-N CX04-0579 PD-143-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-19/32 1 1 1/2 CX04-0573 PD-150-N CX04-0580 PD-150-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-19/32 1 1 9/16 CX04-0574 PD-156-N CX04-0581 PD-156-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-11/64 1-1/4 1-3/16 5/8 CX04-0575 PD-162-N CX04-0582 PD-162-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-11/64 1-1/4 1-3/16 3/4 CX04-0576 PD-175-N CX04-0583 PD-175-X 1-7/16 3 10-3/16 3-11/16 1-1/2 1-3/8 7/8 CX04-0577 PD-187-N CX04-0584 PD-187-X 1-15/16 2-7/8 12-5/8 4-7/8 1-7/8 1-1/2 1 CX04-0578 PD-199-N CX04-0585 PD-199-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 15-1/2 5-5/8 1-7/8 1-13/16 NOTE: Extra Strength Fittings rated at 100% RBS of Extra-Improved Plow Steel Wire Rope. No. Ref. No. No. No. No. Ref. Esmet Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Cat. Cat. No. Clevis Assemblies Forged Series: Clevis Socket Assembly Self-Colored Steel Galvanized Steel Dimensions (inches) Rope CERTEX Esmet CERTEX Esmet Size Cat. A B C D E F G 1/16 CX04-0504 ID-106-N CX04-0521 ID-106-V CX04-0538 IS-106 CX04-0555 IZ-106 17/64 3/8 2-1/16 43/64 3/16 3/16 1/2 3/32 CX04-0505 ID-109-N CX04-0522 ID-109-V CX04-0539 IS-109 CX04-0556 IZ-109 5/16 1/2 2-7/16 13/16 1/4 1/4 5/8 1/8 CX04-0506 ID-112-N CX04-0523 ID-112-V CX04-0540 IS-112 CX04-0557 IZ-112 5/16 1/2 2-7/16 13/16 1/4 1/4 5/8 5/32 CX04-0507 ID-115-N CX04-0524 ID-115-V CX04-0541 IS-115 CX04-0558 IZ-115 3/8 5/8 2-31/32 63/64 5/16 5/16 3/4 3/16 CX04-0508 ID-118-N CX04-0525 ID-118-V CX04-0542 IS-118 CX04-0559 IZ-118 3/8 5/8 2-31/32 63/64 5/16 5/16 3/4 7/32 CX04-0509 ID-121-N CX04-0526 ID-121-V CX04-0543 IS-121 CX04-0560 IZ-121 15/32 3/4 3-23/32 1-9/64 3/8 3/8 15/16 1/4 CX04-0510 ID-125-N CX04-0527 ID-125-V CX04-0544 IS-125 CX04-0561 IZ-125 15/32 3/4 3-23/32 1-9/64 3/8 3/8 15/16 9/32 CX04-0511 ID-128-N CX04-0528 ID-128-V CX04-0545 IS-128 CX04-0562 IZ-128 17/32 7/8 4-1/4 1-19/64 3/8 7/16 1-1/16 5/16 CX04-0512 ID-131-N CX04-0529 ID-131-V CX04-0546 IS-131 CX04-0563 IZ-131 17/32 7/8 4-1/4 1-19/64 3/8 7/16 1-1/16 3/8 CX04-0513 ID-137-N CX04-0530 ID-137-V CX04-0547 IS-137 CX04-0564 IZ-137 5/8 1 4-27/32 1-31/64 7/16 1/2 1-3/16 7/16 CX04-0514 ID-143-N CX04-0531 ID-143-V CX04-0548 IS-143 CX04-0565 IZ-143 23/32 1-1/4 5-5/8 1-11/16 7/16 5/8 1-3/8 1/2 CX04-0515 ID-150-N CX04-0532 ID-150-V CX04-0549 IS-150 CX04-0566 IZ-150 51/64 1-3/8 6-11/32 1-59/64 1/2 11/16 1-9/16 9/16 CX04-0516 ID-156-N CX04-0533 ID-156-V CX04-0550 IS-156 CX04-0567 IZ-156 1-3/64 1-17/32 7-19/32 2-5/32 11/16 15/16 2 5/8 CX04-0517 ID-162-N CX04-0534 ID-162-V CX04-0551 IS-162 CX04-0568 IZ-162 1-3/64 1-17/32 7-19/32 2-5/32 11/16 15/16 2 3/4 CX04-0518 ID-175-N CX04-0535 ID-175-V CX04-0552 IS-175 CX04-0569 IZ-175 1-15/64 1-27/32 8-29/32 2-7/16 3/4 1-1/8 2-5/16 7/8 CX04-0519 ID-187-N CX04-0536 ID-187-V CX04-0553 IS-187 CX04-0570 IZ-187 1-7/16 1-7/8 10-3/16 2-47/64 13/16 1-1/4 2-5/8 1 CX04-0520 ID-199-N CX04-0537 ID-199-V CX04-0554 IS-199 CX04-0571 IZ-199 1-3/4 2-1/4 12 3-7/64 15/16 1-1/2 3 Extra Strength Series: Clevis Socket with Pin and Cotter Pin Self-Colored Steel Galvanized Steel Dimensions (inches) Rope CERTEX Cat. No. Ref. Cat. Cat. No. 4-21 . Inc. No. Ref. Esmet Cat. Cat. No. No. No. Cat. Esmet Cat. Cat. Esmet CERTEX Esmet Size Ref. Ref. No. Esmet Size No. Cat.

CERTEX Cat. wt. plus 1/8” stop 4 sleeves. No. Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging. 4. plus 1/8” stainless steel oval sleeves.5-3. All No. 5/16” stop sleeves. No. No. plus 3/32” stainless steel oval sleeves. Swages 1/32”. 000-1. 7/32” stop sleeves. 0 tools — 28” long. No. Ref. No. compact. 14” long. 3/16”. 0-3/32SC—swages 3/32” oval and 3/32”. 4-22 . 3/64”. 0-1/8SC—swages 1/8” oval and 5/32”. 000-WCI Hand Swager Small. 0-5/16 — swages 5/16” oval sleeves. 1/8” stop sleeves. 0-1/16SC—swages 1/16” oval and stop sleeves. swages 1/16” and 3/32” oval and stop sleeves. No. No. 5-function tool. Ref. CX04-1100 No. wt. Packaged in plastic pouch. CERTEX Cat. 0-3/64SC—swages 3/64” oval and stop sleeves. Ref. 0-5/32SC—swages 5/32” oval sleeves. swages sizes listed above plus 3/64” oval and stop sleeves. and 1/16” oval and stop sleeves. can be carried in your pocket. 0-SC tools—20” long. CERTEX Cat. All No. No. 9/32”. CX04-1103 No. 0-7/32 — swages 7/32” oval sleeves. 9” long. 0-9/32 — swages 9/32” oval sleeves. CX04-1102 No.2 lbs. 03-16SC—swages 3/16” oval sleeves. HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® CERTEX Cat. 0 Hand Swagers. Has built in cable cutter. plus 3/64” and 1/16” stainless steel oval sleeves. wt. 5 lbs. No. No. 2 lbs. CX04-1101 00-2-3SC Hand Swager. Ref. 12 oz. No. Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging. No. 0-SC Hand Swagers. ECONOMY MODEL. wt. No. 0-1/4 — swages 1/4” oval and 1/4”. No. Also available in three hole tool No.

51 Tool Tool Length . . . . .18-1/4˝ Shipping Weight . 4-23 . . . . 4 CERTEX Cat. . . . . 63 and 64 Tools Tool Length . 63V-XPM has three grooves and is used only with Oval Sleeves. . . . . . . .˝ The “C” groove is also used for the No. . . . . . For cable sizes 1/8. . CX04-1106 and CX04-1107 Types Nos. . . . .6 pounds These are multiple sleeve-pressing groove hand tools. . . .˝ 5/32˝ and 3/16. . . . CX04-1104 No. .˝ The No. No. . . .2-1/2 pounds A small hand tool with two sleeves pressing grooves in the head. . Ref. . . . . Ref. . . . HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® CERTEX Cat. . . .11 1/2˝ Shipping Weight . . . Range accommodated—3/64˝ through 7/32.20˝ Shipping Weight . .˝ CERTEX Cat. No. The No. . 64-CGMP has four grooves and is used for Oval Sleeves in the range of cable sizes from 1/16” through 5/32. . . . . . Ref. No. . . . . . . . . . 871-1-C Stop Sleeve. . . . It is used for splicing with Nicopress Oval and Stop Sleeves having “C” or “G” letters in their Stock Numbers. .5-1/4 pounds Each tool has a single sleeve pressing groove for the size of cable. . . . . 32-VC: VG Tool Tool Length . . . . CX04-1105 No.

Stock No.500 5/16" CX04-0852 871-26-F6 CX04-0864 3-F6-950 21/32" 60 11/16" 4. No. Cat. Stock No. **Holding strengths shown are based on use of galvanized aircraft cable. Ref. 1/32" CX04-0796 17-1-B CX04-0811 27-1-B CX04-0826 *17-BA 0. 1/32" CX04-0841 871-32-B CX04-0853 *17-BA 1/8" 3/4 1/4" 120 3/64" CX04-0842 871-12-B4 CX04-0854 51-B4-887 11/64" 1-1/2 7/32" 240 1/16" CX04-0843 871-1-C CX04-0855 51-C-887 13/64" 2 7/32" 430 1/16" CX04-0844 ***871-1-Q CX04-0856 51-Q-929 1/4" 2 5/32" 425 3/32" CX04-0845 871-17-J CX04-0857 51-MJ 21/64" 8 5/16" 600 (Yellow) 3/32" CX04-0846 ***871-3-Q CX04-0858 51-Q-929 1/4" 2 5/32" 550 1/8" CX04-0847 871-18-J CX04-0859 51-MJ 21/64" 8 5/16" 900 (Red) 5/32" CX04-0848 871-19-M CX04-0860 51-MJ 27/64" 13 5/16" 1. Ref.6 1/4" 5/16" 3/64" CX04-0797 18-11-B4 CX04-0812 28-11-B4 CX04-0827 51-B4-887 2 3/8" 7/16" 1/16" CX04-0798 18-1-C CX04-0813 28-1-C CX04-0828 51-C-887 3 3/8" 7/16" 4 3/32" 1/8" CX04-0799 CX04-0800 18-2-G 18-3-M CX04-0814 CX04-0815 28-2-G 28-3-M CX04-0829 CX04-0830 51-G-887 51-M-850 5 17 3/8" 9/16" 7/16" 3/4" 5/32" CX04-0801 18-4-P CX04-0816 28-4-P CX04-0831 51-P-850 23 5/8" 7/8" 3/16" CX04-0802 18-6-X CX04-0817 28-6-X CX04-0832 51-X-850 49 15/16" 1-3/16" 7/32" CX04-0803 18-8-F2 CX04-0818 28-8-F2 CX04-0833 51-F2-850 56 7/8" 1-1/16" 1/4" CX04-0804 18-10-F6 CX04-0819 28-10-F6 CX04-0834 3-F6-950 80 1-1/8" 1-1/2" 5/16" CX04-0805 18-13-G9 CX04-0820 28-13-G9 CX04-0835 3-G9-950 114 1-1/16" 1-3/8" NO. Approx. of Sleeve Lbs. Lbs. Ref. No. No. Ref. 4-24 . No. Stock No. Ref. Approx. ***Electro Galvanized Steel Sleeves. Approx. Sleeve **Typical Weight Length Holding Nicopress Nicopress Outside per 1000 Before Strength of Cable CERTEX Stop Sleeve CERTEX Hand Tool Diameter Sleeves Compressed Stop Sleeve Size Cat. Lbs.600 (Black) 7/32" CX04-0850 871-22-M CX04-0862 51-MJ 7/16" 20 5/8" 2. 635 Hydraulic Tool Dies 3/8" CX04-0806 18-23-H5 CX04-0821 28-23-H5 CX04-0836 Oval H5 153 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 7/16" CX04-0807 18-24-J8 CX04-0822 28-24-J8 CX04-0837 Oval J8 302 1-3/4" 2-5/16" 1/2" CX04-0808 18-25-K8 CX04-0823 28-25-K8 CX04-0838 Oval K8 410 1-7/8" 2-1/12" 9/16" CX04-0809 18-27-M1 CX04-0824 28-27-M1 CX04-0839 Oval M1 551 2" 2-5/8" 5/8" CX04-0810 18-28-N5 CX04-0825 28-28-N5 CX04-0840 Oval N5 802 2-3/8" 3-1/8" *Formerly 17:1 Tool Copper Stop Sleeves Nicopress Stop Sleeve Finished Stop Approx. HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® Copper Oval Sleeves Nicopress Oval Sleeve Finished Eye Splice Oval Sleeve Stock No. Approx. Cat.000 *Formerly 17:1 Tool. No.200 3/16" CX04-0849 871-20-M CX04-0861 51-MJ 27/64" 12 5/16" 1. Sleeve Sleeve Plain Copper Zinc-Plated Copper Hand Tool Weight Length Length per 1000 Before After Cable CERTEX Nicopress CERTEX Nicopress CERTEX Nicopress Sleeves Compressed Compressed Size Cat. Stock No. Cat.500 1/4" CX04-0851 871-23-F6 CX04-0863 3-F6-950 21/32" 60 11/16" 3. Stock No.

Ref. NUMBER SLEEVES COMPRESSION No. Stock No. Ref.) Length Length Sleeve Single Groove Multi-Groove Number 635 per 1000 Before After Cable CERTEX Stock CERTEX Hand Tool CERTEX Hand Tool CERTEX Hydraulic Sleeves Compression Compression Size Cat. No. HYDRAULIC SIZE No. No. Ref. Tool Die Approx. STOCK PER 1000 BEFORE Cat. SWAGING SLEEVES Nicopress® Tin Plated Copper Oval Sleeves for Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable *NICOPRESS TOOLS Nicopress Weight Sleeve Sleeve Oval Nicopress Nicopress Nicopress (lbs. Approx. Ref. 3/64" CX04-0865 428-1.5-VB4 1-1/2 3/8" CX04-0922 51-B4-887 CX04-0928 OVAL B4 1/16" CX04-0914 168-2-VB4 1-1/2 3/8" CX04-0923 51-B4-887 CX04-0929 OVAL B4 3/32" CX04-0915 168-3-VC 2-1/4 3/8" CX04-0924 51-C-887 CX04-0930 OVAL C 1/8" CX04-0916 168-4-VG 3-3/4 3/8" CX04-0925 51-G-887 CX04-0931 OVAL G 5/32" CX04-0917 168-5-VM 14 23/32" CX04-0926 51-M-850 CX04-0932 OVAL M 3/16" CX04-0918 168-6-VP 17 3/4" CX04-0927 51-P-850 CX04-0933 OVAL P 7/32" CX04-0919 168-7-VX 31 7/8" CX04-0934 OVAL X 1/4" CX04-0920 168-8-VF2 44 1-1/8" CX04-0935 OVAL F2 Conform to military standard (MS-51844) *Information on power press dies for high speed production will be furnished upon request. Ref. Ref. Approx.5-VB4 CX04-0879 51-B4-887 CX04-0888 33V-CGB4 CX04-0898 OVAL B4 2 3/8" 7/16" CX04-0888 33V-CGB4 1/16" CX04-0866 428-2-VC CX04-0880 51-C-887 CX04-0899 OVAL C 3 3/8" 7/16" CX04-0890 64-CGMP CX04-0888 33V-CGB4 3/32" CX04-0867 428-3-VG CX04-0881 51-G-887 CX04-0900 OVAL G 6 3/8" 7/16" CX04-0890 64-CGMP CX04-0890 64-CGMP 1/8" CX04-0868 428-4-VM CX04-0882 51-M-850 CX04-0901 OVAL M 17 9/16" 3/4" CX04-0894 63-XPM CX04-0890 64-CGMP 5/32" CX04-0869 428-5-VP CX04-0883 51-P-850 CX04-0902 OVAL P 23 5/8" 7/8" CX04-0894 63-XPM 3/16" CX04-0870 428-6-VX CX04-0884 51-X-850 CX04-0894 63-XPM CX04-0903 OVAL X 49 15/16" 1-3/16" 7/32" CX04-0871 428-7-VF2 CX04-0885 51-F2-850 CX04-0904 OVAL F2 59 7/8" 1-1/16" 4 1/4" CX04-0872 428-8-VF6 CX04-0886 3-F6-950 CX04-0905 OVAL F6 81 1" 1-3/8" 5/16" CX04-0873 428-10-VG9 CX04-0887 3-G9-950 CX04-0906 OVAL G9 120 1-1/16" 1-3/8" 3/8" CX04-0874 428-12-VH5 CX04-0907 OVAL H5 155 1-3/16" 1-1/2" 7/16" CX04-0875 428-14-VJ8 CX04-0908 OVAL J8 310 1-3/4" 2-5/16" 1/2" CX04-0876 428-16-VK8 CX04-0909 OVAL K8 420 1-7/8" 2-9/16" 9/16" CX04-0877 428-18-VM1 CX04-0910 OVAL M1 565 2" 2-13/16" 5/8" CX04-0878 428-20-VN5 CX04-0911 OVAL N5 822 2-3/8" 3-1/4" The 428 Series oval sleeves are made from special materials and are specifically designed for use with stainless steel aircraft cable. Cat. Stainless Steel Oval Sleeves NICOPRESS OVAL SLEEVES NICOPRESS TOOL SELECTION APPROX. HAND NUMBER CERTEX SLEEVE (LBS) LENGTH CERTEX TOOL CERTEX 635 CABLE Cat. No. Cat. Number Cat. STOCK Cat. 4-25 . Nicopress Nicopress Nicopress WEIGHT APPROX. TOOL DIE 1/32" CX04-0912 168-1-VB 1/2 1/4" CX04-0921 31-B 3/64" CX04-0913 168-1. No. Ref. NO. Stock No. No. The tin plating gives this Nicopress sleeve a distinctive appearance.

tight thumbled eyes quickly and precisely every time. 4-26 . 7/16" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 0. No ture resistance. splicing. SWAGING SLEEVES ESCO® Corporation Stainless Steel Swage Sleeves Duplex sleeves High initial ductility allows ESCO stainless steel to flow ESCO Stainless Steel Duplex Sleeves allow for easy evenly around the wire rope during swaging.26" 5/8" OC 3/4" CX04-1117 1.52" 1/4" OC 5/16" CX04-1111 0. No. 7/8" 9/16" 3/4" 1" 0. • Use two-piece sleeves for 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝ wire rope.. for total adjustment of eye size. and gripping strength plus extremely high crack and frac.15 lb. 1-3/8" 3/4" 1-1/8" 1-9/16" 0.15 lb. 3-1/16" 1-7/16" 2-1/8" 3-3/8" 1. One-piece Duplex Sleeves Rope CERTEX Weight Before Swage After Swage Die Size Cat.00" 1/2" OC 9/16" CX04-1115 0. stainless steel is corrosion-resistant. 3-5/16" 1-5/8" 2-1/2" 3-3/4" 1. I.C. If other 4 constructions of wire rope are used with these fittings. the fabricator should make up and test sample assemblies to make sure they will perform adequately in the entended application. Each Length (L) Width (A) Height (B) Length Diameter Description 1/8" CX04-1108 1/2 oz. E. WARNING! All ESCO swage sleeves are designed for use with 6x19 class or 6x37 class. each sleeve in open-channel dies. Make grommets.30 lb.50 lb. on-the-job durability. 219.75" 7/8" OC 1" CX04-1119 2. For complete instructions on how to install and swage ESCO Sleeves. wire rope manufactured to U.W.00" 1/2" OC 1/2" CX04-1114 0.75" 3/8" OC 3/8" CX04-1112 0.P. refer to ESCO Swage Instructions. 2" 1" 1-7/16" 2-1/4" 1.75" 3/8" OC 7/16" CX04-1113 0.26" 5/8" OC 5/8" CX04-1116 0. specifications. No die changes. plain eyes.I. Ref.00 lb.50 lbs. • Use one-piece sleeves for 1/8˝ to 1˝ wire rope Plus.32 lb. ESCO stainless steel work-hardens more All ESCO Stainless Steel Sleeves swage in two to three than any other swaging steel to provide toughness and pressings. 3-3/8" 1-7/8" 2-7/8" 3-13/16" 2.10 lbs. right regular lay. 1/2" 3/8" 9/16" 9/16" 0. During swaging.60 lb. 1-3/4" 1" 1-7/16" 1-15/16" 1.52" 3/4" OC 7/8" CX04-1118 1.03" 1" OC OC = Open Channel Die WARNING Never exceed the Working Load Limit stated by the wire rope manufacturer. 2-1/4" 1-3/16" 1-3/4" 2-1/2" 1.S. 1-1/2" 3/4" 1-1/8" 1-7/8" 0.R.25" 1/8" OC 3/16" CX04-1109 1/2 oz. Manual No. 2-3/8" 1-1/4" 1-13/16" 2-5/8" 1.38" 3/16" OC 1/4" CX04-1110 1/2 oz.

4-27 . 2-7/8" 3-3/16" 5" 3-1/4" 3. No. 1-1/4" 1-3/16" 1-11/16" 1-7/16" 1.52" 3/4" OC 7/8" CX04-1124 0. 1-3/16" 1-3/8" 2-1/8" 1-7/16" 1. 2-1/2" 2-13/16" 4-7/16" 2-7/8" 3. 1-9/16" 1-3/4" 2-3/4" 1-13/16" 2.50" 1-1/4" OC 1-1/2" CX04-1129 2 lbs.5 lbs. 2-3/8" 2-13/16" 4-5/16" 2-3/4" 3.25" 1-1/8" OC 1-1/4" CX04-1127 2 lbs.38" 2-1/2" OC OC = Open Channel Die WARNING Never exceed the Working Load Limit stated by the wire rope manufacturer. 3-1/8" 3-3/4" 5-11/16" 3-5/8" 4. 3-1/8" 4" 6-3/8" 3-5/8" 4. Weight Each Before Swage After Swage Die Description 4 Length (L) Width (A) Height (B) Length Diameter 1/2" CX04-1120 0. 1" 15/16" 1-3/8" 1-1/8" 1.68 lb.26" 5/8" OC 5/8" CX04-1122 0.5 lbs.5 lbs.00" 2-1/4" OC 2-1/2" CX04-1134 7.26" 5/8" OC 3/4" CX04-1123 0. 1" 1-5/16" 1-13/16" 1-3/16" 1.50" 1-1/4" OC 1-3/8" CX04-1128 2 lbs.75" 7/8" OC 1" CX04-1125 0. 1-3/8" 1-11/16" 2-1/2" 1-5/8" 1.14 lb.96 lb.03" 1" OC 1-1/8" CX04-1126 1. 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3-7/8" 2-5/8" 2.28 lb. 2-1/8" 2-5/16" 3-9/16" 2-1/2" 2. 1-7/8" 2" 3-3/16" 2-1/8" 2.32 lb.50" 2" OC 2-1/4" CX04-1133 6. SWAGING SLEEVES ESCO® Corporation Stainless Steel Sleeves for Duplex Eyes Two-piece Duplex Sleeves Rope Size CERTEX Cat.06" 1-3/4" OC 2" CX04-1132 4.3 lbs. 2-1/8" 2-3/8" 3-5/16" 2-1/2" 2.00" 1/2" OC 9/16" CX04-1121 0.69" 1-1/2" OC 1-5/8" CX04-1130 3 lbs. Ref.44 lb.06" 1-3/4" OC 1-3/4" CX04-1131 3 lbs.

The C-108 will cut virtually any material including steel rods up to 5/16˝ diameter and tempered steel spring wires up to 1/4˝ diameter. CX04-1136 Type C-108Type C-112 Type C-112 — Like the C-108. Weight: 4. Ref. Type C-16 — Capacity: 5/8˝ diameter and smaller.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work. This coupled with Swiss precision blades make the C-112 and the C-108 amazingly easy to use. CX04-1140 Type C-108CB Base CB Base for Bench Mounting C-12 and C-16 Cutters — Simply remove one handle from your C-12 or C-16 Cutter. Weight: 8. CERTEX Cat.25 lbs.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work. Inexpensive insurance for that rare time when a mast breaks. stays. Ref. No. CX04-1137 / Type C-108Type C-12 CERTEX Cat. Length: 19. No. No. No.˝ Weight: 3 lbs.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work. Ref. CX04-1138 / Type C-108Type C-16 CERTEX Cat. all parts protected against rust and salt water.5 lbs. CX04-1139 / Type C-108Type C-16E Type C-12 — Capacity: 3/8˝ diameter and smaller. Length: 23.˝ Weight: 5 lbs. Length: 29˝ IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out. The C-112 will handle a maximum capacity of 1/2˝ hi-tensile strands. IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out. CERTEX Cat. CX04-1135 Type C-108 Type C-108 — Simple construction. Designed as an indispensable part of boat equipment. and other rigging of hi-tensile wire rope or cable up to 5/16˝ diameter. Ref.˝ Length: 23.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.˝ Weight: 5 lbs. 4-28 . bolt on our base and your portable cutter has been converted to a stationary bench mounted cutter. Ref. Especially suited for quick easy cutting of shrouds. halyards. No. this cutter also has maximum force transmission which applies the maximum leverage just at the right moment. No. Ref. Length: 22˝ 4 IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out. CERTEX Cat. Type C-16E Electrical Cable Cutter — Cuts ACSR cable up to 3/4. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Loos & Co. IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out. CERTEX Cat.

4-29 . No. CX04-1141 Model 1A Model 1 SPECIFICATIONS:All are portable. Model Capacity Height Base Weight CX04-1141 1 3/4" 6" 3-1/2" 7 lbs. Ref. Up to 1-1/2˝ — use Model 2. Ref. No. Ref. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. a cut without affecting the original roundness of the wire rope. they are simple to For Cutting Wire Rope: operate. No. CX04-1143 Model 2 CERTEX Cat. Ref. These cutters are precision engineered to deliver job-cutting. The blades and dies are made of the best tool steel Up to 1-1/16˝ — use Model 1A. CX04-1142 CERTEX Cat. available. CX04-1143 2 1-1/2" 9" 7-3/4" 28 lbs. No. and do a superior cutting job with only a few Up to 3/4˝ — Model 1 designed for occasional on-the- blows. CX04-1142 1A 1-1/16" 7" 6-1/4" 15 lbs. Impact Type (Hammer Action) 4 CERTEX Cat. Actuated by striking with a hammer. Firm base required for operation. CERTEX Cat. heat treated and ground to close tolerances.

1 4 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Ref. 1A CERTEX Cat. Impact Type (Hammer Action) CERTEX Cat. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. 4-30 . CX04-1142 / Model No. 2 WARNING Wear safety goggles. No. use cable bands and read instruction sheet before using this tool. Ref. CX04-1143 / Model No. CX04-1141 / Model No. No.

Casting Base CX04-0955 132 21 lbs. Galvanized CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX Cat. Cat. Impact Type (Hammer Action) Model No. Blade (With Pin) CX04-0940 105 2 oz. CX04-1144 3/16" CX04-1147 1/4" CX04-1150 5/16" CX04-1153 3/8" CX04-1156 7/16" CX04-1159 1/2" CX04-1145 9/16" CX04-1148 5/8" CX04-1151 11/16" CX04-1154 3/4" CX04-1157 13/16" CX04-1160 7/8" CX04-1146 15/16" CX04-1149 1" CX04-1152 1-1/8" CX04-1155 1-1/4" CX04-1158 1-3/8" CX04-1161 1-1/2" 4-31 . Guard CX04-0952 128 2 oz. Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0942 107 1 oz. Guard CX04-0961 138 3 oz. No. No. Die (Set) CX04-0948 124 7 oz. Cat. Weight Cutter Complete CX04-0936 101 8 lbs. Part Packed Description No. Blade (With Pin) CX04-0958 135 5 oz. 2 (Extra Heavy Duty) Morse CERTEX Part Packed Description Cat. Blade Pin Only CX04-0959 136 1 oz. Ref. No. Ref. Cat. All bands packed and sold in boxes of 50 of a single size only. Ref. Blade Pin Only CX04-0941 106 1 oz. and may be made in 20 seconds with an ordinary pair of pliers. Plunger CX04-0947 123 4 lbs. Cat. Application of the band is simple. Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0960 137 1 oz. Cat. Weight Description No. Part Packed Cat. 1A (Light Duty) (Heavy Duty) CERTEX Morse CERTEX Morse Cat. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Weight Cutter Complete CX04-0954 131 28 lbs. Warning Decals CX04-0962 139 Morse-Starrett Cable Bands Designed for use with the Morse-Starrett cutter. Ref. Casting Base CX04-0946 122 12 lbs. Cutter Complete CX04-0945 121 17 lbs. Guard CX04-0943 108 1 oz. requires no special tools. No. No. CABLE BANDS: Steel. No. No. Blade (With Pin) CX04-0949 125 2 oz. Ref. 1 Model No. No. No. Casting Base CX04-0937 102 4 lbs. 4 Warning Decals CX04-0944 109 Warning Decals CX04-0953 129 Model No. Die (Set) CX04-0957 134 10 oz. Ref. Ref. Note: Each size rope requires a band of corresponding size. Ref. Blade Pin Only CX04-0950 126 1 oz. Plunger CX04-0938 103 3 lbs. Die (Set) CX04-0939 104 4 oz. No. The band is a sheet of pliable but very tough steel indented with a groove and lock seam at one edge and is made in lengths and sizes to fit various sized cable up to 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0951 127 1 oz. Ref. Plunger CX04-0956 133 7 lbs.

CX04-1163 P 1-1/8" 14" x 4-1/8" x 7" high 34 lbs. Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated) 4 Lift latch to open. No. Hydrashears are used by earth-moving and construction contractors. Insert wire rope. Just pump the handle {78} no outside power needed. The blades and shear blades are made of the finest tool steel available. CX04-1164 C 1-3/4" 18-1/2" x 5" x 8" high 66 lbs. heat treated and ground to close tolerances. Close latch. as well as superior performance. CERTEX Cat. All models will operate underwater. It can be easily carried to the job. and used by industries throughout the world. rigging lofts. which means long life. clean cut with minimum effort. Ref. 4-32 . factory warehouses. elevator repair- men. Three models available. and placed anywhere to do its work. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Model Capacity Dimensions Weight CX04-1162 W 3/4" 12" x 3-5/8" x 6" high 21 lbs. portable Hydrashear is a self-contained hydraulic cable cutter recommended by wire rope manufactur- ers. This tool is precision engineered to give a good. Pump handle This efficient.

Ref. Guard Screws (2) 13. Hinge Pin CX04-0966 W6 CX04-0981 P6 CX04-0997 C6 7. Ref. WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. P Cat. Bail 50. Ref. CX04-1165 #61 STANDARD REPAIR KIT includes: 14. Check Valve Plug 35. Suction Valve Spring 28. Ram Cup Leather Retainer CX04-0971 W15 CX04-0986 P15 CX04-1002 C15 33. No. W Cat. Handle Hinge Bolt 39. Handle Grip 42. Air Vent Valve 30. Ref. No. Ram Cup Leather 21. Ref. Ram CX04-0967 W7 CX04-0982 P7 CX04-0998 C7 8. No. Standard Repair Kit CX04-0976 W61 CX04-0992 P61 CX04-1008 C61 62. Cover Plate CX04-0970 W11 CX04-0985 P11 CX04-1001 C11 15. Standard Repair Kit 4-33 . Bypass Valve N/A CX04-0991 P60 CX04-1007 C60 61. Plunger 17. Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated) Model W P C 4 HYDRASHEAR REPLACEMENT PARTS PART CERTEX MODEL CERTEX MODEL CERTEX MODEL NO. CX04-1166 #62 OVERHAUL KIT includes #61 Standard Repair Kit and all parts listed below: 12. Guard Plate 16. Check Valve Gasket 22. Check Valve Spring 23. Packing Nut 26. Suction Valve Plug 37. Blade Pin CX04-0965 W5 CX04-0980 P5 CX04-0996 C5 6. Pump Handle CX04-0973 W36 CX04-0988 P36 CX04-1004 C36 38. Suction Valve Gasket 32. Release Valve 19. Ram Collar Screws (3) 46. No. Cover Gasket 20. Packing Nut Wrench CERTEX Cat. Plunger Packing Set 18. No. Plunger End Packing 47. Ram Retracting Spring CX04-0969 W10 CX04-0984 P10 CX04-1000 C10 11. Overhaul Kit CX04-0977 W62 CX04-0993 P62 CX04-1009 C62 Items listed in the Standard Repair Kit and Overhaul Kit must be purchased in kit form only. Latch Pin CX04-0974 W38 CX04-0989 P38 CX04-1005 C38 43. Ball Suction Valve 27. Latch CX04-0972 W33 CX04-0987 P33 CX04-1003 C33 36. Ball Check Valve 24. Plunger Packing Screw 44. Die Set CX04-0963 W1 CX04-0978 P1 CX04-0994 C1 4. Blade CX04-0964 W4 CX04-0979 P4 CX04-0995 C4 5. Snap Rings (4) 61. CERTEX Cat. Ram Collar CX04-0968 W8 CX04-0983 P8 CX04-0999 C8 10. Shear Blade Holder CX04-0975 W43 CX04-0990 P43 CX04-1006 C43 60. Cover Plate Screws (3) 31. DESCRIPTION Cat. C 1. Lock Nut 24. Ram Retainer Screw 34. Release Valve Retainer 40.

. nick. nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel. • Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop the load. Note: A latch will not Figure 3). • Eye hooks. A Crosby 319. the hook and threads should be periodically • The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or inspected by Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. 10.) degrees out of plane from the hook body. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group. and the included angle gouge. type anchor shackle should be used to attach the legs of the sling to the hook. nick. e. or 322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when secured with bolt. or greater than 45 degrees. Warnings and Application Instructions Zone A: Repair Not Required Side Load Back Load Tip Load Zone B: 10% of Original Dimension Wrong Zone C: 5% of Original Dimension Figure 2 Zone D: See Minimum Thread Size Chart Figure 1 5 Right Wrong Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Important Safety Information— • Never side load. following the contour Figure 5). • Never repair. etc. A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 Latch attached (when secured with cotter pin or bolt. or tip load a hook.) • A visual periodic inspection for cracks.g. MSHA. (Note: When using latches.) Insurance. provided that the reduced dimension is • See ANSI/ASME B30. ANSI/ASME B30. or bending. (See Read and Follow Figure 2. Inc. or more than (2) legs. Figure 4). Hooks with a crack. • Never apply more force than the hook’s assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating. heating. • Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook. of the hook. The load must never be supported by the latch. (Note: Some disassembly may be required. rework. WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not • Remove from service any hook with a crack. make sure the shown in Figure 1. • See OSHA Rule 1926. • Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is sup- • For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating porting a load. (See other way distorted or bent. or is in any • Always make sure the hook supports the load. alter. 5-1 . OSHA. Efficiency of documented inspection program. or whose tip has been bent more than 10 for further information. 320. in ANSI B30. tion. a master link or bolt ing. The latch must never support the load (See work properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook. * For angles greater than 90 degrees. back load. nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel. or gouge shall be between the legs does not exceed 90 degrees* (See repaired by grinding lengthwise. safety codes. should be conducted assembly may be reduced when used with synthetic by trained personnel in compliance with the schedule material. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death.550(g) for personnel hoisting by cranes or derricks. nicks. loads. burning. see instruc- • Never use a hook whose throat opening has been tions in “Understanding: The Crosby Group Warnings” increased. wear. • Hook must always support the load.10 “Hooks” for additional informa- within the limits shown in Figure 1. shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive to be used with wire rope or chain. or reshape a hook by weld.

WLL 2.50 2 3/4-8 un 2 3/4-8 un SC SA — 30 45 — 3. after cleanup.5 2 1 . Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart† Hook Identification Working Load Limit Maximum Minimum Thread Size (tons) Shank 319-C 319-A 319-C 319-A Diameter 320-CN 320-AN 320-CN 320-AN after 320-C 320-A 320-C 320-A Machining 319-C 319-A (Alloy) 322-C 322-A 319-B 322-C 322-A 319-B (in.5 . 5-2 .66 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc HC HA HB 2 3 1. • Hook shanks are not intended to be drilled and internally threaded. (B) the type of application. Inc.5/5 2.4 . • Consult the Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart (See below) for the minimum thread size for assigned Working Load Limits (WLL). SWL 4. that could be expected after allowing for straightness.62 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc GC GA GB 1.81 3/4-10 unc 3/4-10 unc IC IA IB 3 *4.27 1 1/8-7 unc 1 1/8-7 unc KC KA KB 7.00 2-8 un 2-8 un OC OA OB 20 30 13 2.5 11 5.5 .12 — 4 1/2-8 un — XA — — 150 — 6. or (C) the means of attachment to the power source or load.) (Carbon) 319-B (Bronze) DC DA DB .0 1. • The minimum thread length engaged in the nut should not be less than (1) thread diameter.0 1. Rated Load Value 3.38 — 5 1/2-8 un — YA — — 200 — 7. Resultant Safe Working Load. • The maximum diameter is the largest diameter. unless noted otherwise.00 — 6 1/4-8 un — ZA — — 300 — 8.6 . HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.00 3 1/4-8 un 3 1/2-8 un UC UA — 50 75 — 4.† • Remove from service any Hook which has threads corroded more than 20% of the nut engaged length. • Hook shanks are not intended to be swaged on wire rope or rod. with respect to the centerline of the product.03 7/8-9 unc 7/8-9 unc JC JA JB 5 7 3.50 2 1/4-8 un 2 1/4-8 un PC PA — 25 37 — 3. (A) the quality of machining.62 — 7 1/2-8 un * 320-AN is rated at 5 tons † Working Load Limit—The maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to support in general service when the pull is applied in-line.50 3-8 un 3-8 un TC TA — 40 60 — 4.53 1/2-13 unc 1/2-13 unc FC FA FB 1 1. The term is used interchangeably with the followiing terms: 1.75 1 5/8-8 un 1 5/8-8 un NC NA NB 15 22 10 2. • Crosby cannot assume responsibility for.5 1.5 1.75 1 .50 3 3/4-8 un 4-4 unc — WA — — 100 — 6. etc. Safe Working Load 5.52 1 1/4-7 unc 1 3/8-6 unc LC LA LB 10 15 6. • All threads must be Class 2 or better. Basic Machining and Thread Information Minimum Thread Size Maximum Shank Diameter • Wrong thread and/or shank size can cause stripping and loss of load. 5 pits.

Ref. 72. the product which address two (2) QUIC- CHECK™ features: Deformation Indicators—Two strategically placed marks. 134. To check. use a measuring device (i. S.00 50 75 — UC UA — CX05-0019 1024581 CX05-0038 1025009 — — Long 426. Hook I. S. * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit.D.. .00 15 22 10 NC NA NB CX05-0009 †1028581 CX05-0028 †1028783 CX05-0052 †1028972 Std. Inc. 390. one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip.00 2 3 1.5 times Working Load Limit. No. 3.00 — 100 — — WA — — — CX05-0039 1025027 — — Std.25 7-1/2 11 5 KC KA KB CX05-0007 †1028563 CX05-0026 †1028765 CX05-0050 †1028954 Std. 7. 1390.C.5 DC DA DB CX05-0001 †1028505 CX05-0020 †1028701 CX05-0044 †1028900 Std. SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-3 . 18. thus indicating abuse or overload.These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs. No.49 10 15 6-1/2 LC LA LB CX05-0008 †1028572 CX05-0027 †1028774 CX05-0051 †1028963 Std.6 FC FA FB CX05-0002 †1028514 CX05-0021 †1028710 CX05-0045 †1028909 Std.75 1-1/2 2 1 GC GA GB CX05-0003 †1028523 CX05-0022 †1028723 CX05-0046 †1028918 Std. the hook should be inspected further for possible damage. Cat. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.5 times the Working Load Limit. 319-C 319-A Crosby Crosby 319CN 319AN Carbon Alloy Crosby 320-C 320-A S-319-C S-319-A Bronze Shank** Weight 320-CN 320AN CERTEX S-319CN CERTEX S-319AN CERTEX S-319-B Length Each Carbon Alloy Bronze 322-C 322-A 319-BN Cat.00 50 75 — UC UA — CX05-0018 1024563 CX05-0037 1024983 — — Std. 1020. 5 Working Load Limit* Hook Identification Shank Hooks (tons) Code Stock No.00 20 30 — OC OA — CX05-0011 1024402 CX05-0030 1024821 — — Long 85.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to deter- mine if the throat opening has changed.00 30 45 — SC SA — CX05-0014 1024466 CX05-0033 1024885 — — Std. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.00 30 45 — SC SA — CX05-0015 1024484 CX05-0034 1024901 — — Long 214. If the measurement does not meet this S-319 N criteria.50 1 1-1/2 . HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.) 3/4 1 . 1. 35. .00 — 300 — — ZA — — — CX05-0043 1025090 — — Std.C. Alloy Shank hooks 30 ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.00 40 60 — TC TA — CX05-0016 1024509 CX05-0035 1024929 — — Std. 13. Ref. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Ref. Cat.00 — 200 — — YA — — — CX05-0042 1025081 — — Std. Shank Hooks Patented trademark indicates Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into QUIC-CHECK™ product.00 — 100 — — WA — — — CX05-0040 1025045 — — Long 675.82 3 5 2 IC IA IB CX05-0005 †1028541 CX05-0024 †1028741 CX05-0048 †1028936 Std.50 25 37 — PC PA — CX05-0012 1024420 CX05-0031 1024849 — — Std. Codes: A—Alloy Steel. Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. No. Type (lbs. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.4 HC HA HB CX05-0004 †1028532 CX05-0023 †1028732 CX05-0047 †1028927 Std.e.00 40 60 — TC TA — CX05-0017 1024545 CX05-0036 1024965 — — Long 312.C.69 5 7 3-1/2 JC JA JB CX05-0006 †1028550 CX05-0025 †1028750 CX05-0049 †1028945 Std. 735. S. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit. 1.00 ** See column "Y" on next page for actual length. 268. 610. † New 319N Style Hook.00 — 150 — — XA — — — CX05-0041 1025063 — — Std. tape S-319 measure) to measure the distance between the marks.33 20 30 — OC OA — CX05-0010 1024386 CX05-0029 1024803 — — Std.00 25 37 — PC PA — CX05-0013 1024448 CX05-0032 1024867 — — Long 172. C—Carbon Steel. B—Bronze High Strength. 182.

84 .59 2. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.19 4.00 4.00 6.00 8.50 42.62 41.00 20.38 .50 20.44 36.75 6.34 3.00 6.14 .88 2.35 .44 6.94 6.25 20.00 11.00 15.25 .00 5.38 6.00 4.56 5.06 — 4.56 3.53 19.62 12.78 9.12 — 3.81 41.63 † 2.37 2.94 7.50 4.00 3.00 1.71 5.12 — 4.84 1.44 2.00 15.50 P 14.63 1.00 K 7.00 7.50 O 13. • Available in carbon steel.72 43.86 1.00 1.41 2.62 7. alloy steel.44 3.69 4.00 5.D. Available 3/4 to 300 tons.56 5.41 7.94 .00 X 24.12 6.69 4.00 18.50 1.50 17.75 — 4.22 5.73 .59 1.00 3.25 6.38 18.00 6.93 1.5 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.12 10.00 2.62 5.00 † Dimensions shown are for S-4320 Latch kits. Indicator Code D F G H J K L M O P R T X†† Y Z AA D 2.00 Z 30.00 12.38 18.69 — 6.88 2. SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-4 .00 U 20.12 — 3.00 6.00 O 13.97 .72 2.00 4.00 7.03 .50 1.88 5.69 16.62 1.19 6. †† Dimension before machining (as forged). • Load Rating code stamped on each hook.50 4.75 6.00 5.00 7.62 32.60 2.59 9.75 4.63 14.69 1. Shank Hook dimension with PL Latch Assembled Dimensions (in.78 1.00 I 4.00 45.00 11.16 3.75 4.75 3. careful forging.00 6.47 3.77 1.41 1.38 † 3.06 5.81 15.00 4. • Quenched and Tempered.00 T 18.00 7.50 4. Alloy Shank hooks 30 ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.25 2.44 3. and bronze.00 T 18.50 48.00 24.25 3.56 3.00 6.65 2.16 1.78 2.66 2.56 5.50 10.41 3.00 5.16 2.44 † 1.41 3.00 13.00 L 8.50 15.00 7.06 5.12 — 4.00 8.94 2.81 8.06 2. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits.59 9.50 4.97 .50 14.78 9.96 2.28 2.00 4.43 1.38 4.81 15.44 3.81 2.25 3.00 9.62 4.19 .68 .38 12.25 .38 1.50 9.50 7.22 2.93 .41 5.00 P 14.12 18. * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit.62 7.09 — 3.50 5.78 3.38 12.12 6.82 2.) Hook Deformation I.00 4.54 3.81 4.12 9.69 7.81 49.25 6.63 † .97 2.72 34.88 2.76 1. and precision controlled quench and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk.62 4.69 7.16 — 5.94 1.00 7.00 3.69 7.00 6.41 7.00 4.34 1.00 N 10.06 .13 † 1. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.00 15.38 6.50 2.84 1.81 6.00 2.25 5.00 7.00 H 4.71 † .59 4.25 22.00 4.16 1.75 4.25 2.12 14.14 1.59 2.00 5.60 7.38 6.96 6.31 1.16 .00 5.25 3. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.50 5.94 8.00 50.25 9.00 1.59 .44 47.88 12. Inc.12 10.00 15.25 8.85 1.81 8.34 4.62 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.50 W 23.50 U 20.50 10.47 1.52 1.00 23.59 .50 8. latch asemblies can be added.62 2.00 8.88 5. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.16 1.56 — 4.88 8.35 .00 11. Even years after purchase of the 5 original hook.69 4.16 — 5.88 5.94 4.50 10.00 4.00 23.50 4.50 2.50 1.50 8.00 3.88 5.62 5.50 17.00 3.00 G 3.88 4.63 5.63 1.53 1.00 W 23.06 5.94 † 2.00 7.50 5.88 † 1.63 5.12 14.44 1.53 19.00 8.14 .31 8.38 12.88 4.50 J 6.06 1.38 7.12 — 3.44 6.25 18.46 1.50 3.00 21.00 4.00 19. Simply purchase the latch assemblies listed and shown on following pages.81 .44 3.88 6. • Proper design.94 † 1.00 12.75 9.25 8.26 2.75 4.62 4.00 S 15. • Every Crosby Shank Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch.50 — 5.00 7.75 11.38 16.69 23.50 5.12 — 3.09 — 3.06 5.63 2.00 S 15.00 11.63 14.00 Y 26.00 31.84 2.50 7.56 3.38 4.25 54.97 .75 3.14 2. Shank Hooks • The most complete line of shank hoist hooks.66 10.50 18.50 26. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.38 12.06 .00 3.50 F 3.01 3.25 13.00 24.38 16.19 13.

• Eye hooks are load rated. meets the intent of OSHA Rule • Every Crosby Eye Hook has a pre-drilled cam which 1926.. mate other included angles between two sling legs. Eye Hooks OLD NEW The 320N has a new cross section that S-320N S-320 enhances overall performance 5 Eye Hook dimensions with PL Latch Assembled All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the follow. Proof load is 2. which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. • Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at These indicators also provide the opportunity to approxi- 20. which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measure- ment to determine if the throat opening has changed. one just below the shank or eye and the other on the • Available in carbon steel and alloy steel. in the tip of hook. Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.All Alloy shank hooks - • New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4. the hook should be inspected further for ton Carbon thru 22 ton Alloy. If the measurement does not meet into the new Crosby S-320N Eye Hoist Hooks. QUIC-CHECK™: Hoist hooks incorporate two types of thus indicating abuse or overload. Even years after pur. Hooks (20 TC–60 TA). • High cycle.e.5 times Working Load Limit. Deformation Indicators —Two strategically placed marks.Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straighten- ing load (ultimate load) is 4.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on The following additional features have been incorporated the measuring device. • Can be proof tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4 TC–22TA). hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times • Low profile hook tip.All carbon hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. long life spring. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.5 times the Working Load Limit. Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. (Sizes 3/4 this criteria. ing features: • When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole • Designed with a 5:1 Design Factor.5 times the Working Load Limit. Working Load Limit. SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-5 . • Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.) possible damage.Alloy eye • Can be Metric Rated at 5:1 Design Factor. use a measuring device (i.550 (g) for personnel hoisting. Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the prod- chase of the original hook.All standard for lifting. can be equipped with a latch. strategically placed markings forged into the product To check. hook tip. tape measure) to which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: they are Deformation Indicators and Angle Indicators measure the distance between the marks. • A new cross section design (see inset drawing) that Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle enhances the overall performance. Eye Limit. latch assemblies can be uct which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: added. Inc.000 cycles.

64 2.97 1.13 1.31 10.32 1.25 2.06 5.45 3.00 3† 5† 7.75 8.31 1.13 .50 18.25 8.06 13.81 5.63 12.90 2.82 1.00 4.47 3.00 40 †† 60 †† 32.69 5.61 4. Cat.08 5.75 1.62 5. Utilizes S-4320 Latch Kit only.83 5.75 3.00 — 3.13 1.88 1.03 2.50 25 †† 37 †† 24.38 4.50 4.85 1.02 6. Eye Hooks Working Load Hook Limit* (tons) Identification Code Stock No.00 † New 320N Style Hook.56 1.62 4.00 15 † 22 † 17.53 1.43 4.66 9.13 4.38 .47 4.16 2.00 228.81 2.72 18.91 2.44 9.50 5† 7† 10.00 2.94 2.00 3.41 4.50 3.94 . No.00 † New 320N Style Hook.47 7.56 5. * See NOTE at end of product.44 1.09 2.77 4.08 8.87 1.63 .94 2.91 .00 5.C.89 2.07 1.63 .93 3.83 1.00 .38 10.00 .98 2.96 3.53 10.50 2. Ref.00 25 37 PC PA CX05-0063 1023305 — — CX05-0085 1023564 105.30 7-1/2† 11† KC KA CX05-0059 1022264 CX05-0072 1022274 CX05-0081 1022441 15.44 2† 3† HC HA CX05-0056 1022233 CX05-0069 1022241 CX05-0078 1022406 2.30 2.00 11.60 15† 22† NC NA CX05-0061 1022288 CX05-0074 1022296 CX05-0083 1022465 39.69 3.81 7.00 1.00 14.63 1.50 2.25 3.00 5 30 40 45 60 SC TC SA TA CX05-0064 CX05-0065 1023323 1023341 — — — — CX05-0086 CX05-0087 1023582 1023608 148.38 12.75 .00 2. †† S-320 Style Hook.00 10† 15† LC LA CX05-0060 1022277 CX05-0073 1022285 CX05-0082 1022452 21.62 — 3. Ref.37 6.00 6.36 3.56 .38 3.51 1.69 2.) 3/4† 1† DC DA CX05-0053 1022200 CX05-0066 1022208 CX05-0075 1022375 .73 .11 1.24 .88 .13 1.00 1-1/2 † 2† 5. S.00 1.34 2.75 23.00 2† 3† 6.94 4.00 10 † 15 † 13.84 . Galv.66 1. (lbs.62 4.00 30 †† 45 †† 27.29 1.61 1† 1-1/2† FC FA CX05-0054 1022211 CX05-0067 1022219 CX05-0076 1022386 .63 2.31 20.53 2.50 20 30 OC OA CX05-0062 1023289 — — CX05-0084 1023546 60.50 1.44 — 4.C.50 1.) Deformation (tons) Indicator Carbon Alloy A B C D F G H J K M O P Q T AA 3/4 † 1† 4.07 7. Cat.81 8. Inc.39 2.19 1.38 4.50 3.63 2.30 5† 7† JC JA CX05-0058 1022255 CX05-0071 1022262 CX05-0080 1022430 8.69 10.78 3.44 6. S.14 3.59 2.88 7.94 5.72 — 3.93 .52 2.12 15.19 14. Crosby Crosby Crosby Carbon Carbon Alloy Weight S-320C S-320A CERTEX S-320-C CERTEX G-320-C CERTEX S-320-A Each Carbon Alloy Carbon Alloy Cat.44 2.00 20 †† 30 †† 19.90 .00 1.12 14.25 2.27 2.50 7.00 3.30 3.50 1.84 2.94 .75 1.00 3.25 .50 1† 1-1/2 † 5.25 3. Ref. No.81 .50 3.00 7-1/2 † 11 † 12.50 5.89 1-1/2† 2† GC GA CX05-0055 1022222 CX05-0068 1022230 CX05-0077 1022397 1.71 .75 3.00 6.62 4.81 2.09 6. No.38 1.63 4.06 5.42 1.81 3.16 1. 5-6 .63 1.75 4.25 1.00 2.40 2.47 1.27 6.06 1.07 3† 5† IC IA CX05-0057 1022244 CX05-0070 1022249 CX05-0079 1022419 4. Working Load Dimensions Limit* (in. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.30 4.44 6.09 3.94 5.

and product.86 3.00 1-1/2 2 CX05-0090 1048618 CX05-0098 1048822 2. Stock No. Use in salt water requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with A. Working Load Limit* Dimensions (Tons) (in.22 2.94 8.09 1.00 3.54 1.06 1.50 1. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.75 2. tape measure) QUIC-CHECK™ to measure the distance • Proper design.88 7. Patents 5.06 .56 . Even years Tempered.54 3.25 18.19 16.86 23.50 1.48 3.These indicators also provide the load rating code as 319 Shank Hooks.25 2.13 1. Swivel Hooks Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: Deformation Indicators— Two strategically placed marks.16 1. Stock No.15 1.50 .38 4.50 1.M.89 4.00 7.00 1.5 times the Working Load Limit.53 .50 1. U.00 — 30 — — CX05-0105 1025688 70.29 4.00 2 3 CX05-0091 1048627 CX05-0099 1048831 2.85 1.00 15 22 CX05-0653 1048672 CX05-0104 1048886 47.94 2.41 1.22 2.00 6.75 .96 3.94 2.50 2.75 .50 2.193.37 2. No.75 3.50 .650 & 5.50 5 7 CX05-0093 1048645 CX05-0101 1048854 10.12 .00 1.94 . * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed.91 5.84 2. use a measuring indicates device (i.S. If out excessive weight and bulk.10–1.84 .66 – 4.63 1.63 2. the measurement does not • Every Crosby Swivel hoist hook has a meet this criteria.00 2.S.36 7.75 4.10 10. latch assemblies listed and shown • Forged—Quenched and beginning on page 5-17.38 1.16 1.00 2.93 .59 1. All Alloy swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4. Ref.27 2.25 3. opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.25 2.00 3.63 2. one just below the shank or eye and the other S-322 on the hook tip.13 1.13 4.381.30 3.25 4.00 2. This hook is a positioning device and is not intended to rotate under load.50 1 1-1/2 CX05-0089 1048609 CX05-0097 1048813 1.41 2.63 . All carbon swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.50 1. Cat. Ref.19 .18 5.75 7.50 3.50 5.00 4.59 1. • Load rating codes stamped on each Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed hook. The marks should align to either an precision controlled quench and tem.63 5.86 1. B30.69 1.99 1. latch assemblies can be added.25 2. SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-7 .e.62 2.50 3.81 2.00 .66 .1(b)(2)(c) 1996.00 1. 322 Swivel Hooks use the same between two (2) sling legs in the hook.480 & 5.00 3. the hook pre-drilled cam which can be equip- should be inspected further ped with a latch.25 2.50 6.08 11.25 3.50 6. No.103.81 .97 .00 10 15 CX05-0095 1048663 CX05-0103 1048877 23.37 . Dimensions for hooks 30-ton alloy and larger are for PL latch kit.78 1.50 1. Inc.09 6.63 2.69 21.38 .10 3.44 1. For swivel hooks designed to rotate under load see page 5-29.25 .06 1.31 1.) A B C D F G H J K L M O† R S AA 3/4 1 CX05-0088 1048600 CX05-0096 1048804 .2.) Crosby Crosby Weight Deformation CERTEX 322 CN CERTEX 322 AN Each Indicator 322C 322A Cat.29 2.12 8. between marks.62 – 3.66 1.00 13.59 2.82 1.62 1.76 4. trademark To check. (lbs. careful forging.75 1.50 322C—Carbon Steel 322A—Hook and Bail-Alloy Steel.50 1.71 .50 7.27 12.25 5. 5 inch or half-inch increment pering gives maximum strength with- on the measuring device.E.75 3.25 1.02 16.75 2.61 9.. thus indicating Patented abuse or overload.31 9.00 1. see page 5-3 for proper Hook Identification Codes.00 3 4-1/2 CX05-0092 1048636 CX05-0100 1048837 4.71 6.63 2.25 .38 3.33 3.38 1.47 1.66 12. after purchase of the original hook.. † Dimensions for hooks 3/4-ton carbon thru 22-ton alloy are for 4320 latch kit. Simply purchase the for possible damage.00 7-1/2 11 CX05-0094 1048654 CX05-0102 1048865 16.755 and foreign equivalents.64 2.00 1.62 2.88 14.

16 2.67 5. • Eye Style rated for both Wire Rope and Grade 80/100 Chain.0851 1022923 8800 1/2 5000 3. 10mm 1/2 13 CX05 . A C D E J L (in. 6 CX05 . • G-414 Heavy Thimble should be used with wire rope slings.81 1.51 0.96 5/8 16 CX05 . Ref.23 1. 5 • Designed with “Engineered Flat” to connect to Grade 8 chain fittings.63 1. Consist of spring.06 2. • Meets ASTM A-952-96 and proposed Euronorm standards for Grade 80 & 100 chain fittings. HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group.) (mm) Cat.94 2.30 6.0852 1022932 1. and trigger.) 5:1 (lbs.48 7-8mm 3/8 10 CX05 .79 3. 13mm 5/8 16 CX05 .5/16 7-8 CX05 .04 6.60 .(mm) -.22 1/2" .85 1/4 . 6 CX05 . No. • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.65 8.) (mm) Cat.16 -- 1/4-5/16".39 0.10 3. • Individually Proof Tested at 2 1/2 time the Working Load Limit with certification. No.0853 1022941 22600 7/8 15200 12.31 1.0852 1022932 15000 5/8 7800 5. 16mm SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-8 .) -. Inc. Stock No. Stock No.) Each (In.0851 1022923 1.95 .0850 1022914 1.17 4.75 Chain Dimensions Engineered Size (in.08 5.49 1. roll pin.20 10.0849 1022896 .51 1.65 5/8" .550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).79 2.21 3/8" . 1/4 .0850 1022914 5700 7/16 3800 1. • Trigger repair Kit available (S-4316). Warnings and Application Instructions • Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.) Size (lbs.) .24 1/2 13 CX05 .50 2.0849 1022896 3200 5/16 2000 0. • Fatigue rated.81 3/8 10 CX05 .5/16 7-8 CX05 .) Flat Size Certex S-1316 A for S-325A (In. Ref. can be used for personnel lifting applications and meet the intent of OSHA Rule 1926. if properly installed and locked. • The SHUR-LOC® hook. 4:1 (in.55 1. Wire Rope XIP IWRC Chain Size Mechanical Splice Grade 100 Alloy Chain Working Load Limit * Working Load Limit * Weight Certex S-1316 A (lbs.0853 1022941 2.

400 13/16 15/16 7/8 2 1/8 17/32 3/4 3 11/32 4 11/16 CX05-0109 3 — 3.. SIZE A B C D E F G H CX05-0115 1/4-5/16 1/4-5/16 1 1.L.000 2 2 1 17/32 4 1/4 7/8 1 9/16 6 5/16 8 5/8 CX05-0113 7 7/16 26 7/16 23.000 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 5/32 3 5/8 1 1/8 4 5/8 6 1/4 CX05-0111 5 5/16 6.500 9/16 9/16 1/2 1 3/4 3/8 5/8 2 3/4 3 3/4 CX05-0107 1 1/8 1. Flat or Braided Sliding Hooks CERTEX HOOK 6 WT.000 7/8-1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 4 1/4 7/8 1 9/16 6 1/16 8 1/8 CX05-0121 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 1/8-1 1/4 26 23. Sliding Choker Hooks NEWCO sliding hooks afford faster handling on factory made slings for handling pipe..000 1 1/8-1 1/4 2 5/16 2 5/16 1 3/4 5 5/8 1 1 3/4 8 11/16 11 5/8 CX05-0122 1 3/8-1 1/2 1 3/8-1 1/2 50 30.000 3/4 1 1 1 1/8 3 1/8 11/16 1 1/4 4 11/16 6 7/16 CX05-0120 7/8-1 7/8-1 10 15.100 1 3/16 1 1/4 1 1/16 2 3/4 5/8 15/16 3 31/32 5 5/8 CX05-0110 4 1/4 5 1/4 7.600 3/8 11/16 11/16 5/8 2 7/16 11/16 3 1/8 4 1/4 CX05-0117 1/2 1/2 1.4 2.600 11/16 11/16 5/8 2 7/16 11/16 3 1/8 4 1/4 CX05-0108 2 3/16 1.100 5/8 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 2 3/4 9/16 15/16 4 7/16 5 15/16 CX05-0119 3/4 3/4 4. OTHER HOOKS NEWCO Manufacturing Company. Ref.5 8. machinery.500 1/4-5/16 9/16 9/16 1/2 1 3/4 3/8 5/8 2 3/4 3 3/4 CX05-0116 3/8 3/8 1. THIMBLE Cat. W. Ref.4 3/32 2. All Choker Hooks manufactured by Newco Mfg.000 1 3/8-1 1/2 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 3/8 7 1 1/4 2 10 5/8 14 1/2 * Manganese Bronze Alloy 5-9 . 5 doring. NO.L. NO.75 1/8 3. Co. Inc.25 3/16 5. No. will not be warranteed.L.000 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 3/16 7 1 1/4 2 10 5/8 14 1/2 * Manganese Bronze Alloy Round or Regular Sliding Hooks CERTEX HOOK ROPE WT.85 3.000 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 7/16 3 1/8 3/4 1 3/8 5 1/16 7 3/16 CX05-0112 6 3/8 11 3/8 15. Its free movement permits rapid adjustment of the sling to varying sized loads.“Saddle is rounded to minimize wear” Hook opening is large enough to take a galvanized plow steel thimble the same size as hook size. and in steve. used in any other way than the Choker Configuration.000 2 5/16 2 5/16 1 3/4 5 5/8 1 1 3/4 8 11/16 11 5/8 CX05-0114 8 1/2-9/16 50 1/2 30. Inc.400 1/2 3/4 3/4 7/8 2 1/8 1/2 3/4 3 5/8 4 13/16 CX05-0118 5/8 5/8 4 5. No. PARTS W. 8 Cat.5 5/16 13.L. A B C D E F G H CX05-0106 0 3/32 1 1/16 1. logging. SIZE LBS. PARTS LBS.

) Rope Rope Stock Load Weight Size Size No.75 3.38 3.95 3.16 .13 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. OTHER HOOKS NEWCO Manufacturing Company.56 .13 1.000 3/4 1 1 1 1/8 3 1/8 11/16 1 1/4 4 11/16 6 7/16 Crosby Sliding Choker Hooks A-350 • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered. Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks This hook is designed to choke a secure hold on a load in position.63 .25 1. Ref.44 4. Ref.56 1.31 . † When ordering.50 .38 2. 1 1/4 W.00 † 5/8 3/16 CX05-0130 1028104 5000 2.28 2.38 4. THIMBLE 5 Cat.91 4.13 † 3/4 1/4 CX05-0132 1028140 8000 5.100 5/8 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 2 3/4 9/16 15/16 4 7/16 5 15/16 CX05-0126 S 3/4 3/4 5 8.) (in. Limit* Each (in.13 1.31 6. Inc.63 7.) CERTEX S.C.06 1.16 .13 † 3/4 1/4 CX05-0131 1028122 8000 2.09 .44 1.) (lbs.44 1.56 .75 2.00 1.97 3.25 1. (lbs.38 .06 4.77 2.75 † 5/8 3/16 CX05-0129 1028088 5000 2.41 . Single Eight Crosby Dimensions Part Part A-350 Working (in.63 .38 2.94 . 2.84 .) Cat.63 1.A latch prevents the eye of the sling from disen- gaging from the hook.59 .97 1. No.66 4.19 2.13 1. A B C D E F G H L P R 3/8 — CX05-0127 1028042 2500 .63 2. Sizes available 3/8” thru 3/4”.00 4.63 1.13 1. No.88 1.66 4.25 1.13 .06 1.00 3. 5-10 .W.97 .600 SIZE 3/8 A 11/16 B 11/16 C 5/8 D 2 E 7/16 R 11/16 F G 3 1/8 H 4 1/4 CX05-0124 S 1/2 1/2 1 3/4 3.78 .56 1. S 3/8 SIZE 3/8 LBS.00 3.94 .63 1/2 1/8 CX05-0128 1028060 3300 1.63 1.78 1.63 7. Latch Kits Available CERTEX HOOK ROPE WT.89 3.400 1/2 3/4 3/4 7/8 2 1/8 1/2 3/4 3 5/8 4 13/16 CX05-0125 S 5/8 5/8 3 1/4 5.56 1. EYE diameter "C" should be specified.06 1.L.70 3. CX05-0123 NO.31 6.

00 9.31 .25 .38 . A B C D E F G H J R 1/2 CX05-0135 919019 300 0.) CERTEX (in.38 4.84 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. No.5 1090081 1.00 6.75 .56 2.44 .00 1.12 1.) (lbs. • For replacement latch kit.62 1.62 5.75 .1 1/8 CX05-0139 919091 1800 2.88 4.50 1.00 4. 9900299.) Size CERTEX No.38 1.12 3.6 1090027 . order Stock No.81 1.75 2.47 5/8 CX05-0136 919037 400 0.88 3. Ref. Load Limit Each (in.38 2.75 1.25 .50 4.69 7/8 CX05-0138 919073 1200 1.81 1.75 .1 1090045 1.0 1090081 1.25 9/16 CX05-0134 1023074 1000 .23 .50 8.63 . 5-11 .06 .00 1. bolts and nuts.00 . OTHER HOOKS The Crosby Group.1 3/8 CX05-0140 919135 2700 5. (lbs.06 3.62 2.50 2.38 1.25 5. No.44 .81 .25 3.00 2.50 1.69 .56 .25 1.) Cat.12 .88 .) Latch No.50 . Galv. Round Reverse Eye 1210 • Forged Carbon Steel — Galvanized.38 . Limit* Each (in. (lbs.50 .59 3/4 CX05-0137 919055 700 1. Inc.62 4.4 1090027 .) A B C D E F L R 7/16 CX05-0133 1023056 750 .06 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.94 2. Snap Hooks G-3315 • Forged Carbon Steel — Quenched and Tempered.75 3. Crosby Working Weight Dimensions Size Stock No.00 .25 .97 .34 1.19 2.22 . • Pressed steel latches and stainless steel springs.94 3.) (lbs.94 1 1/4 .75 3. Ref.44 2. Galv.75 1 .88 3.6 1090063 1.12 1.94 1.75 2.52 . 5 Crosby G-3315 Working Dimensions Hook Stock Load Weight (in.) Cat.28 .

69 2.D. S-377 Crosby Stock No.D. Sorting Hook • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.38 9.) I. No.56 2.625 * Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.Type V. Each I. O. • Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates or large cylindrical shapes. Overall Width Cat. No.D. Ref.) of Eye Length Hook Hook 2 7 1/2 CX05-0142 1028024 6. pear links. (lbs.56 1. Ref. Overall at top of bottom of (tons) (tons) Cat. Barrel Hooks • Forged Carbon Steel Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D. A-378 Working Working Dimensions Load Limit* Load Limit* Crosby (in. Inc.) at tip of at bottom of A-378 Weight Opening Radius at Hook Hook CERTEX Stock No. (tons) (lbs.C. of Eye of Eye Length of Lip CX05-0141 1028248 1 3.42 1.81 . eye bolts or lifting holes. S. OTHER HOOKS The Crosby Group. 5-12 .81 5. • The long tapered point allows easy grab in rings.) S-377 Per Pair Per Pair CERTEX S.C. Working Dimensions (Per Pair) Load Limit* Weight Each (in. Class 6. except for those provisions required of the contractor.00 2.88 5 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

Warnings and Application Instructions S-4320 Hook Latch Kit Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Important — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks 5 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4. WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. cam.Then depress latch secure by bending and spring until latch prongs. spring.The load must never be supported by the latch. • See OSHA Rule 1926. spring pointing toward onto spring legs 5. insert cotter pin down and lying against partially over hook nut on one end of bolt. & 6 Step 7 — For Personnel Place hook at approxi. • Hook must always support the load. With latch in closed angle with the cam up. through hook tip and the hook. resting in bowl of of spring positioned latch body until latch is 6.Tighten self-locking hook.A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group. Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. clears point of hook. and cam. 5. • A S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-320N Hook.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch. Slide latch latch with hook cam. 5-13 . Line up holes in Lifting mately a 45 degree over cam with legs of hook points. Inc. Insert bolt through position and rigging point of hook and loop between lockplate and latch.

fere with sling operation. Important Safety Information — • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device. They will continue to be offered in both styles to service existing hooks. and 322N Hooks) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. Then depress 6. or 322N hooks. or 322 hooks. Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. Read & Follow • When using latch for personnel lifting. select proper • Always inspect cotter pin (See Figure 5). Insert bolt through tion and rigging resting point of hook and loop lockplate and latch body latch. tip and secure by bend- the hook. • Never use a latch that is distorted or • Never use a cotter pin with a smaller diameter or bent. A Crosby S-319N. wire. • Always make sure • Never use a nail. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch. Tighten self-locking nut on one end of bolt. With latch in closed posi- with the cam up. etc. spring. 5 & 6 Step 7 — Place hook at approxi. Important – The new S4320 latch kit will not fit the old 319. spring pointing toward onto spring legs between 5. Inc. in bowl of hook. • Never reuse a bent cotter pin. before using. See Step 7 below for proper hook and latch installation instructions.) Carbon (tons) Alloy Carbon Code Alloy Diameter (in. • An S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-319N. latch clears point of hook.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks. Line up holes in latch For Personnell Lifting mately a 45 degree angle over cam with legs of hook points. The load must never be supported by the latch. 320N. nothing bears against the bottom of 5 this latch. 320N. different length than recommended in Figure 5. S-320N and S-322N Hook. and cam. WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • Hook must always support the load. S-320N. make sure the Hook Working Hook Recommended angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook Load Limit† Identification Cotter Pin Dimensions or load is tilted. Slide latch with hook cam. S-322N Hook with an S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel. Figure 5 IMPORTANT — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4.. 5-14 . • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. (See Figure 3 & 4.) Length 3/4 1 DC DA 1/8 3/4 1 1 1/2 FC FA 1/8 3/4 1 1/2 2 GC GA 1/8 1 2 3 HC HA 3/16 1 1/4 3 5 IC IA 1/4 1 1/2 5 7 JC JA 5/16 2 7 1/2 11 KC KA 5/16 2 10 15 LC LA 3/8 3 15 22 NC NA 3/8 3 † The current SS-4055 latch kit and the PL latch will not fit new 319N. a welding rod.) general adequacy. the latch against • Always ensure cotter pin is bent so as not to inter- the tip of the hook. The latch • Periodically inspect cotter pin for corrosion and must never support the load. 320. • Always make sure hook supports the load. insert of spring positioned until latch is partially over cotter pin through hook down and lying against hook cam. • See OSHA Rule 1926. latch and spring until ing prongs. • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook. • DO NOT use this latch in applications requiring non sparking. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group. (See Figure 1 & 2. Warnings and Application Instructions S-4320 Hook Latch Kit (For Crosby 319N. in place spring will force of recommended cotter pin.

20 2.18 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-15 .35 .15 1.09 .66 2 3 CX05-0146 1096468 .22 .88 1.20 2.04 .28 2.) A B C D E 3/4 1 CX05-0143 1096325 . 5 • High cycle.59 .27 3.44 1 1 1/2 CX05-0144 1096374 .) Carbon Alloy No.44 10 15 CX05-0150 1096657 .53 .66 . Stock Each (in. Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit S-4320 Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.21 . • Can be made into a “Positive Locking” Hook when proper cotter pin is utilized.44 .54 .62 1. Ref. IMPORTANT: The new S-4320 Latch Kit will not fit the old style 320 and 319 hooks.66 .38 1.63 .23 . Inc.94 .83 .44 1.66 .33 2.56 1 1/2 2 CX05-0145 1096421 .25 . HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group.31 5 7 CX05-0148 1096562 . long life spring.35 .00 .53 .10 1.84 3. Replacement Latch Kit for New 320N Hooks • Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip. Crosby Hook Size CERTEX S-4320 Weight Dimensions (Tons) Cat.17 1.03 .15 1.17 1.91 3 5 CX05-0147 1096515 . No.88 7 1/2 11 CX05-0149 1096609 .50 .04 1. (lbs.04 1.17 1.06 1.28 .27 3.39 5.20 .81 15 22 CX05-0151 1096704 .

• Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook. • Hook must always support the load.Tighten self-locking hook.) • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook.The latch must never support the load. and cam. resting in bowl of of spring positioned latch body until latch is 6. make sure the angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook or load is tilted. Slide latch latch with hook cam.) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. Line up holes in Lifting mately a 45 degree over cam with legs of hook points.When bolt. through latch and the hook. Insert bolt through position and rigging point of hook and loop between lockplate and latch. & 6 Step 7 — For Personnel Place hook at approxi. (See Figure 1 & 2. store them in a designated place upon the person- nel platform. (See Figure 3 & 4. • Never use a latch that is distorted or bent. • Always make sure hook supports the load. nut and cotter pin are not being used. insert bolt down and lying against partially over hook nut on one end of bolt. 5. With latch in closed angle with the cam up. Inc.The load must never be supported by the latch. Important Safety Information — Read & Follow • Always inspect hook and latch before using. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting by Cranes or Derricks. 5-16 . spring. Warnings and Application Instructions Crosby Model PL Hook Latch Kit Right Wrong Right Wrong Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling Model PL Latch on Crosby or McKissick Hooks 5 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4.A Crosby or McKissick Hook with a positive Locked PL or S-4320 Latch may be used to Lift Personnel. * The Model PL Latch Replaces Model G-5066 WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device. cam. Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. • See OSHA Rule 1926. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group.Then depress latch secure with nut and and spring until latch cotter pin. clears point of hook. nothing bears against the bottom of this latch. spring pointing toward onto spring legs 5.

66 4.25 25 37 CX05-0158 1093717 8.00 Patented in USA & Canada SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-17 .06 6. 3.) A B C D E F 3 4 1/2 CX05-0152 1093711 .75 7.00 2.75 11. 5 2.00 3.00 11.88 4.63 4. • Flapper lever indicates locked or unlocked position.34 1.31 4. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group.S.00 4.91 .22 2.00 4.13 2. Hook Size Crosby Weight Dimensions (tons) PL Latch Kit Each (in. • Hot Dip galvanized.A.38 6.66 3.03 2.63 1.30 8.88 11.25 — 300 CX05-0164 1093724 55.50 6. No.19 5.19 1.50 7.63 1.00 6.38 10 15 CX05-0155 1093714 1. Inc. Ref.88 — 100 . (lbs.25 50 75 CX05-0161 1093720 27.00 9. * NOTE:The PL latch will not work on 320N Hooks.38 2.50 12.44 20 30 CX05-0157 1093716 4.38 7.38 9. • Meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926. Positive Locking Flapper Latch PL Latch (Patented in U.57 2.77 2.19 6.06 2.38 40 60 CX05-0160 1093719 14.63 2.38 15 22 CX05-0156 1093715 2.96 5.88 11. • Heavy duty latch with easy operating features.46 5. nut and pin) for lifting personnel.69 .13 3.00 2.63 1.63 2. • Assembly instructions included with each latch. Stock No.38 3.24 4.88 3.63 7.34 2.84 2.00 3.00 12.05 6.54 2.22 7 1/2 11 CX05-0154 1093713 1.00 5 7 CX05-0153 1093712 .00 3.25 4.56 1. Specify PL latch kit stock number from chart below.38 3.00 7.150 CX05-0162 1093721 33.00 .24 4.50 10.88 8. & Canada) Latch Ordering Instructions 1.44 3.50 8.00 6.) CERTEX Carbon Alloy Cat.38 .38 3.75 13.75 6.94 .38 3.38 8.25 10.12 30 45 CX05-0159 1093718 10.00 — 200 CX05-0163 1093723 45.19 8.06 2. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy). Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.550 (g) (when secured with the bolt.

and loop of spring positioned side of hook. point and spring. Swing latch to one 5.550 (g)(4)(iv)(B). one end of bolt. 5.The load must never be supported by the latch. • Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook. • Always make sure hook supports the load. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch. cam with tines of spring spring with ears partially over hook cam. Important Safety Information — Read and Follow • Always inspect hook and latch before using. Inc. and cam.A hook and this style latch must not be used for lifting personnel. Warnings and Application Instructions Hook Latch Kit Right Wrong Right Wrong Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling SS-4055 Latch on Crosby Hooks 5 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4. 5-18 . down and lying against the depress latch and spring until 6. • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device. • See OSHA Rule 1926. pointing toward point of hook hook cam. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group. • Hook must always support the load. latch clears point of hook. (See Figure 3 & 4) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. Line up holes in latch with 45 degree angle with a cam up.The latch must never support the load. & 6 Place hook at approximately a Position coils of spring over Position latch over tines of 4. (See Figure 1 & 2) • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook. make sure the angle between legs is small enough and the legs are not tilt- ed so that nothing bears against the bottom of the latch.Tighten self-locking nut on hook. Insert bolt through latch. • Never use a latch that is distorted or bent.

52 7. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy).19 1. • Instructions included for easy field assembly.52 5.41 1.02 .15 5.44 .84 40 60 — CX05-0174 1090205 1.58 .39 4.82 3 4 1/2 2.0 .88 2.16 1. 2.19 . Ref.63 .39 .59 1 1 1/2 .56 .59 .5 CX05-0169 1090107 . Crosby Latch Kit SS-4055 • Stainless steel construction with cadmium plated steel nuts.4 CX05-0167 1090063 .90 20 30 — CX05-0172 1090161 .30 37 .84 .83 .39 6.6. 5 LATCH ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1.02 .1.27 3.17 2.50 3.5 CX05-0165 1090027 .38 .03 . Inc. 3.5 CX05-0170 1090125 . Stock Each (in.66 1.45 — CX05-0173 1090189 1.12 2.21 7 1/2 -10 11 .0 CX05-0168 1090081 .94 .2 2-3 1.47 .0 CX05-0171 1090143 . Specify latch kit stock number.94 1.) A B C D 3/4 1 .50 15 22 10.88 4.00 5 7 3.31 . HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group.17 .06 .20 2. • Shipped packaged and unassembled. No.97 1. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.6 CX05-0166 1090045 . * NOTE: These latches will not work on 320N Hooks Crosby Hook Size CERTEX SS-4055 Weight Dimensions (tons) Cat. (lbs.11 .12 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-19 .0 .77 3.59 1 1/2 .60 .16 1.56 25 .) Carbon Alloy Bronze No.38 .

SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION 5-20 .15 1.) No.15 1.19 3. Alloy Hook Latch Kit S-4088 To be used on A-327 and A-339 Grade 8 Sling Hooks Hook Crosby Dimensions Chain CERTEX S-4088 Weight (in.31 .26 4.06 .56 1.62 7/8 CX05-0180 1090255 .06 .25 3/4 CX05-0179 1090254 .09 1.19 2. (lbs. HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group.25 1/2 CX05-0177 1090252 .15 1. Ref.03 .56 . Stock Each A B C D (in.94 3/8 CX05-0176 1090251 .15 1.) 5 Size Cat.75 Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.16 2.19 2.06 .94 1.) 9/32 (1/4) CX05-0175 1090250 .06 .12 1.78 .14 1.62 1. Inc.26 4.25 5/8 CX05-0178 1090253 . No.

1 CX05-0703 1038227 1 1/8 -1 1/4 CX05-0704 1038236 1 1/2 CX05-0705 1038245 AS-1 JAW & HOOK Dimensions (in. When terminating with wire rope clips.00 25 1 1/4 CX05-0189 1016075 97.38 3.50 1.50 . be extended wire rope life.5 3/4 CX05-0186 1016045 24.00 2.09 13.78 6.50 1.81 1. • Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load • Allows standard swivel to be used in application Limit with certification.75 3.50 . tain the patented QUIC-CHECK™ markings.00 14.91 2.13 1.) A B C D E F G H I AA . (AS-1.94 1.0 4.45 1/8 CX05-0181 1016001 .19 8.0 3.The result will required to initiate rotation.) Cat.50 .00 1.00 5.75 .88 13.75 1.75 3.34 2.0 1/2 CX05-0184 1016026 6.63 6.75 3.00 15 1 CX05-0188 1016064 53.75 11.75 .00 5.75 1. AS-1 Jaw & Hook AS-1 5 • Angular contact bearings maximize efficiency.0 5/8 CX05-0185 1016040 11. 5-21 .88 .00 2.44 .00 1.AS-3 & AS-4) swivels.00 2.13 1.00 10 7/8 CX05-0187 1016056 53.25 .) Cat. No. 1/2 CX05-0700 1038200 5/8 CX05-0701 1038209 3/4 CX05-0702 1038218 7/8 .88 .88 .88 1.56 1.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-1 Weight Deformation Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each Indicator (tons) (in.00 . • Hook models utilize genuine Crosby hooks which are • For use with our Bullet Style (AS-7) and Jaw Style forged alloy steel.50 35 1 1/2 CX05-0190 1016082 140. requiring a thimble fitting.0 5. Inc.84 1.31 .19 1. Wire Rope CERTEX AS-20 Size (in.06 1.8 2.50 17.5 1.38 .69 20.69 8. Stock No.97 .75 11.50 5.00 1. ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group.00 8.63 .63 4.0 4. • Machined from carbon steel. we recom- • Designed for high rotation speed: Lower torque mend the use of the Thimble Insert.44 2.5 3/8 CX05-0183 1016025 2.94 1.0 2.00 2.38 3.50 3.AS-2. Quenched and Tempered and con.00 1.00 2.69 1. • Entire swivel is Zinc plated to resist corrosion. • Design Factor of 5 to 1.09 1.69 24. • Zinc plated.38 3.25 4.25 .75 1.56 5.5 1.75 3.63 3.00 4. No.19 .38 3.50 1.31 .56 7.50 1.06 3.50 .75 1/4 CX05-0182 1016010 1.00 2.00 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.41 4. Ref.69 . No.25 2.69 6.53 10.0 5. (lbs.7 . Ref.13 1.59 4.38 .00 2.50 17. reliabili- ty and service life of swivel and extend the life of the Thimble Insert wire rope.00 2.81 3.

44 .19 .75 1.63 1.50 3.84 .38 .5 2.38 3.53 1.09 10 7/8 CX05-0197 1016157 40.63 1.56 .38 3.75 17.22 .88 .0 5/8 CX05-0205 1016243 9.56 2.38 .38 3. Ref.00 17.50 1.50 1.00 16.81 1.00 6.13 1.00 .50 12.0 1/2 CX05-0194 1016131 4.50 1.25 8.00 15.53 .13 . AS-3 Jaw & Eye AS-3 AS-3 JAW & EYE Dimensions (in.81 4.56 4.) A B C D E F G H . (lbs.19 .88 1.00 1.5 3/8 CX05-0193 1016122 2.50 .41 5 .5 3/4 CX05-0206 1016250 15.75 .69 2.38 .00 14.25 .69 15 1 CX05-0208 1016268 40.31 1.63 1.19 5.25 .66 .38 .00 2.63 4.25 .69 35 1 1/2 CX05-0200 1016184 78.78 .00 13.53 8.0 1.88 2. 5-22 .00 20.78 3.56 1.) A B C D E F G H I J K L .44 .45 1/8 CX05-0191 1016103 .13 10 7/8 CX05-0207 1016259 40.03 1.38 5.38 .06 5.0 3.75 .0 1.13 3.00 9.50 7.31 1.0 5.88 1. ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group.25 .44 .13 .38 2.38 .0 4.00 1.50 15 1 CX05-0198 1016166 40.75 3.00 2.00 2.63 12.75 1.5 2.5 .0 4.69 2.94 20.50 .44 .0 3.38 1.81 1.75 .88 2.31 1.69 2.38 2.00 5.75 1.75 1/4 CX05-0192 1016114 1.28 .5 3/4 CX05-0196 1016148 15.41 .75 2.75 .75 .) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-2 Weight Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each (tons) (in.50 2.50 .0 1/2 CX05-0204 1016232 4.50 1.56 1.50 2.63 8.25 2.19 .00 2.50 3.38 .38 3.13 3.69 4.5 3/8 CX05-0203 1016224 2.25 1.81 3.) Cat.38 5.44 .50 25 1 1/4 CX05-0199 1016175 78.75 1. Inc.00 6.00 2.94 1.31 3. Ref.09 1.75 2.91 1.00 9.75 .45 1/8 CX05-0201 1016205 .19 .25 .0 1. No.25 1.69 2. No.19 5.34 2.0 5.56 .25 1.00 16.69 .31 .0 1.13 2.25 .00 2.0 5.25 35 1 1/2 CX05-0210 1016286 75.56 1.94 .25 2.31 2.19 1.00 1.69 25 1 1/4 CX05-0209 1016277 75.50 7.13 .13 2.44 17.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-3 Weight Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each (tons) (in.50 .31 .22 .) Cat.75 3.00 .44 .41 1. (lbs. No.00 17.31 2.13 1.13 4.31 3.00 14.0 2.31 .25 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.75 10.00 13.50 1.81 3.0 4.28 .34 1.75 1/4 CX05-0202 1016216 1.00 15.00 1.69 .25 .0 5/8 CX05-0195 1016139 9.50 .03 1.00 2.75 .25 1.50 .50 .00 20.19 8.88 10.94 20.63 4.0 2.69 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.56 . No.19 2.0 5. AS-2 Jaw & Jaw AS-2 AS-2 JAW & JAW Dimensions (in.5 .0 4.

66 1. AS-4 Eye & Jaw AS-4 AS-4 EYE & JAW Dimensions (in.31 1.19 2.75 1/4 CX05-0222 1016418 1.25 .31 2.75 10. Ref.81 1.50 .91 2.94 20.38 .19 5.50 1.25 .78 .5 3/4 CX05-0216 1016352 15.50 .00 13.88 2.38 .0 1.75 2.53 .00 2.41 1.31 2.63 .0 1.50 1.69 2.00 16.34 3.0 4.81 .25 .75 .0 1.75 .31 3.38 .19 .44 .) Cat.56 . ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group.00 14.31 5.5 .44 .19 1.41 3.63 4.25 2.38 2.00 6.94 1.88 17.66 .25 2.5 3/8 CX05-0213 1016325 2.72 1.19 8.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-5 Weight Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each (tons) (in.88 1.13 10 7/8 CX05-0227 1016463 37.75 1.75 1/4 CX05-0212 1016314 1.13 1.50 .50 7.5 2.81 1.13 2.63 4.50 2.13 .3 2.00 .50 .56 .31 .63 8.00 1.38 3.81 .09 1.69 2.00 2.63 4.44 .25 2.00 1.0 5.19 1.38 .00 5. AS-5 Eye & Eye AS-5 AS-5 EYE & EYE Dimensions (in.31 .13 10 7/8 CX05-0217 1016361 39.50 2. 5-23 .25 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.75 4.50 3.38 .25 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.0 4.56 .13 17.50 1.88 10.75 .31 2.63 4. Ref.75 3.75 .) A B C D E F G .75 2.50 1. (lbs.00 20.25 17. (lbs.22 .00 6.75 .31 3.0 5/8 CX05-0215 1016343 9.34 3.50 .38 2.25 1.38 .00 13.50 1.38 5.45 1/8 CX05-0211 1016306 .31 5.25 .00 15.) A B C D E F G H I J K L .13 1.31 .03 2.38 .75 2.28 . No.31 5.0 4.50 3.00 9.75 3.41 .75 .25 1.00 9.63 1.38 3.88 2.56 .94 20.19 1.00 1.0 3.34 2.0 2.66 1.19 .13 4.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-4 Weight Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each (tons) (in.69 .0 2.0 1.63 1.) Cat.69 15 1 CX05-0218 1016370 40.25 .00 18.0 5.13 2.25 2.13 4.00 20.25 2.63 3. No.5 .69 15 1 CX05-0228 1016472 39.88 1.5 3/8 CX05-0223 1016427 2.44 12.31 2.00 5.69 25 1 1/4 CX05-0219 1016375 75.0 1/2 CX05-0214 1016332 4.38 .75 2.25 .88 5 1.0 5.0 1/2 CX05-0224 1016436 4.50 7.00 .81 1.13 2.63 8.00 15.0 4.81 17.45 1/8 CX05-0221 1016409 .5 3/4 CX05-0226 1016454 15.75 1.72 1.69 25 1 1/4 CX05-0229 1016481 72.25 .56 1.0 3.63 .31 12.00 13.38 5. No.0 5.0 5/8 CX05-0225 1016445 8.25 1.25 35 1 1/2 CX05-0230 1016490 72.91 1.00 2. No.00 1.25 35 1 1/2 CX05-0220 1016379 75. Inc.81 4.25 1.44 1.13 8.

50 1.31 1.09 1.69 35 1 1/2 CX05-0250 1016667 84.44 .00 3.50 7.75 1.0 5/8 CX05-0245 1016640 8.06 1.88 13.0 5. No.31 5.44 11.25 .40 3. No.38 3.63 4.5 3.25 15 1 CX05-0248 1016658 40.50 5.34 .88 11.56 1.25 3.38 2.00 5.81 .88 .50 3.00 2.72 3. Inc.69 1. Ref.75 1.0 4.5 2.0 2.31 3.00 15 1 CX05-0238 1016565 53.0 1/2 CX05-0244 1016631 4.0 4.75 1.91 2.56 8.06 .63 .19 .19 .) Cat.75 1.94 5.50 5 .56 .50 .00 5.25 25 1 1/4 CX05-0249 1016662 84.00 .44 7.63 3.0 2.75 1.75 1/4 CX05-0232 1016513 1.50 3.00 2.00 2.56 4.) Cat.84 1.00 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.75 2.0 5.0 4.88 12.5 3/4 CX05-0236 1016547 23.88 4.75 1.34 5.81 .44 . 5-24 .44 2.0 1.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-7 Weight Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each (tons) (in.0 1.38 1.59 4.0 1/2 CX05-0234 1016529 6.50 1.25 1.44 .00 25 1 1/4 CX05-0239 1016574 94.00 2.) A B C D E F G .25 .88 2.69 2.00 8. AS-7 Bullet Style Jaw & Jaw AS-7 AS-7 BULLET STYLE Dimensions JAW & JAW (in.50 3.69 1.31 2. No.90 1.13 16.94 1.0 5.31 .63 6.94 20.66 4.5 3.13 .45 1/8 CX05-0241 1016604 .00 15.00 20.25 2.13 1.31 .25 2.06 3.50 3.00 13.38 .13 .56 4.5 3/8 CX05-0243 1016622 2.38 2.03 4.75 1.00 15.00 10 7/8 CX05-0237 1016556 52.0 4.5 .00 2.88 1.25 4.38 .50 35 1 1/2 CX05-0240 1016583 138. AS-6 Eye & Hook AS-6 AS-6 EYE & HOOK Dimensions (in. No.50 10.13 1.13 4.00 24.5 1.75 2.00 13.00 .00 1.63 6.00 14.25 2.75 6.) Working Wire Crosby Load Line AS-6 Weight Deformation Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each Indicator (tons) (in.81 1.00 8.0 2.0 1.00 17.81 3.63 7.0 5/8 CX05-0235 1016538 11.81 3.00 17.69 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.75 10.75 .94 20.40 .75 2.13 1.0 5.38 2.38 .88 .25 . ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group.75 1/4 CX05-0242 1016611 1.13 16.31 .00 3.06 .5 3/8 CX05-0233 1016520 2.00 9.75 1.66 1.13 10 7/8 CX05-0247 1016652 40.5 3/4 CX05-0246 1016649 14.45 1/8 CX05-0231 1016502 1.56 8.63 1.34 5.88 .97 . (lbs. Ref.00 2.25 2.00 3.00 5. (lbs.75 1.50 1.0 .00 13.06 5.) A B C D E F G H AA .

51 5-S-2 CX05-0258 297226 5 5/8 13.50 5-S-4 CX05-0260 297244 5 5/8 12. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.00 35-S-3 CX05-0289 298234 35 — 150.00 45-S-3 CX05-0295 298332 45 — 225. S.00 15-S-6 CX05-0280 297869 15 1 63.00 35-S-1 CX05-0287 298216 35 — 220.00 45-S-2 CX05-0294 298323 45 — 235.00 35-S-2 CX05-0288 298225 35 — 155.) (lbs.42 8 1/2-S-2 CX05-0264 297422 8 1/2 3/4 26.00 10-S-6 CX05-0274 297663 10 7/8 45.30 5-S-6 CX05-0262 297262 5 5/8 14.00 25-S-2 CX05-0282 298127 25 — 140.16 S-1 8 1/2-S-3 8 1/2-S-4 CX05-0265 CX05-0266 297431 297440 8 1/2 8 1/2 3/4 3/4 24.24 8 1/2-S-1 CX05-0263 297413 8 1/2 3/4 29.00 25-S-4 CX05-0284 298145 25 — 135. Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing (For swiveling under loads) Crosby Working Load Wire Rope Swivel Number CERTEX Stock No.50 10-S-4 CX05-0272 297645 10 7/8 44.00 S-2 JAW & JAW 5 JAW & HOOK 8 1/2-S-5 CX05-0267 297459 8 1/2 3/4 29.12 3-S-4 CX05-0254 297048 3 1/2 9.33 5-S-5 CX05-0261 297253 5 5/8 11.50 15-S-1 CX05-0275 297814 15 1 73.00 3-S-5 CX05-0255 297057 3 1/2 8.00 35-S-5 CX05-0291 298252 35 — 145.00 * Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.75 15-S-3 CX05-0277 297832 15 1 61. Limit* Size Weight Each (type) Cat.32 5-S-1 CX05-0257 297217 5 5/8 15. Ref.00 S-4 S-3 25-S-5 CX05-0285 298154 25 — 130.00 EYE & JAW JAW & EYE 25-S-6 CX05-0286 298163 25 — 135.00 45-S-5 CX05-0297 298350 45 — 215.63 3-S-3 CX05-0253 297039 3 1/2 9.75 10-S-3 CX05-0271 297636 10 7/8 43.00 15-S-5 CX05-0279 297850 15 1 49. No.00 25-S-3 CX05-0283 298136 25 — 135.) 3-S-1 CX05-0251 297011 3 1/2 9. S-6 S-5 EYE & HOOK EYE & EYE SWIVEL 5-25 .75 15-S-2 CX05-0276 297823 15 1 62.75 10-S-2 CX05-0270 297627 10 7/8 45.50 3-S-6 CX05-0256 297066 3 1/2 9.00 45-S-1 CX05-0293 298314 45 — 251.00 45-S-6 CX05-0298 298369 45 — 270.90 29.C.69 5-S-3 CX05-0259 297235 5 5/8 13. (metric tons) (in.00 35-S-4 CX05-0290 298243 35 — 150.00 15-S-4 CX05-0278 297841 15 1 61.00 10-S-1 CX05-0269 297618 10 7/8 46.25 8 1/2-S-6 CX05-0268 297468 8 1/2 3/4 32.00 35-S-6 CX05-0292 298261 35 — 215.00 10-S-5 CX05-0273 297654 10 7/8 42.00 45-S-4 CX05-0296 298341 45 — 225.81 3-S-2 CX05-0252 297020 3 1/2 9. SWIVELS The Crosby Group.00 25-S-1 CX05-0281 298118 25 — 140. Inc.

75 4.44 4.75 3. Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.00 2.75 3.81 1.69 15.31 10.25 3.34 9.62 1.06 2. • Other types and capacities up to 600 tons.38 1.00 3.38 9.09 8. • All swivels individually proof tested with certification.81 13.81 2.56 2.75 16.94 2.00 5.94 2.00 . • All jaws complete with bolts.00 3.62 3.75 16.50 5.25 25.34 1.75 .62 3.50 22.75 25 26.00 17.56 4.75 21. Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing S-1 S-2 S-3 JAW & HOOK JAW & JAW JAW & EYE 5 S-4 S-5 S-6 EYE & JAW EYE & EYE EYE & HOOK • Designed to swivel under load.25 2.00 1.88 16.62 6.50 1.03 1.53 13.25 30.41 1.88 2.75 1.25 27.44 7.38 1. 5-26 .00 2. IMPORTANT – Crosby Swivels should only be used with the recommend- ed wire rope.00 * Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.69 14.38 3.50 2.75 15 22.50 2.25 1.06 25.12 15. SWIVELS The Crosby Group.53 4.25 1. Inc.31 3.12 16. • All hooks furnished with latches assembled.06 6.) (metric tons) A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T V O 3 11.62 1.50 1.31 10.94 20.38 1.41 11.50 35.50 2. available to meet your requirements.88 2.38 2.03 2.88 1.00 1.00 4.75 1. Contact the wire rope manufacturer for the proper wire rope to be used with Crosby Swivels.62 11.56 2.50 1.38 10 19.00 2.28 1.00 2.50 1.62 12.25 1.00 4. nuts and cotter pins.75 2.50 22.00 2.06 9.31 1.38 35 29.00 1.75 .00 1.44 .28 9.69 4.59 1.12 2.69 4.00 3.44 3.12 2. • NOT TO BE USED ON DEMOLITION (WRECKING) BALLS.19 2.00 5 13.94 1.12 8 1/2 16.25 1.38 3.88 3.25 1.88 1.00 4.38 45 35.69 1.69 1.38 2.50 19.62 1.00 2.00 1. Working Dimensions Load Limit* (in.06 7.00 5.12 2.62 3.12 1.78 1.25 1.62 1.69 3.06 2.50 3.69 2. • Pressure lube fitting provided.12 1.25 2.38 21.31 3.75 3.25 4.06 6.75 21.50 3.78 20.56 2.88 26.25 11.25 3.25 2.88 1.44 12.88 3.72 16.66 2.

Limit* Each (in.69 1.88 5.06 1. (lbs.25 1.06 1/2 CX05-0308 1016073 3600 1.50 1.69 .19 2.56 1.44 5/16 CX05-0306 1016037 1250 .00 2.88 7.31 2.94 3.50 1.88 .44 3.31 .69 .00 1.25 .13 6.25 .00 . No.) A B C D E G J M R T U V 1/4 CX05-0299 1016233 850 .00 10.00 2.19 4.94 1.) Stock Load Weight Size CERTEX No. Inc.75 1.00 4.32 2.75 11.39 1.36 1 1/2 CX05-0314 1016215 45200 45.09 3.38 1.69 7/8 CX05-0311 1016135 10000 6.49 3.38 2.) A B C D J M R S T 1/4 CX05-0305 1016019 850 .63 1.81 3/4 CX05-0310 1016117 7200 4.00 1. Class 1 except for those provisions required of the contractor.00 1.75 1.38 1.50 1.38 .62 1.75 6.13 1.56 3.88 7.31 2.69 3.54 2.75 .38 5. Galv.75 5. Ref.31 .94 1.) Cat.81 .19 4.34 2.31 2.13 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.00 1. Galv.25 .) Cat.78 7. Crosby Dimensions G-401 Working (in.63 4.79 7.72 3.50 1.13 6.81 .75 2. No.69 .00 8. SWIVELS The Crosby Group.00 .63 .31 .50 2.25 5.50 1.69 3.63 2.13 1 CX05-0312 1016153 12500 8.Type VII.95 4.62 1.19 2.44 5/8 CX05-0303 1016313 5200 2.88 2.) Stock Load Weight Size CERTEX No.31 8.25 .69 3.) (lbs.71 2.50 2.12 .63 5.50 2.38 1.75 2. except for those provisions required of the contractor.31 2.00 1.06 4.75 1. Chain Swivels G-401 Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D.38 11.12 2.47 3/8 CX05-0301 1016279 2500 .00 1. Ref. (lbs.31 1.) (lbs.75 1.19 3/8 CX05-0307 1016055 2250 .31 3.56 2.00 4.09 3.81 1.63 5.06 2.25 3.21 1.63 1 1/4 CX05-0313 1016199 18000 16.13 3.25 1.81 1.25 3.44 5/8 CX05-0309 1016091 5200 2.19 6.75 .00 .25 .00 20.25 17.50 3.25 1.25 .50 5. Crosby Dimensions G-402 Working (in.94 3/4 CX05-0304 1016331 7200 3.50 .25 4.75 3.06 2. Limit * Each (in.56 1.63 .00 2.31 1.44 4.Type VII.50 1.13 10. 5-27 .75 2.00 1.50 2.88 1/2 CX05-0302 1016297 3600 1.25 5 5/16 CX05-0300 1016251 1250 .46 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit Regular Swivels G-402 Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D.50 3.50 1.00 .94 1.75 1.06 .69 . Class 2.13 9.02 3.50 1.88 .38 3.50 4.37 5.25 2.50 .13 1.75 13.19 4.75 .00 .25 2.22 4.

84 * Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.88 5/8 CX05-0319 1016475 5200 2. Limit* Each (in.69 2.13 2.06 4.00 4.25 2.19 2. 402 and 403 swivels are positioning devices and are not intended to rotate G-403 under load. No. Ref.50 2.) (lbs.00 10.50 4.19 2.75 3.69 5/16 CX05-0316 1016411 1250 .50 2. Galv.31 7.88 2.53 .31 2.31 3.84 4.94 2.88 3.381.75 5.31 1.31 .) Stock Load Weight Size CERTEX No.00 1.69 .88 7.48 3.13 6.63 1.00 2.06 8.81 1.13 3.74 20.25 1/2 CX05-0318 1016457 3600 1. except for those provisions required of the contractor.53 5.13 3.63 2.69 .81 .00 1.69 .06 2.13 1.75 1.00 9.75 5.53 1 CX05-0322 1016536 12500 9.31 2.13 8.88 . Patent 5.650 and foreign equivalents Quenched & Tempered 5 Crosby G-403 Working Dimensions (in.00 .25 14.03 .50 1.81 3/8 CX05-0317 1016439 2250 .44 2.94 1.50 2.81 1.50 .72 1.63 .84 10.38 3.81 1.56 11.75 1.50 .25 1.00 2.31 4.34 1.00 4.88 3.31 .88 6.63 5. SWIVELS The Crosby Group.56 1.21 1.06 3.88 1. 401.25 2.) Cat.94 3.75 .63 1.75 1.50 6.31 .69 1.31 1.41 . 5-28 .25 .00 7/8 CX05-0321 1016518 10000 5.00 .00 .06 .06 1.75 6.44 13.50 1.63 1.06 .88 .75 .75 1.50 2.38 1.13 .50 1.87 4.75 2.81 .00 2.38 9.34 2.88 1.) A B C G J K L M N P R T U V 1/4 CX05-0315 1016395 850 . Hot Dip Galvanized U. (lbs.31 1.69 3.63 4.44 3/4 CX05-0320 1016493 7200 3.66 2.88 1. Inc Jaw End Swivels Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D.75 2. Class 3.00 1.75 6.06 .75 7.19 4.94 1 1/4 CX05-0323 1016572 18000 15.75 .38 1.63 3.00 2.47 1.25 4.50 1.13 2.50 1.S.13 2.00 5.31 4.63 4.38 .Type VII.69 5.00 2.38 1 1/2 CX05-0324 1016590 45200 54.

44 .) A B C D E F G H 1/8 CX05-0325 1037256 3.63 * SS-414 sizes available in stainless steel type 304.27 .00 6.06 . except for those provisions required of the contractor.44 1 CX05-0334 1037434 97.69 .13 . Galv.63 1.23 * 5/16 CX05-0337 1037657 CX05-0354 1037988 11.50 4.00 3.50 1.13 1 1/4 .38 1.25 3.25 4.06 6.00 8.00 2.1 1/2 CX05-0348 1037871 — — 1294.70 2. 5-29 .13 .69 . • Hot Dip galvanized Steel.50 1.39 1. Ref.50 2.09 2. Crosby Rope G-411 Weight Dimensions Dia Stock No.25 .25 4.69 4.50 Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles G-414 and SS-414 • A rugged rope thimble recommended for heavy duty service.81 1.63 .13 .00 2.) Rope Crosby Crosby Weight Dia.19 1.16 .50 3.00 3.50 1.00 5.13 12.41 .88 7.53 .81 3.13 1.50 2 1/4 CX05-0352 1037951 — — 3950.38 1 3/4 CX05-0350 1037915 — — 1775.22 . No.69 .11 .75 2.06 .47 .50 1.06 .50 2.2 CX05-0351 1037933 — — 2775. Stainless (lbs.) CERTEX (in.00 1.63 2.31 1.25 3.14 . Dimensions (in.00 9.50 5.75 1.) A B C D E F G H * 1/4 CX05-0336 1037639 CX05-0353 1037960 6.90 6.66 .88 1.50 .66 .38 1.50 4.00 17.63 1.1 1/4 CX05-0335 1037452 175.) Cat.13 14.78 .94 .06 1.25 8.72 .50 4.72 .59 . Cat.94 1. G-414 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type III.50 2.06 .00 12.25 3.13 3/8 CX05-0329 1037336 6.25 .28 * 3/8 CX05-0338 1037675 CX05-0355 1038004 21.84 .63 2.10 5.88 .91 .50 1.41 .94 1.94 .25 .72 1.80 2.50 1.06 . No.00 3.50 4.16 1/2 CX05-0330 1037354 12.75 2.56 1.50 1.63 1.34 7/8 CX05-0333 1037416 84.19 9.94 .13 1 3/8 .94 2. • Available in Hot Dip galvanized or Stainless Steel.00 11.31 1 7/8 .06 .50 1.34 .31 2.63 1.13 1.38 2. CERTEX G-414 CERTEX SS-414 Per 100 (in.31 .09 .13 1 5/8 CX05-0349 1037899 — — 1700.80 5.13 3. Galv.00 3.70 4.69 1. except for those provisions required of the contractor.25 2.34 .16 . Inc.53 . Stock No.13 5 5/16 CX05-0328 1037318 4.75 1.05 .81 .00 7.1 3/8 CX05-0347 1037853 — — 811. Standard Wire Rope Thimbles G-411 Standard • Recommended for light duty service.34 7/16 CX05-0339 1037693 — — 34.13 4.28 .13 .25 1.41 * 5/8 CX05-0342 1037755 CX05-0357 1038040 75.56 . Ref.88 .50 6.50 .) Cat.28 .10 3.56 1.75 *1 CX05-0345 1037817 — — 313.78 .22 .69 .41 9/16 CX05-0341 1037737 — — 51.50 2.88 1.31 1.84 1.50 .00 6.13 5.88 2.25 1.31 1. WIRE ROPE THIMBLES The Crosby Group.88 1.16 .14 .38 1.53 .22 .25 2.00 3.13 2.80 9.25 2.19 5/8 CX05-0331 1037372 34.34 3/4 CX05-0332 1037390 47.14 .00 11.08 .05 .75 1.05 .38 .38 .08 .81 1.38 .60 2.47 .13 .97 .41 .08 .75 1.50 1.50 .41 1 1/8 .50 3.13 1.00 10.50 2.05 .50 2.70 3.13 3/16 1/4 CX05-0326 CX05-0327 1037274 1037292 3.50 * 3/4 CX05-0343 1037773 CX05-0655 1038068 158.38 .50 1.00 15.13 4.00 3.38 * 1/2 CX05-0340 1037719 CX05-0356 1038022 51.22 .88 1. G-411 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type II. No.25 .75 2. Per 100 (in.75 1. (lbs.69 1.19 1.25 7.38 1.88 2.19 1. Ref.16 .81 .50 2.94 1.44 .75 .63 2.22 .81 2.00 8.66 7/8 CX05-0344 1037791 — — 177.06 .60 5.38 6.75 2.50 3.31 .75 3.31 .88 1 1/8 -1 1/4 CX05-0346 1037835 — — 400.

25 6. No.6 CX05-0372 W-9 1 7/8-2 5/8 3/4 8 14 1/2 2 1/8 3 1/4 1 7/8 13 19 1/4 53 CX05-0373 W-10 2 1/8-2 1/4 3/4 7/8-1 8 1/2 15 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 2 13 20 3/8 66 CX05-0374 W-11 2 1/2-3 7/8-1 1 1/8 9 18 1/2 3 3/16 4 11/16 2 1/2 15 3/4 24 3/4 126 Casing and Choker Thimbles The No.53 1. No.38 1.3 CX05-0366 W-3 1/2-9/16 3/16 3/16 2 3/8 4 3/8 5/8 1 5/8 4 6 1.88 2.38 1.06 .50 3.81 .75 . No. NO.2 CX05-0379 86 7/16 3/8 #6 1 1/8 1 11/16 2 1/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 3/8 7/8 9/16 3. 85. NO.81 7.7 CX05-0376 *83 1/4 3/16 #3 5/8 1 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 7/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 1.21 4.This is a neces- sity when a regular sling is used as a choker sling.50 2.25 3.29 7. DIMENSIONS & DATA CERTEX NEWCO SLING SIZE FITS CHOKER WT.06 5.6 CX05-0370 W-7 1 3/8-1 1/2 7/16-1/2 1/2 5 9 1/2 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 1/4 8 1/8 12 1/2 10 CX05-0371 W-8 1 5/8-1 3/4 9/16 5/8 6 3/4 11 3/4 1 13/16 2 9/16 1 7/16 9 3/8 14 3/4 17. A B C D E F G LBS.56 .31 5. Ref.38 2.63 1.25 1.7 5-30 . CX05-0375 82 1/8 1/8 #2 1/2 7/8 1 1/4 2 1/8 3 1/4 1/4 3/8 5/16 .63 2. No.53 .31 .63 1. 87 are designed especially for braided choker slings. Inc.13 5 † Cast Ductile Iron.50 1. Rope retention ears are tapered so they can be bent or peened over wire rope.66 2.The generous inside Dimensions allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks.61 2.38 1.C.41 1.) Cat.28 . 84.50 1.81 4.88 4. Cat.06 † 1 1/4 .1 CX05-0377 84 5/16 1/4 #4 13/16 1 5/16 1 3/4 2 7/8 4 7/16 5/16 5/8 7/16 1. S-412 Each (in. Inc.) (in.38 3.56 .5 CX05-0367 W-4 5/8-3/4 1/4 1/4-5/16 3 3/8 6 5/8 13/16 1 5/16 5/8 5 3/8 8 1/2 3.38 1. SINGLE 8 PTS. 82.13 1.The Choker Thimbles. Ref.75 1.75 .88 4. Stock No.13 1.56 .25 3.25 2.81 . Ref.06 .81 1. WIRE ROPE THIMBLES The Crosby Group.5 CX05-0369 W-6 1 1/8-1 1/4 3/8 7/16 4 3/8 8 3/8 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7 1/8 11 8. NEWCO Manufacturing Company.38 1.56 † 7/8 CX05-0361 1037185 5. Solid Wire Rope Thimbles • Fits pin for open wire rope socket.06 3.75 1.44 † 1 1/8 CX05-0363 1037229 9.78 2.00 . boom pendant clevis and wedge socket. 83 Casing Thimble has been designed for the oil industry. 86 and No. No.The ears can be peened over to retain wire rope.53 1. A B C D E F G H J K L † 1/2 CX05-0358 1037121 .56 † 5/8 CX05-0359 1037149 2.06 .06 .8 CX05-0378 85 3/8 5/16 #5 15/16 1 7/16 2 3 1/4 5 5/16 3/4 1/2 2.81 .50 3.63 4. (lbs.25 4. Rope Crosby Weight Dimensions Dia.06 .25 4.56 † 3/4 CX05-0360 1037167 2.32 4.11 CX05-0368 W-5 7/8-1 5/16 3/8 3 3/4 7 1/8 1 1/8 1 5/8 7/8 6 1/4 9 3/8 5.13 3.38 2.3 CX05-0380 87 1/2 7/16 #7 1 3/8 1 15/16 2 3/4 4 1/16 6 3/8 3/8 1 11/16 4. DIMENSIONS & DATA CERTEX NEWCO SLING SIZE DIMENSIONS WT. CX05-0365 W-2 5/16-3/8 3/32-1/8 3/32-1/8 2 1/8 4 1/8 7/16 13/16 9/16 3 1/4 5 1/4 1.00 . No.94 1.38 3. No.63 2.06 3.25 2. 6PT 8PT HOOK A B C D E F G HR LBS.1 3/8 CX05-0364 1037247 9.44 † 1 CX05-0362 1037201 5.45 6.69 3.41 1. Slip-Thru Thimble NEWCO SLIP-THRU THIMBLES are designed to allow pas- sage of an identical thimble through its eye.69 3.81 . 6 PTS. Cat. SLIP- THRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of the sling from mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessive- ly.31 1.38 3.) CERTEX S.

00 20. Ref.50 — †† 4 CX05-0722 1015060 373000 — 228.00 12.25 10.00 4.00 4.00 3.e.00 12.00 — ††4-3/4 CX05-0725 1015088 389000 — 436.25 .50 — ††3-1/2 CX05-0720 1014529 279000 — 194.50 6.50 4..00 9.00 23.50 32.50 12. Inc.00 19.00 4.50 **1-3/4 CX05-0713 1014388 84900 169800 26.25 8.00 — ††3-1/4 CX05-0719 1014501 262200 — 145.00 24.75 2.00 4.00 3.1) and ASME B30.00 5.50 8.00 11.00 30. • Sizes from 1/2” to 2” are drop forged.75 6.00 **††2-1/4 CX05-0715 1014422 143100 289200 54.00 4.75 14. To check.12 2.89 .00 14.00 3. or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.00 18.00 15.50 **3/4 CX05-0708 1014306 12300 28400 2.50 **1-1/2 CX05-0712 1014360 54300 113200 17.00 — ††4-1/4 CX05-0723 1015067 354000 — 302.50 20.25 4.00 40.50 — †† 5 CX05-0726 1015094 395000 — 516.4 † Based on single leg sling (in-line load). • Individually proof tested to 2 times Working Load Limit MASTER LINK with certification unless otherwise noted.00 3.50 6.50 26.80 2.00 23.75 9.) (lbs.00 9. No.25 10. A-342 Master Link • Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.12 1.25 5.63 .00 20.50 **1-1/4 CX05-0711 1014342 36000 72400 9.00 16.00 3.00 6. 5-31 . which allows for a QUIC-CHECK® measurement to determine if the link dimensions have changed.00 28. MASTER LINK The Crosby Group.9-1.00 15.00 — **††2-3/4 CX05-0717 1014440 216900 433800 87. thus indicating abuse or over- load.00 — ††3-3/4 CX05-0721 1015051 336000 — 198.50 5.75 10. (lbs. ** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A957(8.00 1. A-342 and A-345 Master Links incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features: Deformation Indicators — Two strategically placed marks one on each side of the link.12 1.40 .75 1.00 3.50 2.88 3.38 5.00 21.) (lbs.50 15.00 9.00 7. Limit† Proof Load Each Deformation (in.75 5.00 15.00 3.00 13.75 6.00 31.75 6.00 — * Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. the Master Link should be inspected further for possible damage.38 8.00 17.00 20.25 13. † Welded Master Link.50 5.25 7.70 2.) A B C D E Indicator **1/2 CX05-0706 1014262 7000 14000 .00 28.50 16. they are utilized to quickly check the approximate included angles between two sling legs.00 5.00 16.) Size CERTEX No.00 20. Crosby Working Dimensions Stock Load Weight (in. use a measuring device (i.50 **1 CX05-0710 1014324 24360 48700 5.00 37.50 8.00 3.50 — ††4-1/2 CX05-0724 1015079 360000 — 342.50 8.50 37.00 18.88 11.00 24.00 25.50 7.50 14.25 7.50 — A-342 5 ††2-1/2 CX05-0716 1014468 147300 — 71.00 16.25 12.50 **2 CX05-0714 1014404 102600 205200 41.00 28.00 **5/8 CX05-0707 1014280 9000 18000 1.25 3.14 4.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device.00 24.50 7.00 21.00 18. If the measurement does not meet this criteria.50 — †† 3 CX05-0718 1014486 228000 — 115.60 2.C.00 10. tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks. A-342 Angle Indicators — Forged at 45 degree angles at each end of the link.50 **7/8 CX05-0709 1014315 14000 28000 3.63 3. S.) Cat.50 9.50 27.00 4.

Form 1 — Class Type 1. except for those pro. TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group. 8. • Hot Dip galvanized. Form 1 — Class Type 1. contractor. Hook and Hook. except for those pro. 4. 5-32 . contractor. Form 1 — Class Type 1. 5 HG-223 HG-225 HG-226 HG-227 HG-228 Hook & Hook Hook & Eye Eye & Eye Jaw & Eye Jaw & Jaw Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b. Jaw and Jaw. • Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye. Inc. 7. contractor. contractor. Jaw and Eye. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. • Crosby’s Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced impact properties for greater toughness at all temperatures. Form 1 — Class Type 1. except for those pro.Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all sizes. • Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if requested at time of order. Specifications FF-T791b. 6. Type 1. Specifications FF-T791b. Hook and Eye. by design. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”. bodies heat treated by normalizing. except for those pro- visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the contractor. Specifications FF-T791b. • Typical hardness levels. to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. • Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4” through 5/8”. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered. except for those pro. Form 1 — Class 5. and pins and cotters on sizes 3/4” through 2 3/4”. • Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes. a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. Specifications FF-T791b. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

28 .50 7.78 46.75 .25 18.81 19.31 4.00 1/2 x 9 CX05-0427 1030093 1500 1.94 40.63 .34 5.44 12.00 1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0447 1030495 7500 37.82 17.00 1.94 4.31 13.56 35.52 3.56 2.94 25.89 . bodies heat treated by normalizing.75 .94 2.25 49.56 12.84 4.00 12.82 31.66 2.33 32.59 1.50 1.88 17.69 6.75 .28 9.84 4.63 17.69 2.52 3.00 5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0424 1030039 700 .12 11.69 32.50 1.25 1.94 65.50 .44 38.19 3.00 31.33 20.94 1.30 .94 28.28 20.84 4.50 . TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group.81 9.52 3.38 13.93 1. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered.13 37.56 41.25 37.25 15.00 3/4 x 6 CX05-0432 1030191 3000 3. Thread Crosby Working Dimensions Diameter & Stock Load Weight (in.38 . • Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.75 52.25 28.56 29.69 38. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes.13 5.63 .00 1.34 5.50 1.88 20. Limit* Each E J K M N (in.38 6.25 27.33 26.66 2. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.88 23.52 3.88 1.63 29.22 5.88 29.00 1/2 x 6 CX05-0426 1030075 1500 1.25 59.00 25.25 9.00 * Proof Load is 2.25 21.50 1.94 56.13 49.98 4.25 5.69 2.28 23. Inc.88 26.00 7/8 x 12 CX05-0436 1030271 4000 8.38 16.94 7.98 4.13 5.88 8.25 1.00 1 x 18 CX05-0440 1030351 5000 14.00 1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0446 1030477 7500 31.00 1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0445 1030459 7500 27.44 18.28 17.25 12.63 35.50 .44 44.94 41.47 .33 44.82 11.69 2. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULLS ONLY.38 .50 17.88 47.25 22.00 1.25 16.94 53. Ref.28 17.63 50.95 .94 68.10 .30 1.28 12.60 .00 1 x 12 CX05-0439 1030333 5000 11.50 1.22 5.63 62.98 4.88 8. Galv.50 10.25 19.50 .84 3.28 18.) Cat.63 38. (lbs.75 .28 29.25 5.56 24.94 37.00 3/4 x 18 CX05-0435 1030253 3000 6.22 5.25 6.84 3.69 20.00 5/8 x 12 CX05-0431 1030173 2250 3.) (lbs.77 16.88 1.00 1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0444 1030431 6500 27.) Take Up CERTEX No.27 11.96 34.94 44.28 6.82 14.25 13.38 9.94 2.50 12.56 18.88 8.00 1.00 1.00 1/2 x 12 CX05-0428 1030119 1500 2.45 1.38 19.25 .25 47.69 26.12 7.63 .50 7.43 .81 31.28 .00 3/4 x 12 CX05-0434 1030235 3000 5.25 33.50 7.25 35.34 5. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b.75 64.19 3.25 5.25 5.00 1.00 1x6 CX05-0438 1030315 5000 9.82 19.44 32.33 .44 24.38 12.00 5/8 x 6 CX05-0429 1030137 2250 2.00 5/8 x 9 CX05-0430 1030155 2250 3.25 21.31 .83 .) A D Closed F Open Closed Open Closed BB 1/4 x 4 CX05-0423 1030011 400 .00 18.58 1.81 25.50 1.25 1.82 25.88 14.33 1.28 23.69 12. HG-223 Hook & Hook 5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel.25 1.69 18.63 26.50 3/8 x 6 CX05-0425 1030057 1000 .00 1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0442 1030397 6500 20. except for those provisions required of the contractor. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.72 6.00 3/4 x 9 CX05-0433 1030217 3000 5.75 40.00 7/8 x 18 CX05-0437 1030299 4000 9.88 35.00 1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0443 1030413 6500 23.78 34.Type 1 Form 1 — CLASS 5.98 4.84 3.69 24.13 61.75 .66 2.00 1.00 1.81 8.5 times Working Load Limit. No.94 31.00 1 x 24 CX05-0441 1030379 5000 17.84 4.78 .72 11. 5-33 .25 23.63 23.28 29.94 2.

except for those provisions required of the contractor.44 .80 27.67 1.62 18.09 8.46 7.13 39.80 39.31 .75 .27 11.00 1.20 33.06 3.00 3/4 x 18 CX05-0460 1030878 3000 6.72 38.93 1.84 4.09 4.45 2.33 .33 27.78 34.62 12. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.56 1.90 6.19 8.88 8.96 13.22 5.67 1.94 2.67 16.5 times Working Load Limit.28 18. 5-34 .61 .19 3.34 5.00 7/8 x 12 CX05-0461 1030896 4000 8.53 2.81 25.88 1.34 1.09 1.12 .00 1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0469 1031056 6500 24.06 2.72 3.38 .89 .19 3.72 12. Form 1 — CLASS 6.50 7.06 30. Thread Crosby Working Dimensions Diameter & Stock Load Weight (in.44 6.00 1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0471 1031092 7500 31.06 3.75 .50 7.96 16.45 18. HG-225 Hook & Eye 5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel.) Cat.88 3.44 6.78 46.00 1.52 3.06 2.00 1/2 x 12 CX05-0453 1030734 1500 2.98 4.25 5.72 32.09 1.45 1.00 1.78 28.72 56. Limit* Each E J K M N X (in.96 27.84 3.45 29.70 .72 68.36 18.38 1.84 4.20 3.90 12.20 27.00 1.94 2.00 1.50 1.06 3. to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye.50 . • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.46 12.13 5.66 2.) Take Up CERTEX No.Type 1.50 1.00 1/2 x 6 CX05-0451 1030690 1500 1. bodies heat treated by normalizing.26 .98 4.75 4.09 1.25 5.91 30.45 15.49 .63 27.69 6.75 .30 1.88 3.00 1.67 19.88 3.20 21.45 2.06 2.12 8. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered.44 6.25 48.84 3.00 * Proof Load is 2.45 25.47 9.88 8.00 3/4 x 12 CX05-0459 1030850 3000 5.20 3.33 21.00 1 x 12 CX05-0464 1030958 5000 11.13 33.72 4.10 18.75 65.25 5.80 36.47 1.66 2.78 48.95 .00 5/8 x 6 CX05-0454 1030752 2250 2.98 4.75 .00 4.29 .91 2.34 5.10 12.12 8.69 18.72 4.47 1.94 .69 12.45 23.52 6.12 8.00 1. Ref.22 5.50 1.94 1.33 1.45 12. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes.47 15.00 4.45 2.81 7.44 .13 63.50 1.80 30.25 24.25 .50 . Inc.81 31.91 2.63 29.00 1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0467 1031010 6500 19.00 1x6 CX05-0463 1030930 5000 9.23 9. For turnbuckles sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”.77 16.81 7.25 5.25 36.) (lbs.13 .25 5.00 7/8 x 18 CX05-0462 1030912 4000 9.52 3.47 21.72 44.25 1.84 3.47 1.13 51.81 7. (lbs.50 13.00 1.83 .80 24.72 24. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.45 20.72 3.20 3.69 13.72 4.69 2.75 .23 6.36 6.25 5.56 2.94 11.06 36. TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group.13 27.25 1.50 .00 1/2 x 9 CX05-0452 1030716 1500 1.72 18.72 3.36 12.00 3/4 x 6 CX05-0457 1030814 3000 3.78 .75 .94 1.88 1.78 22.47 18.00 3/4 x 9 CX05-0458 1030832 3000 4.63 35.45 17.96 33.00 1.45 31.09 1.25 1. Galv.28 24.81 19.44 2.98 4.13 5.63 21.61 .25 60.50 3/8 x 6 CX05-0450 1030672 1000 .75 .00 5/8 x 12 CX05-0456 1030798 2250 3. No.52 3.69 9.00 1.78 .63 .06 42.13 66.59 1.94 2.72 35.22 5.50 1.00 1.98 10.00 1.23 12. by design.) A D Closed F Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB 1/4 x 4 CX05-0448 1030636 400 .80 63.78 .91 24.50 1.75 41.63 47.20 39.80 18.13 42. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b.13 39.00 5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0449 1030654 700 . • Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.50 7.00 4.72 44.25 1. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated.56 1.00 1.72 41.00 1 x 24 CX05-0466 1030994 5000 17.69 2.34 5.13 54.98 17.84 4. a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.96 21.63 .00 1 x 18 CX05-0465 1030976 5000 14.33 45.33 33.63 23.47 .96 19.63 15.36 24.38 1.63 .52 3.80 51.44 .28 30.69 2.67 1.45 2.56 1.00 1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0472 1031118 7500 37.44 6.45 19.90 9.72 29.63 18.00 5/8 x 9 CX05-0455 1030770 2250 3.67 13.75 53.00 1 1/4 x18 CX05-0468 1031038 6500 23.66 2.20 3.84 4.00 1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0470 1031074 7500 27.78 36.88 8.10 .09 .62 24.00 4.85 .

82 30.32 36.80 7.00 1 x 12 CX05-0489 1031573 10000 11.38 42.00 3/4 x 9 CX05-0483 1031458 5200 4. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.38 19.36 6.50 54.62 24.31 54.72 21.76 .97 19.00 3/4 x 12 CX05-0484 1031476 5200 5.00 4.50 78. a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.00 1/2 x 6 CX05-0476 1031314 2200 1.88 3.50 61.44 .68 21.00 1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0492 1031635 15200 19.44 .75 .00 1 x 24 CX05-0491 1031617 10000 17.19 .00 1 x 18 CX05-0490 1031591 10000 14.13 .69 9.06 2.00 3/4 x 6 CX05-0482 1031430 5200 3.00 25.50 42.00 4.25 5.31 13.96 19.62 18.96 1.22 .10 12.72 3. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered.69 12.97 51.56 42.50 25.38 22.) (lbs.00 1.38 4.75 28.68 18.72 24.38 48.72 3.48 .96 1. 5-35 .38 45.68 21.69 13.62 20.06 14.06 2.82 2.36 24.88 35.) A Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB 1/4 x 4 CX05-0473 1031252 500 .12 8.00 18.97 27.00 33.75 46.68 17.00 1.00 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.08 25.00 4.31 42.08 13.56 1.38 72.00 1/2 x 12 CX05-0478 1031350 2200 2.62 .83 .25 8.25 11.96 13.00 2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0502 1031859 75000 194.69 18.62 2.90 9.62 6.Type 1.75 69.00 7/8 x 12 CX05-0486 1031519 7200 7.00 1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0493 1031653 15200 23. to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye.00 1.81 7.88 47.44 6.00 57.62 82.08 16.44 6.50 45.82 2.19 55. Inc.23 12.12 13.50 1.00 24.38 28.38 1.62 2.50 1.38 60.12 .00 2.36 12.32 48. by design.50 36.69 51.50 30.25 64.95 .52 6.38 47.68 1.68 33.72 3.09 1.62 2.50 31.25 40.56 1.00 1. except for those provisions required of the contractor.00 5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0474 1031270 800 .68 27. (lbs.81 7.00 4.96 16.75 2.56 36.25 5.00 37.63 20.00 1/2 x 9 CX05-0477 1031332 2200 1.69 79.38 23.00 1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0499 1031797 28000 58.00 1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0494 1031671 15200 27.23 9. TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group.96 1.00 7/8 x 18 CX05-0487 1031537 7200 9.16 12.50 42.47 18.00 4.63 26.00 1. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b.82 24.00 1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0495 1031699 21400 27.00 45.53 2.50 7.62 12.00 5/8 x 6 CX05-0479 1031378 3500 3.62 2.44 .10 18.56 30. Form 1 — CLASS 4.90 6.09 4.68 14.19 5.00 * Proof Load is 2.06 2. Ref.81 7.00 3/4 x 18 CX05-0485 1031494 5200 7.00 1.44 2.68 1.00 4.25 1.26 .62 2.25 2.56 3.75 .00 85. No.50 1.75 .72 39. Galv.80 12.62 23.47 11.72 3.75 57.50 19.88 3.00 39.32 23.78 .34 1.62 58.61 . • Lock Nuts available for all sizes.38 10.00 1.94 .72 12.00 1.12 8.22 24. HG-226 Eye & Eye 5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”.90 12.00 5/8 x 12 CX05-0481 1031412 3500 3.69 6.32 29.62 2.38 29.38 39.00 1x6 CX05-0488 1031555 10000 9.25 2.56 1.00 1.79 .63 32.78 24.54 .75 4.68 20.16 1.50 69.97 31.31 28.38 35.97 39. bodies heat treated by normalizing.09 1.97 25.23 6.31 34.50 57.08 31.88 3.97 63.14 .42 .38 17.00 1. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.38 1.09 1. Thread Crosby Working Dimensions Diameter & CERTEX Stock Load Weight (in.56 3.00 2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0501 1031831 60000 144.97 27.56 9.28 .75 81.62 29.72 33.25 .25 52.00 61. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.44 6.62 54.75 34.50 66.36 18.00 3. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated.50 3.12 8.38 16.38 4.00 1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0496 1031715 21400 31.75 22.38 10.50 3/8 x 6 CX05-0475 1031298 1200 .25 15.08 19.72 3.00 75.50 1.68 15.09 24.) Cat.31 40.68 1.45 .00 2 x 24 CX05-0500 1031813 37000 85.08 19.) Take Up No Limit* Each J K M N X (in.72 3.12 9.72 3.97 37.72 18.04 1.09 1.00 49.00 1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0498 1031779 28000 52.31 66.56 3.00 5/8 x 9 CX05-0480 1031396 3500 2.62 17.44 6.00 1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0497 1031733 21400 37.

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-227 Jaw & Eye

5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in
the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4”
sizes.
• Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 8, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread Crosby Working Dimensions
Diameter CERTEX Stock Load Weight (in.)
& Take No. Limit* Each A B E G J K M N X
Up (in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) Closed Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0503 1031877 500 .30 .25 .41 1.58 .62 11.35 7.35 12.07 8.07 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0504 1031895 800 .50 .31 .47 1.98 .87 13.71 8.71 14.01 9.51 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0505 1031911 1200 .80 .38 .50 2.12 .87 16.81 10.81 17.77 11.77 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0506 1031939 2200 1.51 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 18.29 12.29 19.48 13.48 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0507 1031957 2200 1.71 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 24.29 15.29 25.48 16.48 1.44 .72 3.23 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0508 1031975 2200 2.08 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 30.29 18.29 31.48 19.48 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0509 1031993 3500 2.35 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 19.74 13.74 21.28 15.28 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0510 1032019 3500 3.17 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 25.74 16.74 27.28 18.28 1.75 .88 3.90 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0511 1032037 3500 3.61 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 31.74 19.74 33.28 21.28 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0512 1032055 5200 4.00 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 21.19 15.19 23.11 17.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0513 1032073 5200 4.75 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 27.19 18.19 29.11 20.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0514 1032091 5200 5.93 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 33.19 21.19 35.11 23.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0515 1032117 5200 7.00 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 45.19 27.19 47.11 29.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0516 1032135 7200 8.36 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 34.34 22.34 36.57 24.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0517 1032153 7200 9.75 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 46.34 28.34 48.57 30.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 CX05-0518 1032171 10000 8.92 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 24.34 18.34 26.89 20.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0519 1032199 10000 11.20 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 36.34 24.34 38.89 26.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0520 1032215 10000 13.30 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 48.34 30.34 50.89 32.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0521 1032233 10000 17.00 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 60.34 36.34 62.89 38.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0522 1032251 15200 19.42 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 38.82 26.82 42.05 30.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0523 1032279 15200 24.18 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 50.82 32.82 54.05 36.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0524 1032297 15200 28.50 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 62.82 38.82 66.05 42.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0525 1032313 21400 28.99 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 40.50 28.50 44.25 32.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0526 1032331 21400 35.00 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 52.50 34.50 56.25 38.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0527 1032359 21400 39.18 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 64.50 40.50 68.25 44.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0528 1032395 28000 53.75 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 55.38 37.38 59.78 41.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00
1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0529 1032411 28000 60.68 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 67.38 43.38 71.78 47.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00
2 x 24 CX05-0530 1032439 37000 89.00 2.00 2.50 11.86 3.69 72.62 48.62 77.95 53.95 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00
2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0531 1032457 60000 150.00 2.50 2.88 13.56 4.44 75.80 51.80 82.40 58.40 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00
2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0532 1032475 75000 183.00 2.75 3.50 15.22 4.19 77.88 53.88 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-36

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4”
sizes.
5
• Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 7, except for those provisions required for the contractor.

Thread Crosby Working Dimensions
Diameter & Stock Load Weight (in.)
Take Up CERTEX No. Limit* Each E J K M N
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B Closed G Open Closed Open Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0533 1032493 500 .36 .25 .41 1.58 .62 10.90 6.90 11.90 7.90 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0534 1032518 800 .52 .31 .47 1.98 .87 12.36 8.36 13.90 9.40 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0535 1032536 1200 .81 .38 .50 2.12 .87 16.14 10.14 17.38 11.38 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0536 1032554 2200 1.56 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 17.50 11.50 19.00 13.00 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0537 1032572 2200 1.74 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 23.50 14.50 25.00 16.00 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0538 1032590 2200 2.40 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 29.50 17.50 31.00 19.00 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0539 1032616 3500 2.72 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 18.80 12.80 20.88 14.88 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0540 1032634 3500 3.43 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 24.80 15.80 26.88 17.88 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0541 1032652 3500 3.91 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 30.80 18.80 32.88 20.88 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0542 1032670 5200 4.11 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 20.00 14.00 22.60 16.60 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0543 1032698 5200 5.46 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 26.00 17.00 28.60 19.60 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0544 1032714 5200 6.43 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 32.00 20.00 34.60 22.60 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0545 1032732 5200 8.07 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 44.00 26.00 46.60 28.60 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0546 1032750 7200 8.17 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 33.36 21.36 36.32 24.32 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0547 1032778 7200 10.78 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 45.36 27.36 48.32 30.32 18.00
1x6 CX05-0548 1032796 10000 10.18 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 22.72 16.72 26.06 20.06 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0549 1032812 10000 12.52 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 34.72 22.72 38.06 26.06 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0550 1032830 10000 15.14 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 46.72 28.72 50.06 32.06 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0551 1032858 10000 18.08 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 58.72 34.72 62.06 38.06 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0552 1032876 15200 20.59 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 37.34 25.34 41.54 29.54 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0553 1032894 15200 24.68 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 49.34 31.34 53.54 35.54 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0554 1032910 15200 28.20 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 61.34 37.34 65.54 41.54 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0555 1032938 21400 30.69 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 38.50 26.50 43.50 31.50 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0556 1032956 21400 36.75 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 50.50 32.50 55.50 37.50 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0557 1032974 21400 40.67 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 62.50 38.50 67.50 43.50 24.00
1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0558 1033018 28000 54.00 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 53.38 38.38 59.18 41.18 18.00
1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0559 1033036 28000 63.36 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 65.38 41.38 71.18 47.18 24.00
2 x 24 CX05-0560 1033054 37000 94.25 2.00 2.50 11.86 3.69 69.54 45.54 76.72 52.72 24.00
2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0561 1033072 60000 165.00 2.50 2.88 13.56 4.44 72.98 48.98 82.18 58.18 24.00
2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0562 1033090 75000 198.00 2.75 3.50 15.22 4.19 74.75 50.75 85.50 61.50 24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-37

WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Grips for PVC-Covered Conductors
The serpentine jaws of this grip series are specially
machined to allow insertion of insulated conductor
through the jaws, which reduces danger of slippage
which might result in insulation damage. Eliminates
necessity of stripping insulation from conductor. Round
inside-jaw contour.
Inside Jaw Contour

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx. Jaw
CERTEX Klein Conductor – Conductor – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) inches (cm)
CX05-0563 1659-20 .20 (5.08) .42 (10.67) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.36) 4 (10.2)
CX05-0564 1659-30 .31 (7.87) .50 (12.70) 4500 (2041) 3 3/4 (1.70) 4 3/4 (12.1)
CX05-0565 1659-40 .49 (12.45) .79 (20.07) 8000 (3629) 7 3/4 (3.52) 5 1/2 (14.0)
CX05-0566 1659-50 .79 (20.07) 1.01 (25.65) 8000 (3629) 7 3/4 (3.52) 5 1/2 (14.0)

Grips for Extra-High-Strength Cables, Messenger, Guy Strand and Conductors
5 A family of grips for cable sizes from .12” (3.10 mm) to
1.0” (25.4 mm). Double “V” grooves give four-point con-
tact, reducing chance of slipping and providing proper
alignment. For larger conductors, see our grips with
round inside-jaw contour.

Inside Jaw Contour

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx. Jaw
CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) inches (cm)
CX05-0567 1613-40 .12 (3.05) .37 (9.40) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.36) 4 (10.2)
CX05-0568 1684-5 .218 (5.54) .55 (13.97) 8000 (3629) 6 1/4 (2.83) 5 (12.7)
CX05-0569 1684-5F* .16 (4.06) .55 (13.97) 8000 (3629) 6 1/4 (2.83) 5 (12.7)
CX05-0570 1628-16 .31 (7.87) .62 (15.75) 15,000 (6804) 15 1/2 (7.03) 7 1/4 (18.4)
CX05-0571 1628-17 .50 (12.70) .75 (19.05) 15,000 (6804) 17 (7.71) 7 1/4 (18.4)
CX05-0572 1628-18 .75 (19.05) 1.00 (25.40) 15,000 (6804) 17 (7.71) 7 1/4 (18.4)
* Similar to No. 1684-5 above except with a file inserted in jaw for extra gripping power. Replacement file No. 578 and screws
No. 573 are also available.

Parallel-Jaw Grips

1685-20 Inside Jaw Contour 1685-30
These lightweight, compact grips pull an exceptionally wide range of cable sizes and types. Each grip is designed with
round inside-jaw contours.The lower jaw is serrated to firmly grip insulated cables and conductors.The design
includes a latch that prevents the grip from falling in case of jaw disengagement from the cable, plus a large-diameter
eye that accommodates large hooks on hoists, winches and tackle blocks.

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx. Jaw
CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) inches (cm)
CX05-0573 1685-20 .157 (4) .844 (22) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.3) 2.36 (6.0)
CX05-0574 1685-30 .625 (16) 1.250 (32) 6600 (2994) 5 (2.3) 4.5 (11.43)

5-38

WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein “Haven” Grips

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx.
CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs. (kg)
CX05-0575 1604-10 14 B&S .06 (1.52) 2 B&S .25 (6.35) 2500 (1134) 1 (.45)
CX05-0576 1604-20 8 B&S .125 (3.18) Steel Strand .50 (12.70) 5000 (2268) 2 1/2 (1.13)

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx.
CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs. (kg)
CX05-0577 1604-20L 8 B&S .125 (3.18) Steel Strand .50 (12.70) 5000 (2268) 2 1/2 (1.13)

5

Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx.
CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs. (kg)
CX05-0578 1625-20 1 B&S .28 (7.11) Wire Rope .75 (19.05) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)
CX05-0579 1625-20 7/8 1 B&S .38 (9.65) Wire Rope .88 (22.35) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)
CX05-0580 1625-20 1 1 B&S .50 (12.70) Wire Rope 1.00 (25.40) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)

Designed for use when light, compact grip is desired and where conductor damage is not a factor. Gripping pressure
of the knurled jaw is applied to 1/4” (6.35 mm) cable area.
1604-20L and 1625 series have a swing latch to help hold cable in the jaw.
OSHA Information
OSHA requires that all hand tools and equipment be maintained in good working order and that they be free from
damage caused by wear or abuse (OSHA Part 1910, Subpart P, Section 1910.242).
In addition, OSHA Part 1926, Subpart V, Section 1926.955, paragraph 7 (ii) and 8 specifically state that:
“The manufacturer’s load rating shall not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling line sock connections, and all load-
bearing hardware and accessories.
“Conductor grips shall not be used on wire rope unless designed for this application.”

5-39

WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein “Haven” Grips
AWG/B&S Wire Gauges
Diameters of American (AWG) or
Brown & Sharpe (B&S) Wire Gauges

American American
(AWG or (AWG or
Brown & Brown &
No. of Sharpe No. of Sharpe
Wire (B&S) – Wire (B&S) –
Gauge inches Gauge inches
0000 .460 21 .028462
000 .40964 22 .025347
00 .3648 23 .022571
0 .32486 24 .0201
25 .0179
1 .2893
2 .25763 26 .01594
3 .22942 27 .014195
5 4 .20431 28 .012641
5 .18194 29 .011257
30 .010025
6 .16202
7 .14428 31 .008928
8 .12849 32 .00795
9 .11443 33 .00708
10 .10189 34 .006304
35 .005614
11 .090742
12 .080808 36 .005
13 .071961 37 .004453
14 .064084 38 .003965
15 .057068 39 .003531
40 .003144
16 .05082
17 .045257
18 .040303
19 .03589
20 .031961

5-40

WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0581 Model SE

Single lifting eye with dual topside opening.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0582 Model DLE

5
Dual list with suspension lift eyes.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0583 Model TSO

Topside multiple openings with single lift steel reinforced eye.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0584 Model U

Single bail top opening for bus drops and suspension. (#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A.Approv.)

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0585 Model O

For stringing overhead synthetic ropes or swivel lines where no swivel is required, or to join conductor or rope splice.
Used in reaving conductor and/or rope.

5-41

WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.

Model J Double Weave — 6 3/4” to 8”

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. SIZE WORK LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE MESH LENGTH EYE
CX05-0586 6 3/4"-8" 9,100 lbs. 9.4 lbs. Double 58" 6" Braided
CX05-0587 10,100 lbs. 10.2 lbs. 64"

Lewis Snake Grips

5

The Lewis Snake Grip expands or contracts to grip different or identical cable and/or rope sizes as per the customer’s
needs.
SAVE time stringing up, changing and unstringing because the snake requires no special tools.The swivel and swing
link go smoothly through blocks and prevent line twisting.
INSTALL new cable by using old existing cable as pulling line.Always seize the ends of the grips by banding or taping.

LEWIS TYPE LSG WIRE ROPE SNAKES
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No SIZE UTS WK. LD.
REGULAR SIZE SNAKES
CX05-0588 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1/2" 4,486 1,200
CX05-0589 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1" 7,500 2,500
CX05-0590 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 1 1/2" 10,000 3,500
CX05-0591 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2" 12,000 4,000
CX05-0592 LEWIS TYPE LSG 2" - 2 3/4" 16,000 5,000
CX05-0593 LEWIS TYPE LSG 2 3/4" - 3 1/2" 20,000 6,500
CX05-0594 LEWIS TYPE LSG 3 1/2" - 4 1/4" 24,000 8,000
SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES
CX05-0595 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1 1/2" 4,486/7,500 1,200/2,500
CX05-0596 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1 1/2" 7,500/10,000 2,500/3,500
CX05-0597 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 2" 7,500/12,000 2,500/4,000
CX05-0598 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 2" 10,000/12,000 3,500/4,000
CX05-0599 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2 1/2" 12,000/16,000 4,000/5,000

5-42

when put under pressure. WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. No. When a friction swivel is needed for the X-Series Pulling est clearances.The single wire bail also connects easily Grips or any other Lewis Pulling Grip. model grip also offers a backwards weave that (1) adds tion and organized storage. “W/S” to the end of the grip part number. Tensile Mesh Eye CX05-0600 X-A-SW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 3000 3000 18 5 CX05-0601 X-A-DW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" Lt. and (2) allows the grip increases the life of the grip.The X gripping surface.To order a swivel built into a grip add. and still be used time after ground pulls. and reduces injuries due to frayed or series features metal sleeves near the top of the grip to mangled wire in the pulling grip itself.This series is con- mind. Ld. Ref. X model grips incorporate a single wire bail which. swivels. The X and X Heavy Duty feature metal shoulders process of selecting a pulling grip. but can be ordered with to the grip easily. This grip is designed with the ball bearing swivel user in or other abrasive pulling environments. Part # Range Code Wk.The entire X series is installed beneath the bail. sheaves.These shoulders allow the unique for several reasons: grip to be pulled through the most abrasive conduit or 1. The XS. bullwheels. X. conforms to even the tight. provides a more effective to pass through even the tightest of clearances. 2. Co. please refer to the with either ball bearing swivels or drop forged friction following chart. X model grips can be used overhead or for under. The X CERTEX Lewis Color Ultimate Cat. time. and X-HDFE were designed to simplify the 4. and helps to alleviate any binding that stainless steel at additional cost. 3. etc. other rough environments. eliminate wear when pulling through clay conduit.These shoulders are color coded to ensure the correct grip size is selected when making a pull. The reverse weave of all X models insures that the grip and cable will pass smoothly through even the tightest blocks.The single wire eye allows a swivel to be attached structed with galvanized wire. X or XS Swivel X or XS Swivel Models Size Models Size A 5/16" F 3/8" B 3/8" G 1/2" C 3/8" H 1/2" D 3/8" I 1/2" E 3/8" J 1/2" 5 X-Series Grip The X-Series Grips are color coded for quick identifica. may occur in the throat of the swivel during a pull.They are plastic-coated which pulling surface to the grip itself. gravel. Blue 1500 3500 18 5 CX05-0602 X-A-SW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 1700 3400 24 5 CX05-0603 X-A-DW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 2000 6000 24 5 CX05-0604 X-B-TW-26" 1 1/4-2" Red 2500 7500 26 6 CX05-0605 X-B-TW-32" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 32 6 CX05-0606 X-C-TW-32" 2-2 3/4" 3500 10500 32 7 CX05-0607 X-C-TW-38" 2-2 3/4" Purple 4500 13500 38 7 CX05-0608 X-D-TW-38" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 4500 13500 38 7 CX05-0609 X-D-TW-46" 2 3/4-3 1/2" Orange 5500 16500 46 7 CX05-0610 X-E-TW-46" 3 1/2-4 1/4" Green 5500 16500 46 8 CX05-0611 X-E-TW-52" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 6500 19500 52 8 CX05-0612 X-F-TW-52" 4 1/4-4 7/8" Black 6000 18000 52 9 CX05-0613 X-F-TW-58" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 7000 21000 58 9 CX05-0614 X-G-TW-58" 4 7/8-5 1/2" Yellow 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0615 X-G-TW-64" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0616 X-H-TW-58" 5 1/2-6" Brown 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0617 X-H-TW-64" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0618 X-I-TW-58" 6-6 3/4" Turquoise 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0619 X-I-TW-64" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0620 X-J-TW-58" 6 3/4-8" Aluminum 16500 33000 58 10 CX05-0621 X-J-TW-64" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 64 10 5-43 .

Ref. Tensile Mesh Eye CX05-0644 X-HDFE-1/4-1/2" Brown 1200 6000 22 6 CX05-0645 X-HDFE-1/2-7/8" Yellow 2400 12000 42 8 CX05-0646 X-HDFE-7/8-1 3/8" Black 5700 28800 48 9 CX05-0647 X-HDFE-1 3/8-2" Green 9600 48000 50 9 CX05-0648 X-HDFE-2-2 3/4" Orange 11500 56600 52 9 CX05-0649 X-HDFE-2 3/4-3 1/2" Purple 13500 67200 54 9 CX05-0650 X-HDFE-3 1/2-4 1/4" Red 15300 76800 56 9 CX05-0651 X-HDFE-4 1/4-5" Lt. reverse weave. CERTEX Lewis Color Ultimate Cat. XS-Series Grip These grips feature coated galvanized cable. and a single wire bail but will not have metal shoulders.The following heavy duty X models incorporate the use of exceptionally strong mesh. Blue 17900 86400 58 9 5-44 . Ref. reverse weave.The XS series is designed for normal working conditions. Heavy Duty X models are constructed of uncoated aircraft strand galvanized wire. Part # Code Wk. Co. WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. XS series grip are identified by tags beneath the heavy duty clear tubing. Ld. No. No. single wire bail and abrasion-resistant metal shoulders. Part # Range Wk. Ld. Tensile Mesh Eye CX05-0622 XS-A-SW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 3000 3000 18 5 CX05-0623 XS-A-DW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 1500 3500 18 5 CX05-0624 XS-A-SW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 1700 3400 24 5 CX05-0625 XS-A-DW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 2000 6000 24 5 CX05-0626 XS-B-TW-26" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 26 6 5 CX05-0627 XS-B-TW-32" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 32 6 CX05-0628 XS-C-TW-32" 2-2 3/4" 3500 10500 32 7 CX05-0629 XS-C-TW-38" 2-2 3/4" 4500 13500 38 7 CX05-0630 XS-D-TW-38" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 4500 13500 38 7 CX05-0631 XS-D-TW-46" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 5500 16500 46 7 CX05-0632 XS-E-TW-46" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 5500 16500 46 8 CX05-0633 XS-E-TW-52" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 6500 19500 52 8 CX05-0634 XS-F-TW-52" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 6000 18000 52 9 CX05-0635 XS-F-TW-58" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 7000 21000 58 9 CX05-0636 XS-G-TW-58" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0637 XS-G-TW-64" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0638 XS-H-TW-58" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0639 XS-H-TW-64" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0640 XS-I-TW-58" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 58 10 CX05-0641 XS-I-TW-64" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 64 10 CX05-0642 XS-J-TW-58" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 58 10 CX05-0643 XS-J-TW-64" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 64 10 Heavy Duty X Model Grip These grips are designed for large work loads and rugged conditions. CERTEX Lewis Ultimate Cat.

ble properties over a wide temperature range offering Formulated for frequent use in harsh working conditions. 5 BRILUBE 50-an oil based lubricant with additives to The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping. meet the needs of wire ropes working in highly aggres- up with repeated applications. Mobile Cranes. ensuring major factor in rope deterioration. minimising downtime and waste. Fishing Ropes BRILUBE 30-a semi-dry thin film lubricant with excellent BRILUBE 70-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with sta- penetration and corrosion resisting properties. Quality wire rope lubricant. Winch Ropes removal of most contaminants. Rigging. Lake and River Ferries. developed by BRIDON to vides internal lubrication whilst avoiding excessive build. corrosion protection against marine working conditions. Mooring & Towing Cranes. hoist BRIDON recommends the MASTO High Pressure lubrica- ropes and similar working ropes. FOR Lifts and Elevators. Small Excavators BRILUBE 90 is recommended for use wherever rope lubrication is a problem due to environmental concerns. BRILUBE 90-a BIODEGRADABLE heavy duty. highly aggressive environments. BRILUBE 60-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with MASTO systems are available from all BRILUBE stockists excellent corrosion protection and stable properties over for ropes up to 3 ins diameter. Formulated for heavy duty applications in environmental- ly sensitive environments. Marine Formulated for use where frictional grip is vital. good pumping characteristics and non-drying nature. other hostile environments where effective lubricant and ration. Dock Facilities. cation. optimum corrosion protection are vital. BRILUBE 60 is recommended for outdoor use providing The BRILUBE range of advanced wire rope lubricants has effective lubrication and corrosion protection where only been developed to promote longer safe-working life infrequent lubrication is possible. maximum penetration of lubricant with simultaneous FOR Excavators. Water Treatment Operations resistant film on the wire surfaces. Piling Applications. it pro. BRILUBE 40 is recommended for use on lifts. 5-45 . BRILUBE 30 is recommended for general outdoor use BRILUBE 70 is recommended for use in off-shore and where corrosion is a major contribution to rope deterio. BRILUBE 50 is recommended for overhead cranes. reliable and economical system. BRILUBE 40-a synthetic lubricant which deposits a slip. through effective lubrication and corrosion protection. elevators and similar friction driven rope installations. sive conditions and the demand for environmental acceptability. 150 feet per minute. brushing. an effective. and will lubricate up to a wide temperature range. Guy Ropes. Dockside FOR Offshore Cranes. while maximising the proven benefits of in-service lubri- Formulated for long life on standing or dynamic ropes. It spraying and BRILUBE 60. Fishing Ropes Cables. whilst minimising lubricant build-up and abrasive particle Formulated for long life on static or dynamic ropes in contamination. increase adherence and enhance corrosion protection. where fatigue is the tor. 70 and 90 are particularly suit- has excellent penetration and lubrication properties for able for use with High Pressure lubricators due to their working ropes in normal industrial environments. WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION Bridon American Corporation FOR Tower Cranes. Friction Hoists FOR Offshore Installations. FOR Indoor Cranes.

The unit can be carried by either the handle or the shoulder strap and operates at up to 80 p. and 36mm to 76mm diameter. 2 metres of reinforced hose and 350mm lance with trigger control and built-in filter. brushing. is suitable for ropes from 4mm to 35mm. 5-46 . WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION Bridon American Corporation 5 BRILUBE® APPLICATION SYSTEMS The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping. pump.All seals are of solvent resistant nitrile material. residual dressing and contaminants. making the unit ideal for the application of BRILUBE onto winches or crane drums. 40 and 50 can be applied by simple trigger sprays or the BRILUBE portable pressurised sprayer.i. The pressure heads are light in weight. while simultaneously cleaning the rope and removing moisture. PORTABLE PRESSURIZED SPRAYER BRILUBE 30. The MASTO system. This handy pressurised spraying unit consists of a pressure-tested galvanised steel vessel with pressure-gauge. All units are supplied complete with operating and maintenance instructions and a full list of spares which are readily available. (5. These systems operate by forcing the dressing into the rope under high pressure.47 bar) for maxi- mum penetration of the dressing. and a range of application equipment is available to enable effective treatment under most conditions. easy to attach and effective in use with most rope constructions. The special funnel shaped head ensures easy filling and protects the gauge and valve.s.The low cost seals are easy to replace and have long operational lives. MASTO™ POWERED APPLICATION SYSTEMS BRILUBE 60 and 70 can be pressure applied using in-line application systems which are available to suit a wide range of rope sizes and constructions. relief valve. spraying or pumping. approved by BRIDON.

with opened throats. 6 3.) 11. Protect chain slings from corrosion during storage. Do not expose A8A alloy chain or slings to tempera- bowl of hook. 6-1 . Do not point load hooks — load should bear on the 10. from horizon. Use the charts in this catalog or in the Acco Chain Sling User’s Manual for this purpose. 2. bent or damaged links and compo- nents. do not jerk. the load should not be pushed the sling is increased as the angle of lift.Visually examine the sling before each use. 4. If damaged. When lifted. cracks or distortion. DO NOT TWIST CHAIN 12. Slings should not be shortened with knots. or guided by employee’s hands directly on the load. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. type of sling. bolts or Sling Use other makeshift devices. tures above 500°F. Never overload the sling — check the working load 9. remove from service. Hands and fingers should not be placed between the limit on the identification tag. Lift and lower loads smoothly. tal. center of gravity. decreases. knotted or kinked before lifting the load. (See Table next page. angle of lift and select the proper size and 8. including hooks. 5. Chain & Lifting Products Division Recommended Chain Sling Use Follow these Recommendations for Safer Chain 6. Protect chain with padding when lifting sharp edged loads. Make sure chain is not twisted. Look for stretched. 7. gouged. 1. Store slings properly on an A-Frame. Always consider the sling and load while sling is being tightened around effect of Angle of Lift — the tension on each leg of the load. Know the load — determine the weight.

CHAIN SLINGS Acco. that the sling has been subjected to overloading or Slings showing any of the faults described above excessive wear. nicked. worn or elongated a competent person. The inspection schedule should be based on frequency of sling use. Hang chain vertically if practical. by b. c. Severe corrosion. links. Transverse markings are the most dangerous. for preliminary inspection. Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Sling Inspection Daily Inspection — as shown in No. Twisted. 6 2. chain slings shall have a thorough periodic inspection. 1 of the Acco 3. Check master links and hooks for all of the above faults greater than that shown on tag. Acco offers a chain sling inspection service per- formed by our own qualified inspectors. nature of lifts d. there is a possibility — hooks especially for excessive throat opening. Inspection — 1. Clean chain prior to inspection. Cracks in the weld area of any portion of the link. gouged. a. These inspections must be recorded and maintained for each individual sling. 6-2 . If present length is 4. bent. severity of service conditions. Excessive wear — If the wear on any portion of any tent person designated by the employer. link exceeds the allowable wear shown in Table of Periodic Inspection — OSHA specifies that all alloy steel Wear remove from service. to more easily see damage or defects. being made and experience gained on service life of slings used in similar circumstances. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of master link to bearing point of hook). Check this length against reach shown on tag. Make a link-by-link inspection of the chain slings for: Recommendations — should be conducted by a compe. at least once every 12 months. should immediately be removed from service and returned to the manufacturer for repair.

239 10mm (.866) .886 32mm (1.342 13mm (.682 22mm (.630) . Chain & Lifting Products Division GRADE 80 Chain Sling Inspection Table of Wear Specifications Size Minimum Safe of Dimension at Worn Chain Part of Link mm C In.090 Effect of High Temperature on Working Load Limits of Alloy Chain Temperature* Percentage of of Chain Permanent Reduction in Working (Degrees F) (Degrees C) Load Limit** 500 600 260 315 None None 6 700 370 5% 800 425 15% 900 482 20% 1000 540 30% * Acco does not recommend the use of Alloy A8A chain at temperatures above 500°F.259) 1.787) .394) . ** When chain is used at room temperature after being heated to temperatures shown in first column.513) .023) . 7 mm ( . 6-3 . CHAIN SLINGS Acco.443 16mm (.276) .750 26mm (1.546 20mm (.

working load limits and specifications in this and other Acco publications could result in serious injury or property damage. Please refer all such inquiries to the manager of chain customer services. understand and follow the instruc- tions. When hot galvanizing is specified our recommended working load lim- its must be reduced 15%. Hot dip galvanized Accoloy chain is available. EXAMPLES: S—single. 2. determined by working load limit required. Chain & Lifting Products Division Types of Chain Slings How to Order The following information should be given on orders or inquiries for chain slings. REACH:This is the length. SIZE:This is specified by the size of the material from which the chain is made. 1. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list shown. O—oblong link. When other than standard master links or hooks are required. measured from bearing point to bearing point. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified standard master links and hooks as given herein will be used. we should be given a complete description or a drawing of the requested substitute. 3. Single Chain Slings Attachments Type One End Opposite End SG Plain Grab Hook SOS Oblong Link Single Hook SOG Oblong Link Grab Hook SGS Grab Hook Sling Hook SGG Grab Hook Grab Hook SSS Sling Hook Sling Hook SOF Oblong Link Foundry Hook CO Oblong Link Oblong Link Double Chain Slings DOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks DOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks DOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks DOP Oblong Link Plate Hooks Triple Chain Slings TOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks TOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks TOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks Quadruple Chain Slings QOS ObgLink n lo Sin leHooks g QOG Ob gLink n lo GrabHooks QOF Obg nLink lo Fo ryHooks d n u WARNING Failure to read.York. S—sling hook. 6 4. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. PA. 6-4 . including attachments.

4. Required reach — 8 ft. should be used to make up a Kuplex II Sling or to repair an old sling. (Grooves in load pin should point toward body of 3 and 4 Leg Type — The cutting† length is measured and components. Retaining pins and load pins are reusable. it is recommended that only Kuplex II Sling Distributors 4. Chain lengths for additional legs are cut with this same number of links. 3 and 4 leg styles for Grades 63 and 80.92m) (reach over 5’ (1. subtract the difference. 1. If reach is under five’ (1.52m).52m)) to figure shown on chart under Type SOO — 9/32” (7mm) chain is 3’9” (1.52m) Reach” column found on following pages. Pass the load pin through the lie in opposite planes — this allows hooks and attach- component and chain link so that the grooves in the ments to point away from the load as shown. Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining 6 ple. for engineered uniformity and quality control only Accoloy is recommended. Information For Calculating Chain Length Single Leg Type — If the measurement comes within the link. • 6’9” (2. pins when assembling slings. Reach Bearing Point to Bearing Point Assembly Instructions Kuplex II assembles and disassembles quickly with sim. Selecting the proper chain size for your Kuplex II Chain Sling is of utmost importance. the following link is cut.06m) = cut chain length for 8’ (2. The first and last links should Kuplex II component. Drive the Spirol® * retaining pins into the Kuplex II EXAMPLE component until flush with surface. add the difference to the figures in “Cut Chain Length Needed for 5’ (1. Never use rods. readily available tools. Should the body chain of a Kuplex II Sling become badly damaged or broken — replace the entire leg with Accoloy Chain. Must be an odd number of links (due to secondary links on Master Link Assembly) so hooks hang on correct plane. load pin are in line with the retaining pin holes. Kuplex II components will fit most chain manufac- tured domestically.) number of links counted.14m). (2.52m).You may determine the correct chain size and sling style for the job by work- ing from this handy table. Should repairs ever be necessary on a Kuplex II Sling. If the reach is over five feet (1. Because of link dimension differences. 3. Chain & Lifting Products Division Observe These Five Safety Tips When Slinging With Kuplex II 1. Insert the end link of the chain into the slot of the cut† (same as single leg).ACCO recom- mends the use of mechanical or plasma cutting devices. 2. adequate stock of Kuplex II proof tested components parts are available to give you fast repair service. Cut the second leg with the same number of links. WARNING Extreme caution should be used when cutting chain with a torch to avoid heating adjacent links. The Working Load Limit Chart on following page defines load limits of 9/32” through 2”Accoloy Chain in 1. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. To insure compatability of attachments with Accoloy Chain. 2. 3.44m) reach. Reach given should be mini- mum. Select the Kuplex II components to be attached to the Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property. however. 2 Leg Type — The required chain length is measured and 2. matching size chain. A metal tag showing the sling reach will be attached to the sling. identified by the distinc- tive Acco orange color. To disassemble.A8A chain should not be mixed with any other chain when assembling a multi-leg sling. A trained staff and an drive pin. Kuplex II components.44m) Sling type and size — CO 9/32” (7mm) chain • Add 3 feet (0. * Registered TM of Spirol International. pointing out. 5. drive the retaining pins out with a be allowed to handle the repairs. bolts or other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. 6-5 .

500 51.600 131.300 2. kgs. Triple and Quad Chain Slings/Lbs.000 31.3 42.000 303.400 1-1/2 38 100.100 1.571 .26 243.800 61.200 88.300 49. Chain & Lifting Products Division Grade 80 Chain To determine which chain size and leg style are best suited to your requirements — use this working load limit table as a guide.600 67.100 31.900 1.405 67 800 CX06-0094 5116-10602 3/8 10 7. Per Cat.700 123.000 5/8 16 18.200 141.7 33.000 40.000 12.500 18. Specifications Metric Acco Chain Stock Size Working Nominal Nominal Weight 6 CERTEX Number Fibre Load Limits* Inside Length Inside Width Per Meter Meters Per Cat.73 22.100 10.400 108.300 10.300 1 26 47.5 CX06-0098 5116-11402 22 7/8 15.100 7.5 CX06-0096 5116-11002 16 5/8 8. Drum** mm In. mm Lbs.9 CX06-0094 5116-10602 10 3/8 3.000 454.000 278.9 18.300 185.300 25.100 12.5 217.91 152.417 1.100 47.44 61. Working Load Limits* Pounds Size Single of Chain Double Chain Slings/Lbs.600 73.250 341.134 581 100 CX06-0098 5116-11402 7/8 22 34.800 153. Number In.846 .500 67. Ref. 60¡ 45¡ 30¡ 60¡ 45¡ 30¡ 9/32 7 3.200 2. CHAIN SLINGS Acco.5 10.000 7.000 20.700 82.710 1.200 3/8 10 7.900 2 51 175.000 38.100 18.200 48.248 699 100 CX06-0099 5105-11602 1 26 47.000 28.567 144 500 CX06-0095 5116-10802 1/2 13 12.100 1.400 196. Working Load Limits of the chain and components is established as pounds applied at the indicated degrees from horizontal.100 3/4 20 28.000 173.200 72. 3.900 72.736 243 300 CX06-0096 5116-11002 5/8 16 18.400 34.200 49.600 1/2 13 12.300 3.400 7/8 22 34.0 CX06-0097 5116-11202 20 3/4 12.6 139.400 996 75 CX06-0100 5105-12002 1-1/4 32 72. No. and 4 leg styles.800 212.6 31.000 1. No.2 23.4 19.209 .200 262.4 28.7 96.500 9.100 247.5 CX06-0099 5105-11602 26 1 21.7 35.500 Meets ASTM A906 specifications. 6-6 .100 4.8 80.000 259.800 17.500 1-1/4 32 72.670 1575 60 ** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.900 101. The table gives the working load limits of 9/32” through 1-1/4”Accoloy Chain in 1.200 59.200 25.0 51. Drum CX06-0093 5116-10402 9/32 7 3.700 2.300 73.500 60.400 27.4 CX06-0095 5116-10802 13 1/2 5.* Inches Inches Lbs.300 187.250 227. Specifications Inches Every link embossed A8A Matte Grey Finish with Rust Inhibiter Acco Chain Stock Size Working Nominal Nominal Weight Fibre Load Inside Inside Per Feet CERTEX Drum** Limits* Length Width 100-Ft.66 30.100 150. mm mm kgs.34 30.400 15. Ref. mm Lbs.400 100.7 14.200 71.9 CX06-0100 5105-12002 32 1-1/4 32.3 9.906 372 200 CX06-0097 5116-11202 3/4 20 28.60 91.3 ** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.500 175.800 94. 2.600 371.600 18.900 3. You know the maximum load (or loads) you will lift and the angle of lift involved — working to the left from these loads and angles gives you the proper chain size for your sling. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.80 18.500 6.000 42.661 1.200 102. Chain at 90¡ Type D Type T and Type Q In. Drum CX06-0093 5116-10402 7 9/32 1.500 .400 5.300 125.937 .200 30.000 1-3/4 45 131.400 47.600 21.400 39.

Ref.200 K-16 2 ’-4 " K-85 2 ’-11 " K-78 3 ’-2 " K-503 2 ’-10 " CX06-0123 1 26 47. 5’ Reach No.100 K-12 3 ’-8 " K-81 3 ’-11 " K-73 4 ’-1 " K-499 3 ’-11 " K-710 KCL-10 CX06-0119 1/2 13 12.500 5/8 3 6 3/8 10 7. In. 9/32 7 3.300 2 7 14 6 Mechanical Single Chain Slings Plain End CO SOS** or SOSH SOG SOF Choke Hook SG Note: Not limited to Single Chain Sling Applications Illustrations shown here utilize Kuplex II Master Kuplinks. In.. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Single Chain Slings Oblong Link Sling Hook** Grab Hook Foundry Hook Grab Hook Specifications Accology Oblong Links Size Grade 80 A B C of Working Dia. Do not point load hooks. Specifications Size SOS Sling Hooks SOG SOF SOCH of SOO/CO SOSH Safety Hook Grab Hooks Foundry Hooks Choke Hook Chain Accoloy Working Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Choke Choke CERTEX Load Limits* Needed for Needed for Needed for Needed for Hook Link Cat. 6-7 . No.200 1-1/2 6 12 1 26 47. CX06-0117 9/32 7 3.700 K-6 3 ’-0 " K-86 2 ’-10 " K-504 2 ’-5 " † Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.100 3/4 3 6 1/2 13 12. No.000 K-13 3 ’-7 " K-82 3 ’-10 " K-75 4 ’-0 " K-500 3 ’-8 " CX06-0120 5/8 16 18.100 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 20 28. In. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl.700 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/4 32 72. Width Length In. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. at 90¡ Kuplink 5’ Reach No. If plain Master Links are preferred Kuplex II Kuplers or Kuplocks must be used to attach chain. at 90¡ In.300 1-1/4 4 8 7/8 22 34.000 1 3-1/2 7 5/8 16 18. CHAIN SLINGS Acco.500 K-11 3 ’-9 " K-80 4 ’-1 " K-72 4 ’-2 " K-498 4 ’-0 " K-710 KCL-7 CX06-0118 3/8 10 7.300 K-15 3 ’-1 " K-84 3 ’-5 " K-77 3 ’-7 " K-502 3 ’-4 " CX06-0122 7/8 22 34. 5’ Reach No. mm Lbs.100 K-14 3 ’-1 " K-83 3 ’-8 " K-76 3 ’-7 " K-501 3 ’-4 " CX06-0121 3/4 20 28. mm Lbs. 5’ Reach No.

200 K-6 1-3/4 6 12 6 1 26 82. 5’ Reach No. No.000 K-5 1-1/2 6 12 7/8 22 59. 6-8 . mm Lbs. at 60¡ Link In. Ref. In. 5’ Reach CX06-0132 9/32 7 6.000 K-5 3/4 K-24 K-84 3 ’-1 " K-77 3 ’-3 " K-502 3 ’-0 " CX06-0137 7/8 22 59.300 K-2 3/4 3 6 1/2 13 20. mm Lbs.800 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-82 3 ’-9 " K-75 3 ’-11 " K-500 3 ’-8 " CX06-0135 5/8 16 31.200 – 2-1/4 8 16 Mechanical Double Chain Slings Use Kuplok as Alternate Method DOSH or DOS DOF Specifications Size Accoloy DOSH DOG Grab Hooks DOF Foundry Hooks of Working Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Chain Load Limits* Master Needed for Needed for Needed for CERTEX Cat.600 – 2 7 14 1-1/4 32 125. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.300 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-81 3 ’-11 " K-73 4 ’-1 " K-499 3 ’-11 " CX06-0134 1/2 13 20.600 2x7x14 1 K-86 2 ’-8 " K-504 2 ’-6 " † Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.800 K-3 1 3-1/2 7 5/8 16 31.300 K-4 1-1/4 4 8 3/4 20 49. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Double Chain Slings Sling Hooks Grab Hooks Foundry Hooks Specifications Oblong Links Size Accoloy A B C of Working Dia. 9/32 7 6. In. Do not point load hooks.200 K-6 7/8 K-25 K-85 2 ’-11 " K-78 3 ’-2 " K-503 2 ’-10 " CX06-0138 1 26 82.300 K-4 5/8 K-23 K-83 3 ’-6 " K-76 3 ’-8 " K-501 3 ’-5 " CX06-0136 3/4 20 49. Width Length In. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Master Mtl. 5’ Reach No. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. In.100 K-1 5/8 3 6 3/8 10 12. at 60¡ Link Kuplok Kupler No.100 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-80 4 ’-1 " K-72 4 ’-2 " K-498 4 ’-0 " CX06-0133 3/8 10 12.

Do not point load hooks. 6-9 . In.500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-84 2’-8" K-77 2’-10" K-502 2’-8" CX06-0152 7/8 22 88.400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-81 3’-8" K-73 3’-10" K-499 3’-8" CX06-0149 1/2 13 31. 5’ Reach No.100 K-2 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16 3/8 10 18. mm Lbs. mm Lbs. Width Length Mtl. Ref. In. Inside Inside Dia. Kuplok Kupler No.900 – 2 7 14 1-3/4 3 6-1/2 1 26 123.500 K-6 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 6 7/8 22 88.000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-83 2’-9" K-76 2’-11" K-501 2’-9" CX06-0151 3/4 20 73. at 60¡ In.900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-85 2’-4" K-78 2’-7" K-503 2’-4" CX06-0153 1 26 123.200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-82 3’-4" K-75 3’-6" K-500 3’-4" CX06-0150 5/8 16 47. In. 5’ Reach CX06-0147 9/32 7 9. CHAIN SLINGS Acco.900 – 2-1/4 8 16 1-3/4 3 6-1/2 1-1/4 32 187. No. In.400 K-3 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3 1/2 13 31. Chain Working for Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain CERTEX Load Limits* Size Needed for Needed for Needed for Cat. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.200 K-4 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4 5/8 16 47. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Triple Chain Slings TOS TOF Sling Hooks Foundry Hooks TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Specifications Oblong Links Size Accoloy A B C D E F of Working Dia. at 60¡ Link In.800 – 2-3/4 9 16 2 3-1/2 7 Mechanical Triple Chain Slings TOSH or TOS TOF TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Quad TOSH TOG Grab Hooks TOF Foundary Size Master Hooks of Accoloy Assy. In. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Master Mtl.000 K-5 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16 3/4 20 73. 9/32 7 9.900 1 1 K-86 2’-2" K-504 2’-0" † Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only. 5’ Reach No. Width Length In.100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-80 3’-11" K-72 4’-0" K-498 3’-10" CX06-0148 3/8 10 18.

Do not point load hooks. In. In. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. 5’ Reach No.000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-83 2’-9" K-76 2’-11" K-501 2’-9" CX06-0166 3/4 20 73.400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-81 3’-8" K-73 3’-10" K-499 3’-8" CX06-0164 1/2 13 31. 5’ Reach No. In. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. mm Lbs. Width Length Mtl. 9/32 7 9.400 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3 1/2 13 31. 5’ Reach CX06-0162 9/32 7 9.200 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4 5/8 16 47. at 60¡ In.100 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16 3/8 10 18. at 60¡ In.800 2-3/4 9 16 2 3-1/2 7 Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings QOSH or QOS QOF QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Specifications Quad QOF Foundary Size Master QOSH QOG Grab Hooks of Accoloy Assy. Width Length In. Inside Inside Dia. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Quadruple Chain Slings QOS QOF Sling Hooks Foundry Hooks QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Specifications Oblong Links Size Accoloy A B C D E F of Working Dia.900 2 2-1/4 7 8 14 16 1-3/4 1-3/4 3 3 6 6 1-1/4 32 187. mm Lbs. No. Hooks Chain Working for Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain CERTEX Load Limits* Size Needed for Needed for Needed for Cat.900 123.500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-84 2’-8" K-77 2’-10" K-502 2’-8" CX06-0167 7/8 22 88.900 1 1 K-86 2’-2" K-504 2’-0" † Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only. Kuplok Kupler No.000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16 3/4 20 73. 6-10 .500 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 6 7/8 1 22 26 88. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl. In.200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-82 3’-4" K-75 3’-6" K-500 3-4" CX06-0165 5/8 16 47.900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-85 2’-4" K-78 2’-7" K-503 2’-4" CX06-0168 1 26 123. In. In.100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-80 3’-11" K-72 4’-0" K-498 3’-10" CX06-0163 3/8 10 18. Ref.

200 1-1/2 6 12 1 26 47. In. Hook No. Specifications Accoloy Size Working of Load Limits* Cut Chain Chain Lbs.100 3/4 3 6 1/2 13 12. In. Specifications Oblong Links Size Accoloy A B C of Working Dia. mm at 90¡ Link No. mm Lbs.300 2 7 14 Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings Style 1 Style 2 Grab Hook Grab Hook Sling Hook** Sling Hook** SOS SOS Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Single Slings Style 1 Style 2 Grab Hook Grab Hook Sling Hook Sling Hook SOS SOS Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. 5’ Reach CX06-0177 9/32 7 3.100 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-73 K-81 3’-11" CX06-0179 1/2 13 12. Kupler Needed for CERTEX Master Grab Sling Cat. No. Ref.300 1-1/4 4 8 6 7/8 22 34.000 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-75 K-82 3’-8" CX06-0180 5/8 16 18.100 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 20 28. In.200 K-5 7/8 K-25 K-78 K-85 2’-11" * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.100 K-3 5/8 K-23 K-76 K-83 3’-7" CX06-0181 3/4 20 28. Width Length In.000 1 3-1/2 7 5/8 16 18.500 5/8 3 6 3/8 10 7. Hook No. Do not point load hooks.300 K-4 3/4 K-24 K-77 K-84 3’-1" CX06-0182 7/8 22 34. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl.700 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/4 32 72. 6-11 . Kuplok No.500 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-72 K-80 4’-1" CX06-0178 3/8 10 7. 9/32 7 3. at 60¡ In. CHAIN SLINGS Acco.

300 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-76 K-83 3’-3" CX06-0195 3/4 20 49. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. Sling Hooks Specifications Oblong Links Size Accoloy A B C of Working Dia. In. In.100 5/8 3 6 3/8 10 12.100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-72 K-80 4’-0" CX06-0192 3/8 10 12. Ref.000 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-77 K-84 3’-1" CX06-0196 7/8 22 59. No.300 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-73 K-81 3’-8" CX06-0193 1/2 13 20. Quad Grab Sling Cut Chain at Master Hook Hook Needed for CERTEX Cat.200 1-3/4 6 12 1 26 82. No.800 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-75 K-82 3’-7" CX06-0194 5/8 16 31. mm 60¡ Link Kuplok Kupler No. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl.000 1-1/2 6 12 6 7/8 22 59. 6-12 . at 60¡ In. mm Lbs.600 2 7 14 1-1/4 32 125. 9/32 7 6. No. Width Length In. Do not point load hooks.200 2-1/4 8 16 Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings DOS Grab Hook Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. In.800 1 3-1/2 7 5/8 16 31.300 1-1/4 4 8 3/4 20 49. 5’ Reach CX06-0191 9/32 7 6. Sling Hooks Specifications Accoloy Size Working of Load Limits* Chain Lbs. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Double Slings DOS Grab Hook Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.200 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-78 K-85 2’-7" * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.300 3/4 3 6 1/2 13 20.

Master Grab Cut Chain CERTEX Chain at Link Hook Needed for Cat. In. 9/32 7 6. 6-13 .300 1-1/4 4 8 3/4 20 49.300 3/4 3 6 1/2 13 20.200 2-1/4 8 16 Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.100 5/8 3 6 3/8 10 12.800 1 3-1/2 7 5/8 16 31.200 K-6 7/8 K-25 K-78 3’-2" * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. mm Lbs. CHAIN SLINGS Acco.100 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-72 4’-2" CX06-1009 3/8 10 12. Do not point load hooks. No. Width Length In. Kuplok Kupler No.300 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-73 4’-1" CX06-1010 1/2 13 20. No.800 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-75 3’-10" CX06-1011 5/8 16 31.000 K-5 3/4 K-24 K-77 3’-3" CX06-1013 7/8 22 59. 5’ Reach CX06-1008 9/32 7 6. Specifications Master Link Size Accoloy A B C of Working Dia. In. at 60¡ In.000 1-1/2 6 12 7/8 1 22 26 59. Ref. mm 60¡ No. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl. In.200 82. Specifications Accoloy Working Size Load Limits* of Lbs.600 1-3/4 2 6 7 12 14 6 1-1/4 32 125.300 K-4 5/8 K-23 K-76 3’-8" CX06-1012 3/4 20 49.

at 60¡ In. Hook Needed for CERTEX Cat. 9/32 7 9.200 1-1/4 4 8 5/8 16 47.400 1 3-1/2 7 1/2 13 31. In.500 1-3/4 6 12 6 7/8 22 88.500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-77 2’-10" CX06-0210 7/8 22 88. Width Length In.900 2 7 14 1 26 123. Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. Quad Grab Cut Chain at Assy. Kuplok Kupler No. mm Lbs. No. 5’ Reach CX06-0205 9/32 7 9. Specifications Accoloy Size Working of Load Limits* Chain Lbs. Specifications Master Link Size Accoloy A B C of Working Dia.000 1-1/2 6 12 3/4 20 73. In. No. Inside Inside Chain Load Limits* Mtl.100 3/4 3 6 3/8 10 18. Do not point load hooks.200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-75 3’-8" CX06-0208 5/8 16 47.100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-72 4’-1" CX06-0206 3/8 10 18. In.900 2-1/4 8 16 1-1/4 32 187.900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-78 2’-8" * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.800 2-3/4 9 16 Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. 6-14 . Ref.400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-73 3’-10" CX06-0207 1/2 13 31.000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-76 3’-1" CX06-0209 3/4 20 73. mm 60¡ In.

CHAIN SLINGS Acco. In.600 1-3/4 6 12 2 7 14 CX06-0238 1-1/4 32 72.100 12.200 1-1/2 6 12 1-3/4 6 12 CX06-0237 1 26 47.300 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Inside Inside CERTEX Load Limit* Load Limit* Mtl.500 6. In.800 1 3-1/2 7 1 3-1/2 7 CX06-0242 5/8 16 31. In. 9/32 mm 7 6.300 49. No.300 1-1/4 4 8 1 3-1/2 7 CX06-0243 3/4 20 49.100 5/8 3 6 5/8 3 6 6 CX06-0240 3/8 10 12. In. Ref. Width Length Cat. In. Inside Inside Load Limit* Mtl.100 5/8 3 6 5/8 3 6 CX06-0232 3/8 10 7.200 59. In. In.200 2 7 14 2-1/4 8 16 Welded Double Sling With Oblong Link On Each End Master Link Specifications Double Standard Size Chain Master Link Oblong End Link of at 60¡ A B C A B C Chain Working Dia.500 CX06-0248 3/8 10 7.200 2-1/4 8 16 2 7 14 End Link Endless Chain Specifications Size Single Chain of at 90¡ Chain Working Load Limit* CERTEX Cat.200 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 6 12 CX06-0245 1 26 82. mm Lbs. In. In. No.000 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/2 6 12 CX06-0236 7/8 22 34.800 1 3-1/2 7 1 3-1/2 7 CX06-0234 5/8 16 18.000 20. CX06-0247 9/32 7 3. Ref.100 CX06-0249 1/2 13 12. Width Length Mtl.300 3/4 3 6 3/4 3 6 CX06-0233 1/2 13 12. No. Ref.700 82. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Single & Double Endless Basket Slings Specifications Single Double Oblong Links Size Chain Chain Single Double of at 90¡ at 60¡ A B C A B C Chain Working Working Dia.000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/4 4 8 CX06-0244 7/8 22 59. Lbs. Width Length Mtl. Lbs. In.100 CX06-0251 3/4 20 28. In.300 1 3-1/2 7 1-1/4 4 8 CX06-0235 3/4 20 28.300 CX06-0252 7/8 22 34. In.700 CX06-0254 1-1/4 32 72.200 CX06-0253 1 26 47. 6-15 . Inside Inside Dia.600 2 7 14 1-3/4 6 12 CX06-0246 1-1/4 32 125. Inside Inside Dia. CX06-0231 9/32 7 3. CX06-0239 In.300 125. Width Length CERTEX Cat. In. mm Lbs.100 31.000 CX06-0250 5/8 1 18.300 3/4 3 6 3/4 3 6 CX06-0241 1/2 13 20.

No.900 2-1/8 6 10-1/2 1 2-1/8 6 36 up to 48 CX06-0266 5373-01600 1 26 123.5 60 and over Standard Magnet Chains Standard ‘D’ Master Link Main Chain Oblong Link Pear Shape Master Link Optional Handles Optional Specifications Accoloy Master Link Oblong Link Chain Working A B C A B C Acco Size Load Limit* Dia.0 up to 60 CX06-0262 5371-02000 1-1/4 150. Replacement Parts Magnet CERTEX Acco CERTEX Acco CERTEX Acco Chain Size Cat. embossed 'AS'. Width Length Reach Diameter Cat.L.000 7 2-1/2 7 12 4’ -7" 2-3/4 7 1-1/2 350 155 60 5. Inside Inside Dia. Lbs. Lgh. Number In. there is no wrestling with the bail for hook-up. mm at 60¡ In. In. Wth. No. • Less Down Time — Easy inspection. Ref. Ea. Dia. No. Lbs. In. Wt. Built-In Dependability • Ease of Use — Designed so bail stands up while chain rests on floor. Wt. Mtl. No. 6-16 .500 2 6 10-1/2 7/8 2-1/8 6 35 up to 45 CX06-0265 5373-01400 7/8 22 88. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Steady-Lift Magnet Chains (3-Point Suspension) Eliminates Costly Down Time With Lift After Lift. pins. In. Leg Cat. Lgh. Pin Cat. Yoke Wt. Yoke 1 CX06-0255 5371-01630 CX06-0257 5371-01620 CX06-0259 5371-01610 1-1/4 CX06-0256 5371-02030 CX06-0258 5371-02020 CX06-0260 5371-02010 Specifications A B C D E F G Comp. CHAIN SLINGS Acco. CX06-0263 5373-01000 5/8 16 47. Magnet Diameter CERTEX Cat. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. No. Links Dia. • Wearability — Engineered and built for increased service life. Ref. Ref. In. Reach Wth. Ref. replaceable pins. Leg. with heat treated bail. Wt. Ref. • Balanced Loading — Three point suspension offers superior stability. legs and bail mean more time on the job and fewer off-site repairs. of Mtl. Inside Inside 5 Link Magnet CERTEX Stock Lbs. No. In. *W. In. Chain Lbs. End Link End Link End Link Assy. alloy chain and end links. Lbs. In. Yoke Yoke Vert.000 1-3/4 6 10-1/2 3/4 2-1/8 6 32-1/2 up to 40/ CX06-0264 5373-01200 3/4 20 73.000 5 2-1/4 7 12 3’ -7" 2-5/8 7 1-1/4 220 110 31 5.L. Chain Pin 6 Acco Stock Size of Accoloy No. CX06-0261 5371-01600 1 100. Lbs. Width Length Mtl.800 2-1/2 6-1/2 12-3/4 1-1/2 2-3/4 7 45-1/2 60 and over † Values shown are grade 63.900 2-1/4 6-1/2 11-1/4 1-1/4 2-3/4 7 40 up to 60 CX06-0267 5373-02000 1-1/4 32 187.

33 6.)* Cat.2 49.300 CX06-0293 1 1/2 6 7/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 11.1 3/4 2 7 14 CX06-0284 1 17/32 2 3/4 5 1/4 57.800 CX06-0271 1 3 1/2 7 1/2 or 5/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 4. No.0 187.300 CX06-0270 3/4 2 3/4 5 1/2 3/8 3/8 9/32 9/32 2.400 CX06-0291 1 4 1/2 – 3/8 3/8 3.900 CX06-0275 2 7 14 1 1/4 1 7/8 7/8 37.1 20.6 31.9 31. * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit.7 73.6 18.3 125.300 CX06-0290 7/8 4 – 3/8 – – 2.0 7/32 3/4 2 3/4 5 1/2 CX06-0279 15/32 7/8 1 9/16 2. No.9 † Working load limit of master link only.8 12. D E F 1/2 2 1/2 5 CX06-0278 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.000 CX06-0273 1 1/2 5 1/4 10 1/2 7/8 3/4 5/8 5/8 15.8 12.300 CX06-0272 1 1/4 4 3/8 8 3/4 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/2 9.1 3/8 1 1/4 4 3/8 8 3/4 CX06-0281 29/32 1 3/4 3 1/8 13. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Oblong Master Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches) Type & size of chain sling on which used Working Diameter Inside Inside Single Double Triple Quad Weight load limit CERTEX material width length type type type type each (lbs.5 6.4 20.100 CX06-0288 5/8 3 – 9/32 – – 1.0 9.100 CX06-0269 1/2 2 1/2 5 9/32 9/32 7/32 7/32 .500 CX06-0287 1/2 2 1/2 9/32 – – – .) 3. Ref. K L S&C D T Q (lbs.4 7/8 2 1/4 8 16 CX06-0285 1 25/32 3 6 83.5 88. Master Ring—Proof Tested Ring size (inches) Type & size of chain sling on which used Working Diameter Inside Single Double Triple Quad Weight load limit CERTEX material dia.8 † Working load limit of master link only.800 CX06-0292 1 1/4 5 5/8 or 3/4 1/2 – – 6. Ref. Ref. 6-17 .9 1 ** Consisting of oblong master link and two 2 3/4 9 16 CX06-0286 2 1/32 3 1/2 7 129.9 88.) chain (in.800 CX06-0277 2 3/4 9 16 – – 1 1/4 1 1/4 84. Oblong Master Link Sub-Assembly**—Proof Tested For triple and quad branch chain slings Oblong master Master coupling link size link size HA (inches) CERTEX (inches) Weight (lbs.7 49.900 CX06-0296 2 1/4 9 1 1/4 1 7/8 7/8 39. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.000 CX06-0294 1 3/4 7 1 3/4 5/8 5/8 18.) 3.200 CX06-0276 2 1/4 8 16 – 1 1/4 1 1 54. A B C S&C D T Q (lbs.6 9/32 1 3 1/2 7 CX06-0280 21/32 1 1/4 2 1/4 6.3 5/8 1 3/4 6 12 CX06-0283 1 9/32 2 3/8 4 3/8 36.600 CX06-0268 13/32 1 1/2 3 7/32 7/32 – – .500 CX06-0295 2 8 – 7/8 3/4 3/4 27.)* Cat.) 6 A B C Cat.500 CX06-0274 1 3/4 6 12 1 7/8 3/4 3/4 24.3 1/2 1 1/2 5 1/4 10 1/2 CX06-0282 1 5/32 2 1/4 4 24.7 1 1/4 welded master coupling links.100 CX06-0289 3/4 4 3/8 – 9/32 9/32 1.6 73. No. of ring type type type type each (lbs.

6-18 .) D E F CX06-0305 9/32 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 CX06-0306 3/8 15/32 7/8 1 9/16 CX06-0307 1/2 21/32 1 1/4 2 1/4 CX06-0308 5/8 25/32 1 1/2 2 5/8 CX06-0309 3/4 29/32 1 3/4 3 1/8 CX06-0310 7/8 1 1/32 2 3 1/2 CX06-0311 1 1 5/32 2 1/4 4 CX06-0312 1 1/8** 1 9/32 2 3/8 4 3/8 CX06-0313 1 1/4 1 17/32 2 3/4 5 1/4 CX06-0314 1 1/2** 1 25/32 3 6 CX06-0315 – 1 25/32 3 1/2 7 CX06-0316 – 2 1/32 3 1/2 7 ** Non-stock item. (in. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Pear-Shaped Master Link—Proof Tested Type & size of Link size (inches) chain sling on which used Diameter Inside widths Inside Single Double CERTEX material length type type Cat. Ref.) CX06-0317 1/2 5 1/2 2 1/2 7/16 9/32 CX06-0318 3/4 6 1/16 2 3/4 5/8 3/8 CX06-0319 1 7 5/8 3 1/2 3/4 1/2 CX06-0320 1 1/4 9 1/4 4 3/8 1 5/8 CX06-0321 1 3/8 11 1/4 6 1 1/8 3/4 CX06-0322 1 1/2 11 3/4 5 1/4 1 3/8 7/8 CX06-0323 1 3/4 13 3/4 7 1 1/2 1 CX06-0324 2 1/4 17 1/2 9 2 1/4 1 1/4 * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit. No. Ref. A B C D (in. Grab Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches) For chain CERTEX size Cat. Ref. G H I J S&C D CX06-0297 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/2 5 5/16 9/32 9/32 CX06-0298 3/4 2 2 3/4 5 5/8 3/8 3/8 CX06-0299 1 2 5/8 3 1/2 7 1/4 1/2 or 5/8 1/2 CX06-0300 1 1/4 3 1/4 4 5/8 8 3/4 3/4 5/8 CX06-0301 1 1/2 3 7/8 5 1/4 10 1/2 7/8 3/4 CX06-0302 1 3/4 4 1/2 6 12 1 7/8 CX06-0303 2 3 1/2 7 14 1 1/4 1 CX06-0304 2 1/4 6 8 16 1 1/4 Welded Coupling Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches) Chain Diameter Inside Inside CERTEX size material width length 6 Cat. No. No. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

No.2 CX06-0331 1 2.7 6 CX06-0338 1/2 11. (in.) (mm) (lbs.600 5 3/16 6 6 1/2 2 3/8 2 1/4 10 7/8 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 5 3/4 42 CX06-0341 7/8 34.)* B C D R (lbs. No. 6-19 .28 CX06-0343 3/8 10 7.08 CX06-0344 1/2 13 12.050 2 2 5/8 1 3/4 3 2 1/2 4 5/16 15/16 1 3/16 1 1 1/8 3 11/16 6 3/8 1/8 3/16 5/8 3/4 5/16 3/8 2 1/2 2 3/4 2.800 4 3/8 5 5 7/16 1 7/8 1 7/8 9 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 5/8 5 26.12 CX06-0345 5/8-3/4 16/20 28.150 15 4 1/2 4 1/2 2 1/4 9.) CX06-0336 CX06-0337 9/32 3/8 3.)* A B C D L M N T R W (lbs.)* B D E G H I J K L M N O P (lbs.300 5 1/16 5 3/4 2 7/16 13 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 1 3/4 2 9/16 2 9/16 10 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/8 1 3/4 10.5 Plate Hook Chain Working Dimensions (inches) Weight CERTEX size load limit each Cat. Ref.0 CX06-0332 1 5/32 3.8 5. (in.6 CX06-0330 7/8 2.4 CX06-0335 1 1/2 6.600 7.82 CX06-0328 5/8 1.3 CX06-0333 1 1/4 4. A (lbs.730 10 1/2 3 3 1 1/2 2. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation S Hook Working Dimensions (inches) load Weight CERTEX Size limits each Cat.120 9 2 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/4 1.000 3 5/8 4 3/4 2 1/4 10 9/16 7/8 1 11/16 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 8 9/32 2 3/16 1 21/32 1 3/8 4.400 3 1/2 4 4 3/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 7 3/8 1/4 1 1/2 3 1/2 13 CX06-0339 5/8 17. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting. Chain size Working Dimensions (inches) Weight load limit each CERTEX Cat.900 6 7 7 5/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 13 1/16 7/16 1 3/4 1 6 65 Latchlok® Hook—Proof Tested For simplified rigging and more secure load attachment.500 2 3/16 3 7/16 1 3/8 6 11/16 1/2 15/16 13/16 1 3/16 1 3/16 5 3/16 1 3/8 1 5/16 1 1.) CX06-0342 9/32 7 3. No.15 CX06-0326 3/8 410 6 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 . eliminates danger of an open hook snagging on a projection.6 CX06-0329 3/4 1. Ref.100 2 13/16 4 1/16 1 3/4 8 11/32 11/16 1 1/8 5/8 1 7/16 1 7/16 6 1/2 1 3/4 1 19/32 1 9/64 2. Large eye accepts wire rope thimbles. Recessed push button thumb release will not open accidentally.) CX06-0325 9/32 210 4 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/8 9/16 .920 13 4 4 2 6.35 CX06-0327 1/2 870 7 1/2 2 2 1 .250 18 6 6 3 19. Ref. even if chain slacks.370 12 3 1/2 3 1/2 1 3/4 4.7 CX06-0334 1 3/8 6.100 17 5 1/2 5 1/2 2 3/4 15.450 16 5 5 2 1/2 11.) (lbs.34 * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit.5 CX06-0340 3/4 25.

375 2.281 1.953 2.828 2. Clevlok® Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested Working Weight Chain size Dimensions (inches) CERTEX load limit each Cat.50 CX06-0354 5/8 16 18.265 1.500 5.344 2.172 2.33 6 CX06-0349 5/8 16 18.688 0.437 0.500 8.031 2.265 1.375 2.500 3.827 3. Ref.875 1.437 1.672 0.312 2.438 0.91 CX06-0348 1/2 13 12.188 5.) CX06-0346 9/32 7 3.500 5.281 2.188 1.343 6.656 4.051 0.781 1.187 11.000 0.750 1.828 2.687 0.688 0.281 0. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Clevlok® Sling Hook Without Latch**—Proof Tested Chain size Working Dimensions (inches) Weight CERTEX load limit each Cat.468 1.507 4.344 2.562 4.300 7.437 1.000 0.906 7.593 1.688 0.062 0. No.343 1.000 11.750 1.) CX06-0351 9/32 7 3.156 0.100 4.20 CX06-0350 3/4 20 28.80 CX06-0352 3/8 10 7.203 1.563 11.687 0.906 7.281 1.100 6. Ref.03 CX06-0353 1/2 13 12.438 2.)* D E G H I K L M N O P (lbs. No.)* D G H I L M O P R (lbs.50 CX06-0355 3/4 20 28.593 1.172 0.625 5.750 6.625 9.000 5.468 1.357 3.688 3. User must determine whether latch is required on the hook.281 9.078 2.328 0.625 5.250 8.875 1.80 * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit.156 0.187 1.938 1.100 6.750 6.453 0.953 0.500 2.938 1.) (mm) (lbs.500 1.562 0.64 CX06-0347 3/8 10 7.875 6. (in.453 0.734 0.300 7.507 4.000 5.827 11.328 0. 6-20 .187 0.40 ** Latches available either as an option or in kit form.453 1.453 1. (in.750 6.672 0.100 4.594 0.500 2.078 2.656 1.734 1. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.563 2.437 1.357 3.500 3.) (mm) (lbs.051 1.203 1.

25 3.100 2.94 4.34 2.88 3.64 0.19 4.50 7. 6-21 .19 12.20 1.00 3.78 1.75 1.34 0.75 5.45 4.26 CX06-0360 5/8 16 18.56 1.50 2.44 1.28 3.300 5.06 1.00 14.59 3.50 3.75 1.56 0.86 0.56 1.36 2.50 3. Ref.06 4.98 1.13 0.88 1.09 3.50 2.44 5.50 2.50 1.69 3.75 7.88 8.55 3.19 7.88 8.5 2.88 2.40 CX06-0358 3/8 10 7.200 3.25 4.50 1.34 1.45 1.00 9.96 0.89 36.44 0.84 18. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.31 11.30 2.70 0.64 2. Replacement latch kits are also available.56 4.19 1.7 CX06-0366 9/32 7 3.62 3.83 2.) CX06-0356 7/32 5.100 1.5 CX06-0369 5/8 16 18.69 8.31 1.) (mm) (lbs.75 2.38 0.13 5.36 3.31 6.100 2.19 0.50 5.56 2.95 2.48 0.50 1.88 9.75 3.06 6.94 1.90 CX06-0364 1 1/4 32 72. User must determine if latch is required on the hook.) CX06-0365 7/32 5.69 0.25 1.38 8.0 ** Available from stock with/without latch.63 2.22 2.67 0.1 CX06-0372 1 26 47.16 0.31 1.12 20. No.1 CX06-0367 3/8 10 7.700 4.19 0.51 11.)* B D E G H I K L M N O P (lbs.06 1.63 0.100 3.50 2.59 4.63 9.73 1.86 0.25 8.88 6.36 CX06-0361 3/4 20 28.25 2.28 1. Sling Hook** Without Latch—Proof Tested Working Chain size load Dimensions (inches) Weight limit each CERTEX Cat.59 4.100 1.72 1.44 0.700 4.5 2.78 3.36 .78 3.59 5.38 12.09 22.)* B D E G H I K L M P (lbs.17 2.12 10.70 CX06-0362 7/8 22 34.50 15.03 3.63 1.75 1.88 3.00 1. (in.100 3.30 0.05 1.08 0.44 1.63 1.78 1. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Cradle Grab® Hook— Proof Tested Working Chain size Dimensions (inches) load Weight limit each CERTEX Cat.62 4.50 2.200 3.75 3.88 0.6 CX06-0373 1 1/4 32 72.22 3. Ref.66 0.44 2.000 2.38 1.06 CX06-0359 1/2 13 12.78 1. (in.63 1.300 3.75 6.69 1.88 4.38 1.00 1.500 1.81 0.94 1.75 2.66 17.23 1.69 1.06 1.78 1.300 5.03 2.63 1.44 4.75 1.50 2.63 1.99 0.00 11.22 2.81 2.78 2.25 10. No.500 1.31 11.50 40.19 0.38 2.25 0.35 CX06-0357 9/32 7 3.88 6.31 9.25 1.13 3.300 3.00 1.38 1.9 CX06-0368 1/2 13 12.09 1.25 0.25 1.88 1.50 7.40 CX06-0363 1 26 47.70 0.75 4.000 2.94 3.63 .75 0.88 1.11 1.25 0. * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit.63 5.31 7.66 4.00 0.88 8.00 3.14 4.44 1.4 CX06-0371 7/8 22 34.19 1.3 CX06-0370 3/4 20 28.59 0.38 1.00 6 † Not cradle type.50 5.83 3.) (mm) (lbs.88 4.

88 1.50 2.75 2.34 2.00 14.78 22.300 3.17 4.50 7.88 3.38 1.31 11.75 3.3 CX06-0379 3/4 20 28.89 3.81 1.50 2.00 10.00 1.)* B D E G H I K L M N O P R (lbs.00 10.63 4.23 0.38 2.44 0.00 18.94 3.5 2.38 5.86 1.38 18.9 CX06-0377 1/2 13 12.) (mm) (lbs.56 4.14 4. No.200 4.00 7.03 2.69 3.700 4.09 1.5 CX06-0385 1/2 13 12.56 0.64 2.25 1.13 5.44 1.4 6 CX06-0380 7/8 22 34.000 2.) CX06-0374 7/32 5.00 3.00 1.00 6.38 12.38 0.11 0.06 6.19 1.31 9.63 1.000 2.20 3.75 3.64 0.78 3.44 1.73 1.13 4.84 6.100 3.34 1.95 2.88 6.100 2.00 1. 6-22 .75 10.50 15.83 3.03 0.00 7.6 CX06-0387 3/4 20 28.00 11.50 3.63 1.88 4.13 5.300 3.88 3.44 4.27 1.88 1.56 5.1 CX06-0376 3/8 10 7.50 1.88 1.66 1.1 CX06-0386 5/8 16 18.22 2.84 1.81 4.31 4.100 3.75 5.25 8.0 Foundry Hook—Proof Tested Foundry Hook—Proof Tested Working Chain size load Dimensions (inches) Weight limit each CERTEX Cat.6 CX06-0382 1 1/4 32 72.25 4.31 11.50 1.1 CX06-0381 1 26 47.75 3.59 0.78 1.50 9.31 1.16 0. No.50 2.94 4.78 1.47 1.05 1.22 1.300 5.23 1.28 1.25 3.00 14.00 1.78 1.28 4.75 2.56 4.50 7.50 11.25 2.50 6.25 1.75 1.5 CX06-0378 5/8 16 18.69 8.88 0. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.56 26.51 2.50 12.69 1.83 2.66 17.0 CX06-0388 7/8 22 34.500 1.75 1.94 1. Ref.13 2.30 0.78 0.88 6.700 4.50 3.100 3.56 0.45 0.13 3.03 1.31 1.75 7.38 12.19 11.25 2.03 0.50 9.) CX06-0383 9/32 7 3.50 6.75 2.06 1.56 1.41 36.50 2.50 1.25 0.97 0.43 11.59 3.) (mm) (lbs.100 2.09 2.45 1.59 4.06 1.13 12.84 2. (in.4 * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit.63 3.4 CX06-0384 3/8 10 7.7 CX06-0375 9/32 7 3.25 8.50 0.66 0.00 2. (in.500 1.37 7.50 2.62 4.17 2. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested Working Chain size load Dimensions (inches) Weight limit each CERTEX Cat. Ref.63 9.14 5.72 1.22 2.50 9.38 3.88 9.00 1.25 2.62 36.19 1.44 2.88 0.38 1.59 3.300 5.13 11.38 0.0 CX06-0389 1 26 47.55 3.19 0.25 0.81 2.56 0.75 3.75 0.00 2.81 0.00 0.75 1.88 8.200 3.8 CX06-0390 1 1/4 32 72.75 2.81 2.50 20.63 5.06 4.50 5.)* B D E G H I K L M N O R (lbs.00 2.00 5.75 3.23 1.31 6.20 1.75 58.06 4.63 1.50 2.25 3.

Wid. Chain & Lifting Products Division Quad. Lbs.0 CX06-0421 5994-01001 5/8 16 47.100 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16 3. Wid. Cat.40 1 3/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 4 1-1/4 CX06-0430 5942-01201 3/4 20 28.100 3-5/8 1-1/16 2. Diam. In.500 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3 7.77 1 1-3/16 2-9/32 1-59/64 4-29/32 2 CX06-0433 5990-12001 1-1/4 32 72.55 1 1-1/64 1-13/16 2-1/8 5-5/8 1-3/4 CX06-0432 5990-11601 1 26 47.200 5. CERTEX Stock Limits* Dia. Ea.700 9. Inside Inside Length Mtl. In.6 CX06-0425 5994-02001 1-1/4 32 187.800 2-3/4 9 16 2-1/4 5 10 160. Master Assemblies A quadruple Master Assembly was designed to construct a triple or quadruple chain sling assembly by attaching three (3) or four (4) single leg assemblies thus eliminating the cumbersome connections created by attaching all to a common Master Link. CERTEX Stock Limits* of Link Male Leg Each Per Mtl.80 1 15/16 1-3/4 1-1/2 4-5/8 1-1/2 CX06-0431 5990-11401 7/8 22 34. Specifications Oblong Link Size of Accoloy Chain Working A B C D E F Acco Load Mtl. Ins. Specifications Size Accoloy A B C D E of Working Max. Len. Dia. Width Length O. CX06-0418 5994-00401 9/32 7 9. In. Ref.500 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 42.100 2-1/4 47/64 . In. mm Lbs. an essential component of mechanically coupled slings. Dia. Number In. No. mm Lbs.23 5 3/8 5/8 5/8 1-13/16 1/2 CX06-0427 5942-00601 3/8 10 7.2 6 CX06-0420 5994-00801 1/2 13 31. Wt. In. No. Box In. Ins.A.000 3-1/4 59/64 1. In.3 CX06-0423 5994-01401 7/8 22 88. Len. Ref. Acco Quad Master Assemblies are fabricated from premium fine grain alloy steel subjected to the high quality heat treatment and quality control associated with the other Acco Products.40 5 5/8 1-1/4 1 3-3/8 1 CX06-0429 5942-01001 5/8 16 18. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco. Ins. to be used Cat. Qty.59 5 1/2 1 3/4 2-1/2 3/4 CX06-0428 5942-00801 1/2 13 12. Approx.8 CX06-0419 5994-00601 3/8 10 18.0 Kuplok® Kuplok mechanical coupling links.85 1 1-29/64 2-5/8 2-15/64 6-55/64 2-3/4 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.900 2-1/4 8 16 1-7/8 5 10 102.900 2 7 14 1-3/4 3 6 65. 6-23 .300 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4 15. In. are used to assemble chain legs to the master link and/or attach eye type fittings. Lbs. In. Mtl.300 4-1/4 1-1/4 3. In. Number In. Hole Inside Largest Acco Chain Load Width to Accept Wt. w/Kuplok CX06-0426 5942-00400 9/32 7 3.300 17.500 1-11/16 35/64 . In. In.5 CX06-0424 5994-01601 1 26 123. Dia.2 CX06-0422 5994-01201 3/4 20 73.000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16 26. Ins.

In.9 CX06-0445 5983-00014 K-14 5/8 16 18. In. Typical single branch construction are Types CO. In. In. mm Lbs.5 CX06-0436 5981-00022 K-22 1/2 13 12.1 CX06-0444 5983-00013 K-13 1/2 13 12.100 15/16 1-5/8 3 11/16 1/4 1-11/32 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 2. mm Lbs. there is a definite advantage to field assembly since other coupling devices are unnecessary. Master Kuplinks Most chain slings used today are single branch chain slings. Number No. In.6 † Values shown for these sizes are grade 63.200 1-1/8 2-1/4 3-7/8 15/16 3/8 1-27/32 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 4.8 CX06-0447 5983-00016 K-16 7/8 22 34.500 7/16 13/16 1-5/16 5/16 1/8 23/32 13/32 11/32 5/8 .500 3/4 3 6 1/2 7-1/4 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 1. In. In. In.1 CX06-0437 5981-00023 K-23 5/8 16 18.900 1-1/4 2-3/4 4-3/8 1-1/32 NA 2 1-1/4 1-1/8 2-3/8 6.6 CX06-0441 5991-00028 K-28 1-1/4 32 56. Ref. In.000 3/4 1-5/16 2-9/16 9/16 3/16 1-3/32 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 1. Number No.2 CX06-0439 5981-00025 K-25 7/8 22 34.300 1 1-15/16 3-13/32 13/16 5/16 1-19/32 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 3.100 19/32 1-1/16 1-7/8 7/16 5/32 15/16 9/16 15/32 7/8 . In. In.100 1-1/8 4 8 7/8 9-15/16 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 7. In. SOF.4 CX06-0446 5983-00015 K-15 3/4 20 28. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco. SOG.100 3/4 3 6 1/2 7-7/32 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 2. Ref. Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load CERTEX Stock Kupler Limits* A B C D E G H I J Weight Cat. On sin- gle leg assemblies they can be used in lieu of the popular Kuplex II Kuplink. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Kuplers Kuplers act as a connection device between Master Links and Chain on all multiple leg Kuplex II Chain Slings. In. In. In. Resembling a shackle in appearance the Kuplers provide a high strength. In. Lbs. In.300 1-1/4 4 8 7/8 10-3/16 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 9. high integrity connection when used to connect a special attachment to the alloy chain assembly. 6-24 .9 CX06-0443 5983-00012 K-12 3/8 10 7. CX06-0442 5983-00011 K-11 9/32 7 3.100 1-1/2 3-1/2 5-1/8 1-5/16 NA 2 9/32 1-1/2 1-7/16 2-7/8 11. etc.2 CX06-0435 5981-00021 K-21 3/8 10 7. In. Lbs. In.0 CX06-0438 5981-00024 K-24 3/4 20 28. In addition to the streamline characteristics of the Kuplink. Master Kuplinks are the optimum of chain to master link connec- tions. Specifications Size Accoloy Acco of Working CERTEX Stock Kuplink Chain Load Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight Cat.000 15/16 3 6 11/16 7-9/16 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 3. In.200 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 14-5/8 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 20.0 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. 6 CX06-0434 5981-00020 K-20 9/32 7 3. No. No. SOS.7 CX06-0440 5991-00026 K-26 1 26 35.

6-25 . No. Specifications Acco To be Size Stock No. Ref. two cards per master carton on 5/8". * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. 1/2" size. When ordering these parts separate- ly. Specifications Size Hooks. No. Stock No. one set per card. The oval shape presents a greater force area than conventional round pins. No. Kuplinks & Choke Hood Links Kuplers Spirol Retaining Pin of Chain Acco Acco In. five cards per master carton on 9/32". † One Load Pin and two Spirol Pins are skin packed. 6 Latch Assembly For use w/both Accoloy Eye Type & Kuplex II Clevis Type sling hooks. bolts or other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. used with of CERTEX Latch Assy. Only Number In. H I K CERTEX Load Pin K CERTEX Load Pin CERTEX Acco Per In. Never use rods. 3/4" size. Ref. bulk on 7/8" size. Set In. Set Cat. Stock No. There is an occasional need for replacement of Spirol and Load Pins. The load pins are specially shaped to develop strength char- acteristics and resistance to bending under rated load. Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property. Cat. Stock No. Ctn. 9/32 13/32 5/16 1-5/32 CX06-0448 5989-00232 1-17/32 CX06-0454 5989-00132 CX06-0460 5989-00332 100 3/8 9/16 15/32 1-21/32 CX06-0449 5989-00233 2-3/32 CX06-0455 5989-00133 CX06-0461 5989-00333 50 1/2 23/32 5/8 2-7/32 CX06-0450 5989-00234 2-23/32 CX06-0456 5989-00134 CX06-0462 5989-00334 50 5/8 59/64 25/32 2-19/32 CX06-0451 5989-00235 3-7/32 CX06-0457 5989-00135 CX06-0463 5989-00335 25 3/4 1-3/16 1 3-7/32 CX06-0452 5989-00236 3-15/16 CX06-0458 5989-00136 CX06-0464 5989-00336 10 7/8 1-1/4 1-1/16 3-21/32 CX06-0453 5989-00237 4-17/32 CX06-0459 5989-00137 CX06-0465 5989-00337 Bulk All dimensions are shown in inches. Cat. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco. Ref. 3/8". In. Qty. be sure to specify whether they are for Kuplers or Hooks and also specify Kupler Number or the Hook Number with which they are to be used. In. Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining pins when assembling slings. the balance of sling hook dimension remains the same. The load pins are made from alloy steel heat treated to obtain optimum rated per- formance properties. Chain & Lifting Products Division Load Pins & Spirol®† Pins All Accoloy A8A Kuplex II components derive their high integrity connection from the special Kuplex II Load Pins and Spirol Pins. In. No. Hook E Chain Cat. The same load pins cannot be use in both Kuplers and Hooks. Ref. mm CX06-0466 5999-00402 K-80 1 9/32 7 CX06-0467 5999-00403 K-81 1-3/8 3/8 10 CX06-0468 5999-00404 K-82 1-5/8 1/2 13 CX06-0469 5999-00405 K-83 2-1/8 5/8 16 CX06-0470 5999-00406 K-84 2-7/16 3/4 20 CX06-0471 5999-00407 K-85 2-5/8 7/8 22 CX06-0472 5999-00408 K-86 3-1/4 1 26 CX06-0473 5999-00410 K-88 3-3/4 1-1/4 32 As you will note we have given you the "E Dimension" (throat opening) with the latch completely depressed.

40 12-15/16 4-1/16 2-1/4 2-5/16 18-1/2 2-5/16 3-3/4 †† Price available on request.9 21. No.9 CX06-0488 5998-00086 K-86 1 26 35. In.6 CX06-0484 5988-00082 K-82 1/2 13 12. In. high integrity chain to hook connections with these major advantages: No bulky connection link is required — this permits easy withdrawal of the hook from beneath the load. In. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Sling Hooks †† Handle Optional Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load Wt. Number In.30 6-3/4 2 1-1/32 1-3/16 9-1/8 6-1/16 1-13/16 CX06-0477 5923-03083 5/8 16 18. In. Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load CERTEX Stock Hook Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight Cat.0 10.60 5-3/8 1-5/8 13/16 15/16 7-3/8 4-13/16 1-3/8 CX06-0476 5923-03082 1/2 13 12.900 3.2 1. In.4 1. In.90 7-9/16 2-7/16 1-1/4 1-5/16 10-9/16 7-5/32 2-1/8 6 CX06-0478 5923-03084 3/4 20 28.00 3-3/4 1-7/32 5/8 11/16 5-3/16 3-3/16 1-1/16 CX06-0475 5923-03081 3/8 10 7. In.100 7.300 11. In.100 1-9/32 2-1/32 5-7/8 4-13/16 1-5/8 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 2. In. In. No. CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G H I K Cat.700 21.0 4.0 3.1 10. mm Lbs.20 8-7/8 2-11/16 1-1/2 1-1/2 11-15/16 7-7/8 2-5/16 CX06-0479 5923-03085 7/8 22 34. Number No.3 CX06-0487 5988-00085 K-85 7/8 22 34.200 17. CX06-0482 5988-00080 K-80 9/32 7 3.100 1-15/16 2-13/16 6-13/16 7-7/32 2-7/16 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 9. Do not point load hooks.500 1 1-1/2 3-3/8 3-5/8 1-7/32 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 1.000 5. CX06-0474 5923-03080 9/32 7 3. rated at Grade 80 (except 1” and 1-1/4”.000 1-11/16 2-7/16 6-1/8 6-1/8 2 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 5.300 44. 6-26 . In.1 CX06-0483 5988-00081 K-81 3/8 10 7.8 CX06-0486 5988-00084 K-84 3/4 20 28. Lbs. which are Grade 63).200 2-3/4 3-21/32 9-5/8 9-15/32 3 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 24. In.10 10-1/8 3 1-3/4 1-3/4 13-13/16 8-25/32 2-3/4 CX06-0480 5923-03086 1 26 47. In. Ref. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco.300 2-3/8 3-1/4 8-17/32 8-3/16 2-11/16 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 15. Ref.8 CX06-0485 5988-00083 K-83 5/8 16 18. In. In.500 1. Clevis Type Sling Hooks Kuplex II Hooks are engineered to make a rapid. All hooks are color coded Acco orange to provide maximum visibility. In. mm Lbs.6 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. In.1 1.4 1. Lbs.100 2.80 10-13/16 3-3/8 2 1-7/8 15-5/16 10-1/16 3 CX06-0481 5923-03088 1-1/4 32 72. Hooks are drop forged.

In. In. In. CX06-0489 5922-02072 9/32 7 3.26 18.000 2.9 CX06-0502 5987-00078 K-78 7/8 22 34. Lbs.100 1-1/32 1-1/2 2-7/8 2-5/8 1/2 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 1. In. Ref. In. In.200 2-1/8 3-1/2 6 6-1/16 1-1/8 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 13. In.3 CX06-0501 5987-00077 K-77 3/4 20 28. In.17 3-3/8 31/64 13/16 47/64 4-29/32 2-13/16 CX06-0491 5922-02075 1/2 13 12. CX06-0497 5987-00072 K-72 9/32 7 3. Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Grab Hooks Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load Wt.64 4-1/4 41/64 1-1/32 31/32 6-15/32 3-23/32 CX06-0492 5922-02076 5/8 16 18. In.000 1-1/4 2 3-1/2 3-11/32 5/8 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 2.7 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Do not point load hooks. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco. No.00 10-1/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 15-5/8 9-1/4 Clevis Type Grab Hooks Kuplex II Grab Hooks provide a chain to grab hook connection method that completely eliminates the necessity for cumbersome mechanical connection devices. In.18 7-1/4 8-3/16 1-3/32 1-15/64 1-3/4 2 1-5/8 1-27/32 11 12-13/32 6-3/8 6-7/32 6 CX06-0496 5922-02051 1-1/4 32 72. Accoloy Kuplex II Grab Hooks are made from premium alloy steel which is drop forged to precise tolerances.79 5-1/4 25/32 1-1/4 1-3/16 7-15/16 4-9/16 CX06-0493 5922-02077 3/4 20 28. Lbs.3 CX06-0499 5987-00075 K-75 1/2 13 12.300 8.500 11/16 1-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 13/32 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 .200 47. In. In.100 1. No. Number No.300 1-7/8 2-15/16 5-1/8 5 7/8 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 8. Ref. In.100 4. permit- ting the selection of the proper hook for the chain being used. The Kuplex II Grab Hook is identified by hook number and chain size. Number In.500 . mm Lbs. In.5 CX06-0498 5987-00073 K-73 3/8 10 7. In.300 40. 6-27 .700 12. In.8 CX06-0500 5987-00076 K-76 5/8 16 18. In.100 1-1/2 2-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/4 25/32 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 5.73 2-11/16 13/32 5/8 29/64 4-1/16 2-3/8 CX06-0490 5922-02073 3/8 10 7.20 6-1/4 15/16 1-1/2 1-13/32 9-7/16 5-15/32 CX06-0494 CX06-0495 5922-02078 5922-02079 7/8 1 22 26 34. Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load CERTEX Stock Hook Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight Cat. mm Lbs. CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G H I Cat. The Kuplex II Grab Hook needs no more clearance than the chain with which it is used when being pulled from beneath a load.

300 15. In. Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Foundry Hooks Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Spheri- Acco Chain Load Wt.5 35.8 3. In.50 5-3/4 3-1/8 13/16 1-1/4 1-7/8 1-3/8 5/16 CX06-0505 5924-04500 1/2 13 12.00 8-1/16 4-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 2-5/8 1-7/8 7/16 CX06-0507 5924-04502 3/4 20 28. The tip of the hook is designed for ease of insertion into holes in the casting. Number In. In.00 6-7/8 3-3/4 1-1/32 1-1/2 2-1/4 1-5/8 3/8 CX06-0506 5924-04501 5/8 16 18.300 46.2 1.700 22. Ref. In. The throat of the hook is designed to accommodate standard trunnions.6 CX06-0514 5982-00501 K-501 5/8 16 18.200 47.100 4.2 CX06-0516 5982-00503 K-503 7/8 22 34. In.6 1.1 CX06-0517 5992-00504 K-504 1 26 47.00 12-3/4 6-3/8 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 3/4 Clevis Type Foundry Hooks Kuplex II Foundry Hooks when properly used are designed for maximum service such as those applications encountered in foundry work.00 4-3/4 2-5/8 5/8 1 1-9/16 1-1/8 1/4 CX06-0504 5924-04499 3/8 10 7.100 1-3/8 1-7/8 5-1/2 5-7/8 3 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 1-1/8 3.000 1-5/8 2-1/4 6-5/8 7 3-1/2 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/2 7. In.00 31.4 1. In.300 2-5/8 3-1/8 8-7/8 9-5/8 4-5/8 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 2 23. In. In. 6-28 . CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco.100 11.1 2. In. In. Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Acco Chain Load CERTEX Stock Hook Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight Cat. In. mm Lbs.00 10-3/8 11-9/16 5-1/4 5-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-3/8 3-3/4 2-3/8 2-3/4 9/16 5/8 CX06-0510 5924-04505 1-1/4 32 72. In. Ref. CX06-0503 5924-04498 9/32 7 3. cal CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G J K Radius Cat. In.1 CX06-0512 5982-00499 K-499 3/8 10 7. CX06-0511 5982-00498 K-498 9/32 7 3. Number No.700 2. mm Lbs. No. Do not point load hooks.8 11.9 CX06-0513 5982-00500 K-500 1/2 13 12.00 9-1/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 2 3 2-1/8 1/2 6 CX06-0508 CX06-0509 5924-04503 5924-04504 7/8 1 22 26 34.5 CX06-0515 5982-00502 K-502 3/4 20 28. Lbs.0 * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Lbs. In. In.500 1-1/8 1-9/16 4-3/8 4-7/8 2-1/2 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 7/8 2. In.000 7.500 2.100 2-3/16 2-5/8 7-3/4 8-9/32 4 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-3/4 13. In.6 11. No.0 5.200 2-7/8 3-1/2 10-1/16 10-3/4 5-1/4 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2-1/4 32.

Fabricated from alloy steel. L M N O P T U CX06-0531 5934-00400 9/32 7 3.100 4. Stock No. CX06-0526 4409-00005 Forged I.D. Custom Sizes Available Specifications Size Accoloy of Working Dimensions Inches Chain Load Weight CERTEX Stock Limits* Each Cat. Tag only CX06-0528 5999-20003 Stamped I. Number In.60 3-1/2 4 2-1/2 1-3/8 1-1/2 1 3 CX06-0534 5934-01000 5/8 16 18. 1/2”.300 36.40 2 2 1-1/2 13/16 7/8 3/4 2 CX06-0532 5934-00600 3/8 10 7. Do not point load hooks. In. 3/8”. Ref. Tag with ring Self Colored 4-1/8 1-3/8 CX06-0527 4409-00003 Forged I. No. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.D.60 2-5/8 3 1-7/8 1-1/16 1-1/8 3/4 2-1/4 CX06-0533 5934-00800 1/2 13 12.D.D. mm Lbs. 3/4”. Lbs.100 20. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn. and 7/8”. Accoloy Plate Hooks are intended for use in han- dling plates.000 10. They are proof tested to the same values as the corresponding chain — therefore.60 6 7 4-1/2 2-7/16 2-5/8 1-3/4 5-1/4 WARNING *Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.200 52. Bright Zinc 3-5/8 1-1/2 CX06-0529 3419-00300 Aluminum Sleeve CX06-0530 3584-00310 Wire Rope † 50 piece minimum per bulk packaging 6 Plate Hook Accoloy Plate Hooks are designed for the most pop- ular chain sizes — 9/32”. Plate Hooks can be fur- nished on Registered Slings as well as with various chain assemblies. 5/8”.72 4-3/8 5 3-1/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 1-1/4 3-3/4 CX06-0535 5934-01200 3/4 20 28. and structurals. the same working load limit applies. 6-29 . CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco. No. Ref.72 5-3/16 6 3-3/4 2-1/8 2-1/2 1-1/2 4-1/2 CX06-0536 5934-01400 7/8 22 34. flats. CX06-0525 4409-00009 Forged I. Description Finish In.500 2. Chain & Lifting Products Division Metal Identification Tags Forged Stamped Specifications CERTEX Acco A B Cat.

0 1.9 2.49 .0 CX06-0545 BK-28-8 1 1/8 55. Heat number identi- fication allows full OBK product traceability.6 3.2 2.87 .100 4.75 .98 1.100 9. All three hooks are equipped with Stainless Steel springs.51 .4 1.4 25.7 CX06-0550 OBK-18/20-8 3/4 28.6 1.9 3.200 12.300 12.0 .3 2.3 1.8 2.0 CX06-0544 BK-26-8 1 47. Code Size *(Lbs) L B E F G H (Lbs) CX06-0546 OBK-7/8-8 9/32 3.0 1.9 10.4 1.0 CX06-0543 BK-22-8 7/8 34.4 .8 .7 1.5 5.55 .79 1.2 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.1 2.1 1.6 CX06-0539 BK-10-8 3/8 7.000 7. WARNING Never exceed published working load limit 6-30 .100 15.9 6 CX06-0541 BK-16-8 5/8 18.3 1. Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat.5 7.5 2.5 CX06-0547 OBK-10-8 3/8 7.1 1. All three hooks are equipped with Stainless Steel springs.100 10.7 3. Hook will not open under load.5 2. Gunnebo.0 .7 2.6 . BK Gunnebo.7 1.000 8.39 .9 2.4 3.0 2.3 CX06-0540 BK-13-8 1/2 12.0 2.95 1.97 2.91 1.83 . Heat number inden- tification allows full product traceability.1 1.7 CX06-0548 OBK-13-8 1/2 12. No.9 CX06-0538 BK-7/8-8 9/32 3.8 .0 2.300 11. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy BK Safety Hooks Safety Hooks (Eye Type) Latch closes auto- matically under load.7 32.1 .100 6.8 4.0 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.79 1.6 3.3 . Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat.500 5.59 1.2 48.43 .1 2.5 CX06-0549 OBK-16-8 5/8 18.6 .3 .4 2.1 1.9 12.39 .67 .2 1.3 .67 .5 1.1 1. or latch.100 6.1 3.4 25.99 .1 2.700 13. Code Size *(Lbs) L B E F G H (Lbs) CX06-0537 BK-5/6-8 7/32 2.4 1.99 .0 CX06-0542 BK-18/20-8 3/4 28.95 1.6 3.2 4. Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Eye Type) Latch is protected and will act as a gauge to signal an gauge to sig- Grip latch locks into nal an unsafe bent hook point of hook.63 1. No. Ref.500 5.75 1.5 1. Ref. The release trigger will only operate when hook is unloaded.

5 1.9 1. No.1 1.55 .100 5.100 8. equipped with Stainless Steel springs.55 . Heat number identi- fication allows full product traceability.9 15.1 1.7 .0 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.1 .87 1.000 10.100 13. under load.4 .4 CX06-0560 BKLK-16-8 5/8 18.2 2.5 1. Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat.100 5. The release trigger will only operate Latch closes when hook is automatically unloaded.6 .3 2. Code Size *(Lbs) L B C E F G H (Lbs) CX06-0556 BKLK-5/6-8 7/32 2.2 CX06-0559 BKLK-13-8 1/2 12.2 2.43 .2 1.91 2.87 1.0 2. Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat. Hook will not open under load.7 1. WARNING Never exceed published working load limit 6-31 .67 .1 1.7 1.4 1.9 2. Safety Hooks With Ball Bearings (Swivel Eye Type) Ball bearing allows the hook to swivel under load. Heat number identi- fication allows full All three hooks are product traceability. Hook will not open under load.500 7.9 15.59 .1 .3 1.99 1.4 .5 8.2 1.8 1. Code Size *(Lbs) L B C E F G H (Lbs) CX06-0551 BKL-5/6-8 7/32 2.47 .1 1.4 CX06-0552 BKL-7/8-8 9/32 3.100 8.000 10.4 .5 2. Ref. No.3 .5 1.75 1.99 1.1 4.75 1.87 1.1 1.59 .91 1.6 1. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Safety Hooks With Bronze Bushings (Swivel Eye Type) Bushing allows hook to swivel when load is applied.100 13.6 1.5 2.5 CX06-0557 BKLK-7/8-8 1/4 3.4 6 CX06-0555 BKL-16-8 5/8 18.91 2.4 . BKLK Gunnebo.75 1.9 .43 .9 2.500 7.4 CX06-0553 BKL-10-8 3/8 7. BKL Gunnebo. The release trigger will only operate when hook is Latch closes auto.1 4. matically under load.67 .4 CX06-0554 BKL-13-8 1/2 12.4 1.5 8.75 1.1 1.9 .4 CX06-0558 BKLK-10-8 3/8 7.9 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified. Ref.7 1.3 . unloaded.5 1.47 .

000 7.4 CX06-0567 GBK-13-8 1/2 12.5 1.0 1.83 .97 2. Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Clevis Type) Clevis prevents Release trigger will hook to chain only operate when size mismatch. Gunnebo.0 1.1 1.99 1. hook is unloaded.500 4.3 .79 1. hook is unloaded.7 . Heat number identi- fication allows full product traceability.67 . Ref.6 2. No. Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat.3 CX06-0563 BKG-13-8 1/2 12. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy BK Safety Hooks Safety Hooks (Clevis Type) Clevis prevents hook to chain size mismatch.91 1. Hook will not open under load. Hook will not Latch is protected open under load.67 .2 6 CX06-0564 BKG-16-8 5/8 18. No.7 CX06-0562 BKG-10-8 3/8 7.000 6. Code Size *(Lbs) L B G H (Lbs) CX06-0561 BKG-7/8-8 1/4 3.5 1.4 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified WARNING Never exceed published working load limit 6-32 .1 2.4 1.100 8.4 .2 4.5 2.7 1. Latch closes auto- matically under load.0 * Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.500 4.1 1.6 1.1 3.7 . Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat. and will act as a guage to signal unsafe bent hook or latch. Heat number identi- fication allows full product traceability. Release trigger will Latch closes auto- only operate when matically under load. Code Size *(Lbs) L B G H (Lbs) CX06-0565 GBK-7/8-8 1/4 3.4 1. Ref.5 6.3 CX06-0566 GBK-10-8 3/8 7.9 11. Gunnebo.100 5.100 5.

0 1.7 5.99 .2 1.5 1.4 2.35 8.5 .2 8.5 . Welding is to be done by a qualified welder.51 . ** Welding plate on UKN 1 is slightly curved.0 .1 4. identification Welding allows full instructions product supplied with traceability.4 1.39 .8 .0 * Design factor 5:1 Proof tested and certified.6 1.0 1. UKN SHB 6 Gunnebo.1 1. Heat number identification allows full product Heat number traceability.3 2.32 4. No. Working Dimensions Weight CERTEX Johnson Load Limit (Inches) Each Cat.35 11.0 8.31 19.9 6.3 .4 8.7 .16 1.43 .1 .67 .1 1.0 CX06-0574 SHB-14 14.4 5. Hook latch is alloy.7 2.24 .8 1.8 6.7 .55 .1 4.5 2.47 .3 5.2 CX06-0570 UKN-4 4.2 CX06-0571 UKN-5 5.2 .91 1.99 3.0 1.2 1. Ref.0 1.0 6. WARNING Never exceed published working load limit 6-33 .24 2.8 .8 1.83 2.2 CX06-0573 UKN-10 10.0 1. Baseplate of hook is 1024C steel (use electrode AWS/ASTM E7018-1.79 .7 2.6 CX06-0572 UKN-8 8. CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy Specialty Products Alloy Weld-On Hooks The spring loaded latch is the strongest available.3 5.2 CX06-0569 UKN-3 3. ISO E51 5 B120 20H).0 2.0 2.2 1. each hook.28 4. Code *(Tons) B C G H K L S a (Lbs) CX06-0568 UKN-1** 1.

sonal injury. Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Definitions The Low Carbon chains and attachments shown in this • Disfigurement catalog are designed for general purpose applications and • Deterioration of chain or component by wear. • Use other than that for which the chain or component was intended. abuse of chain and attachments may result in serious per- sion to a straight length of chain. and when the load is evenly applied in direct ten. CARBON CHAIN Acco. • Jerking or the sudden impact of a load multiplies the stress on the chain very rapidly. The following factors or abuses will lessen the load that All dimensions shown are nominal and all weights are the chain assembly will withstand and should be avoided: approximate. size and applied to chain or a sling component. See individual pages for working load limits • Tip loading of hooks • Twisting of the chain WARNING Failure to read. Misuse or factory. grade. even when chain working load limit as the chain. where chain failure is likely to cause injury to persons or damage to property. 6-34 . usage or are not to be used for lifting or hoisting purposes or corrosion. Instructions and Cautions Governing the Purchase and Use of Chain Caution: Chain and component assemblies should be rated according to the working load limit of the weakest 6 Working Load Limit: component. Follow Acco’s recom- is new and in the same condition it was when it left the mended attachment procedure for best results. For lifting or hoisting applications. The “working load limit” is the maximum load in pounds Instructions Regarding Attachments: Care should be taken which at any time or under any condition should ever be to select attachments of the same type. understand and follow these instructions and working load limits may cause serious physical injury and property damage.Accoloy® chain and attachments should be used.

700 CX06-0706 5265-11520 CX06-0714 5265-21520 5/16 x 25 ft. Load Acco Acco Each Limit CERTEX Welded Hooks CERTEX Clevis Hooks Size Lbs. Yellow Dichromate 5/16 x 14 ft. * WARNING Working Load Limit must not be exceeded.700 CX06-0716 5265-23521 5 Assys. 6-35 . with Rust Inhibitor Cat. Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Assemblies Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain Truck Tiedown — Grade 40 Farm Tractor Tow Chain./Pail 3/8 x 14 ft. 22 4.700 CX06-0705 5265-11516 CX06-0713 5265-21516 5/16 x 20 ft. Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications. Size Lbs.700 CX06-0707 5265-11525 CX06-0715 5265-21525 5/16 x 20 ft. No. 31 6.700 CX06-0704 5265-11514 CX06-0712 5265-21514 5/16 x 16 ft.* Cat. Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain 6 Assemblies have Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hook each end. Ref. Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain Clevis Hook Working Acco Wt. Lbs. 3/8 x 14 23 5.* Cat. Acco Each Limit CERTEX Matte Gray CERTEX Stock No. Ref. Stock No. Grab 40 Clevis Grab hook each end. Cat.102(b). No. Ref. Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain Self Colored Working Wt.400 CX06-0696 5069-10616 CX06-0700 5069-11616 3/8 x 20 32 5.600 CX06-0710 5265-11620 CX06-0718 5265-21620 3/8 x 25 ft. 23 6. CARBON CHAIN Acco. 30 4.900 CX06-0703 5069-11520 † The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393. No. † The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393. 16 4. 25 6. Load Stock No. 115 4. Packed 25 per drum.102(b). 17 4.400 CX06-0695 5069-10614 CX06-0699 5069-11614 3/8 x 16 26 5.600 CX06-0709 5265-11616 CX06-0717 5265-21616 3/8 x 20 ft.600 CX06-0708 5265-11614 3/8 x 16 ft.600 CX06-0711 5265-11625 Other lengths available upon request. No.400 CX06-0697 5069-10620 CX06-0701 5069-11620 3/8 x 25 40 5. Stock No. Ref. Packed 25 per drum.400 CX06-0698 5069-10625 CX06-0702 5069-11625 5/16 x 20 228 3. Lbs. 38 6.

400 CX06-0721 5712-10620 1/2 x 20 60 9. Primarily intended for use on truck and tractor winch lines. Ref. Stock No. Acco Each Working Load CERTEX Bright Size Lbs. Lbs. Length specified is exclusive of hook. Use the same size chains as wire rope. Stock No.* Cat. Stock No. No. The hook is designed to prevent wearing of the wire rope. Ref. Lbs. Working Acco Each Load Limit CERTEX Bright Zinc Size Lbs. Wt.750 * WARNING Working Load Limit must not be exceeded. Lbs.600 CX06-0719 5712-10420 5/16 x 20 25 3. No. 1/4 x 12 6 880 CX06-0723 4743-20412 5/16 x 14 11 1.370 CX06-0724 4743-20514 Winch Line Tail Chain Acco’s Winch Line Tail Chain is a flexible attachment for use on the end of wire rope. The hook is drop forged alloy steel and heat treated for extra durability. Acco Load Grade 80 Accoloy¤ Load Size Excluding Each CERTEX GRADE 40 Limit CERTEX Rust Resistant Finish Limit Inches Hook Lbs. Bull Towing Chains 6 Bull Towing Chains Wt.300 7/8 24 24 CX06-0729 5744-81424 34. Boomer or Load Binder Chains Grade 40 Wt.200 5/8 18 10 CX06-0726 5742-81018 14.300 1 24 27 CX06-0730 5744-81624 38. Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Assemblies Boomer or Load Binder Chains Grab Hook each end Packed one per plastic bag/5 bags per carton.900 CX06-0720 5712-10520 3/8 x 20 32 5. No. Ref. 6-36 . Limit Lbs. 1/4 x 20 16 2.200 CX06-0722 5712-10820 † The values for working load limit shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393. Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.750 CX06-0728 5744-11218 28.000 3/4 18 13 CX06-0727 5742-81218 19. CARBON CHAIN Acco. Winch Line Tail Chain Length Working Acco Working Trade Each In. No. Ref.* Cat.* 1/2 18 7 CX06-0725 5742-80818 9.102(b). Stock No.* Cat. Cat.

(b) Chain used as a component of a tiedown assembly must conform to the requirements of the November 1975 edi- tion of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers Welded Chain Specifications. applicable to all types of chain. Section 393.700 3. (1) (2) Lbs. in these instances refer to your local state agency. (2) The values for working load limits as shown shall be used only for calculating number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations. or greater than.600 1. a tiedown assembly must be equal to.400 2. (1) (2) 1/4 3. Not for Lifting or Hoisting. 6 Grade 70 (G7) Grade 40 (High Test) Grade 30 (Proof Coil) Chain Working Working Working Trade Load Load Load Size Limit Limit Limit Inches Lbs. (1) (2) Lbs.900 3/8 6.300 9.200 4. or used in conjunction with.150 2.300 5/16 4.600 5. CARBON CHAIN Acco.102 for each 10 linear feet of lading or fraction thereof but metal cargo may require additional securement. 6-37 . Some states have tiedown requirements more restrictive than the DOT requirements.102 – Securement Systems Tiedown Assemblies — Chain (a) The aggregate working load limit of chain tiedown assemblies used to secure an article against movement in any direction must be at least 1/2 times the weight of that article. Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide Embossed G7 Embossed G4 Embossed G3 on each link on each link on each link Federal and state transportation industry regulations you should know about… Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) – Part 393 – Subpart 1 – Protection Against Shifting or Falling Cargo – Section 393. (c) Load binders and hardware — the strength of load binders and hardware that are part of. (3) 1/4" Proof Coil not embossed.900 1.100 — General A flatbed vehicle must have at least one tiedown assembly that meets the requirements of Section 393.500 (1) Working load limits must not be exceeded. the minimum strength specified for the tiedown assem- bly.650 1/2 11.

care should be taken to select attachments of the type.24 . Load Limit In Inches Inches Decimal Length Width Inches In Pounds In Pounds 3/16 13/64 .390 1. never any other chain.11 . 6-38 . always inspect chain and attachments for bility for the use or misapplication of any of its products.656 1.